Search results

(161 - 169 of 169)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1964-1966
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE profile Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE profile Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (secondary), the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. Memberships: Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, tlie Association of Minnesota Colleges, thc Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. Courses of Study: Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in 26 major fields of study. Sluclents are prepared for teaching, business administration, social warlc, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for Eurtl~er study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields, Lacation: Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway NO.94, just 20 hloclcs from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. Setting: The eleven-acre Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty. Development: A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings to the Augsburg College campus. S SEPTEMBER T W T M F S Fall Semester 1964-65 . . . . . Freshman Days Sept. 14, 15 (Mon., Tues.) ....... Registration Sept. 16 (Wed.) ................ Classes begin Sept. 9-15 (Wed.-Tues.) ........ Late registration fee 1 ..................Homecoming OCTOBER T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 8 19 m 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 23 30 31 S M S M Sept. 16 (Wed.) Oct. 29-Nov. Nov. 12 (Thurs.) ... End first half Thanksgiving recess Dec. 19 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.) ................... Christmas Jan. 4 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) Jan. 18-26 (Mon.-Tues.) recess begins ..... Classes resume . . Final examinations ......... Jan. 26 (Tues.) F S F 4 11 18 25 S 5 12 19 26 F S of Semester Nov. 25 (12:20 p.m.)-30 (7:45 a.m.) ....................... NOVEMBER T W T DECEMBER T W T 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 ~ S M S M JANUARY T W T 1 7 First Semester ends S M FEBRUARY T W T F S S M MARCH T W T F S S M T APRIL W T F S S M T MAY W T F S Spring Semester 1965 .................. Registration Feb. 2 (Tues.) Feb. 3 (Wed., 7 :45 a.m.) Feb. 3 (Wed.) ....... Classes begin .......... Late Mar. 30 (Tues.) ... registration fee End first half of Semester April 1 4 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) ....................... Easter recess begins April 20 (Tues., 7 :45 a.m.). Easter recess ends May 19 (Wed.) May 20-28 (Thurs.-Fri.) May 30 (Sun.) May 30 (Sun.) 1 .................. Reading Day . . Final examinations ........ Baccalaureate service ............... Commencement S M T JUNE W T F S S SEPTEMBER T W T M F S Fall Semester 1 965-66 S . . . . . Freshman Sept. 8-14 (Wed.-Tues.) OCTOBER T W T M F S Sept. 13, 14 (Mon., Tues.) S NOVEMBER T W T M F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes Sept. 15 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late Oct. 28-31 Homecoming End first half of Semester Nov. 24 (12:20 p.m.) -29 (7:45 a.m.) DECEMBER T W T M .. begin registration fee ...................... Nov. 11 (Thurs.) S . . . . . . . Registration Sept. 15 (Wed. S Days F S ....................... Thanksgiving recess Dec. 18 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.) S .................. JANUARY T W T M F S Jan. 3 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) ...... Classes resume Jan. 17-25 (Man.-Tues.) . . Final examinations Jan. 25 (Tues.) M FEBRUARY T W T S M MARCH T W T F S S M T APRIL W T F S S F Christmas recess begins .......... First Semester ends S Spring Semester 1966 ................... Registration Feb. 2 (Wed., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . . Classes begin Feb. 2 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee April 1 (Fri.) . . . . . End first half of Semester Feb. 1 (Tues.) April 6 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) Easter recess begins S M MAY T W T April 12 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) Easter recess ends F S May 25 (Wed.) ................. Reading Day May 26-June 3 (Thurs.-Fri.) S M T JUNE W T F S ........................ Final examinations June 5 (Sun.) .......... Baccalaureate service June 5 (Sun.) ............... Commencement historical sketch Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In the autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incor~orated under theVlawsof Minnesota. Its Gm was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The College was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded t o a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including G E NERAL INFORMATIOR the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time 26 majors are offered. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922. In February, 1963, with the merger of the Lutheran Free Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College became affiliated with the latter church body. At the close of its ninety-third academic year, in the spring of 1963, Augsburg Theological Seminary merged with Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, one of the seminaries of the merged church. Seven presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history: Augiisl Weenaas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869-1876 Georg Sverdrup - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1876-1907 1907-1911 Sven O f t e d a l - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1911-1937 George Sverdrup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1937-1938 Bernhard Christensen - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1938-1 962 Leif S. Harbo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1962-1963 Oscar A. Anderson - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1963-Present aims and objectives IJ Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the college affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. Ultimate Aims To contribute t o the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. Basic Philosophy The Christian message concerning the redemptive act d God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking t o relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. Primary Objectives To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical well-being of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To aid its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. F To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service to God and man. Distinctive Character Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. the alumni association The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable graduates and former students to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held a t Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in the Art Building on Riverside Avenue. the physical plant Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, biology and home economics; the bookstore; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to serve the needs of the music department. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Art Building was acquired in 1963 and remodeled to provide excellent space for the art program. It has one large classroom and studio and laboratory facilities for drawing, painting, and sculpture in the rooms on the ground and first floor. The second floor of the building houses the Development Offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memoriol Hall Gerda Mortensen Hall Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters for about 130 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for about 175 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger dormitory. Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, Iota, Lambda, Omicron, Zeta, and Theta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women students. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing. the archives The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-prod quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. library facilities The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 50,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 5000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and well-trained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 410 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis publi,c libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. natural science laboratories The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office space for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. P.' I A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. guaranteed tuition plan In order to assist students and parents in planning ahead for tuition payments, which are the major item of college expense, Augsburg College offers a Guaranteed Tuition Plan that fixes the tuition cost for four years of college. Freshmen enrolling in the fall of 1964, who sign up for the plan, will have their tuition cost guaranteed for eight consecutive semesters a t a total cost of $3,825 (average cost is $956.25 per year) as follows: The larger charges in the first two years build up a reserve available for the last two years. If the student on this plan voluntarily withdraws, he loses his reserve. If he is asked to withdraw, his reserve will be refunded. Those who do not elect t o sign up for the Guaranteed Tuition Plan will be enrolled in the fall of 1964 a t a tuition charge of $450 per semester and at whatever level the fee is set in subsequent years. FINANCIAL general expenses per semester * Regular Tuition Plan Tuition (includes Student Activity $450.00 Fee of $1 1.00) 7.50 Student Union Fee 1.00 Lo'cker (Optional) Guaranteed Tuition Plan $500.00 7.50 1.00 TOTAL GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER $458.50 $508.50 Books are estimated a t $25.00 to $40.00 per semester Students registered for more than the maximum number of credits (17) are charged a t the rate of $20.00 for each additional credit per semester. Special students will pay a t the rate of $38.00 per credit up t o 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credits pay the regular tuition charge. room and board expenses per semester" WOMEN Min. Max. $125.00 $130.00 150.00 125.00 1.OO 1.00 MEN Min. Max. $120.00 $120.00 175.00 225.00 1.00 1.OO Room Board * Key Deposit (refundable) Breakage Deposit -0-015.00 15.00 (refundable) TOTAL ROOM & BOARD PER SEMESTER $251.00 $281.00 $311.00 $361.00 *Women students in residence are required to buy and use a minimum of $125.00 meal book coupoils per semester, men students $175.00. music fees per semester " Private lessons - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $40.00 8.00 Piano studio rental (one hour per day) 20.00 Organ rental (one hour per day) .- - - - - - - - - - - Voice studio rental (one hour per day) - . - - - . . 8.00 * Subject t o change special fees" - Application fee -, ,- -, - -, , , , , ,, ,, , , - - - - ,, - - - - - $10.00 Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) - - 1.00 Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes ,,,,,,,,,,,- ,-, -, - - - -- - - -- - - - 2.00 Placement fee ,-, , , , , , , , , , , , , , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Graduation fee -,--,-,,,,-,,,,,,,,~-,10.00 ------,Final examinations taken a t another hour than the one , ,, - -, ,-- - -, , -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 scheduled ,,,,-, Examination making up an incomplete or a condition - 5.00 Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) - 1.00 Student teaching 20.00 . . Choir tour (minimum) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10.00 Band tour (minimum) , - , - , - - - - - , , - - - -10.00 ------Camprehensive examination, per credit, for students enrolled ,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students 10.00 not currently enrolled ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-,,,,,,,-, - ------,,,,,-,+,+,+-4-h----~-4--- estimated expenses per semester "* MEN WOMEN Min. Max. OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS $458.50 General expenses $508.50 Special, music, books 25.00 100.00 $608.50 TOTAL $483.50 Min. Max. $458.50 25.00 $483.50 $508.50 100.00 $608.50 RESIDENT STUDENTS $458.50 General expenses Room & Board 251.00 Special, music, books 25.00 TOTAL $734.50 $458.50 311.00 25.00 $794.50 $508.50 361.00 100.00 $969.50 $508.50 281.00 100.00 $889.50 * * These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. refunds Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of any semester will be charged a t the rate of 2 per cent per day, except for application and special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of the semester. If a student is required to enter the Armed Forces, a full refund is made of tuition. V u b j e c t to change payment of accounts Student accounts are due in full a t the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance a t the College, or the student may make the payment when he registers. Checks must be made out to Augsburg College and forwarded directly to the Treasurer's office. For cash payments a receipt must be obtained from the Treasurer's office at the time of payment. Recognizing that payment of fees in full a t registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the College has instituted the following payment plans: DATE PAYMENT DUE n OFF-CAMPUS RESIDENT STUDENTS STUDENTS Guaranteed Guaranteed Tuition Regular Tuition Regular Tuition Plan Tuition Plan or before registration $300.00 $325.00 $525.00 $550.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due October 15th 85.00 95.00 125.00 135.00 Due November 15th 85.00 135.00 125.00 95.00 Due December 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due January 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due February 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due March 15th 85.00 135.00 125.00 95.00 Due April 15th 85.00 Due May 15th Balance Balance Balance Balance In addition, other arrangements may be made with the Treasurer's office. A carrying charge of $2.00 a month is added for the payment-plan service. Unless prior arrangement is made, an additional $1.00 is added for each month that payment is late. financia 1 assistance Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives assistance t o students in securing work both on and off the campus. loan funds 18 Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged a t a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance t o students preparing for theological study. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance t o members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available t o selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration is given to those students who express a desire to teach in elementary or secondary schools and t o those whose academic background indicates a superior capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering or modern foreign languages. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo Foundations provided the funds t o establish the initial reserves required. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. scholarships and prizes Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to outstanding high school graduates. Some of these scholarships are renewable provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding high school graduates. Students who rank in the upper five per cent of their high school class, perform well on scholastic aptitude tests, and can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic average. Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75 or better. Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to selected students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better who apply to the Student Personnel Committee. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The American Indian Scholarshir, was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvall. I t is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or. achicwement in the art of singing. 20 The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial SchoIarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in n ~ e ~ n o rof y their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Tlie scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected an the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotl?erl~oodLife Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students arc selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the department of chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Manlvald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the department of chemistry to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 ta 1958,The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry a t the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the department of chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of -hemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January 960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. f The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English a t Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the Freshman, Sophomore, and Junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund, which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The Carl W. Landahl Scholarship was established by the family and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a member of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his death in 1961. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis of achievement in the field of music. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Sharon Lutheran congregation a t Lamberton, Minnesota. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the Scholarship Committee. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Harry S. Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by De Ette Cenfield Genung in honor of her husband. A scholarship is awarded annually to a deserving student from another country in order to prepare that student to make a contribution in his or her homeland, thereby improving the relationship of that country and the United States. The De Ette Cenfield Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung in honor of his wife. Two scholarships are awarded annually to deserving and promising students in the field of English or the language arts. The Green-Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield Genung, his wife, in memory of Jeanette Cenfield Green, sister of Mrs. Genung, and Arthur E. Genung, father of Mr. Genung. Both the persons memorialized in this scholarship had a special concern about the social and personal consequences of the use of alcoholic beverages and narcotics, and Mrs. Green was especially active in the p.omotion of alcohol education and legislation. The proceeds of this endowment fund will be used for the scholarship to be awarded annually to one or more qualified students specializing in Sociology and Social Work with special interest in the problems of modern society that are reflected in alcoholism, drug addiction, delinquency, and other personal and social problems, and who plan to direct their efforts toward the prevention and solution of such problems. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students a t Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. grants-in-aid Grants-in-aid are available to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the student and his family. employment service An employment service, located in the Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work. Many students find it possible to pay part of their college expenses with money earned in this way. The types of work available are of various kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. The college is concerned that employment not interfere with a student's academic work. Therefore, it is desirable that Freshmen have sufficient funds to pay their entire expenses for at least one semester. Part-time employment may then be secured in accordance with the need of the student and his ability to handle extra work. Students are employed by the college in several areas. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in obtaining summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application for parttime or summer employment may be made in the Personnel Office. application procedure Applications for admission to Augsburg College should be made to the Director of Admissions. Students may apply for admission as soon as they have completed their junior year in high school, and preferably before June 1 preceding the fall in which the student seeks admission. No applications are accepted after September 1. Early applicants gain an advantage both in registration and housing. Notification of admission is normally sent to a student as soon as the application is complete. Instructions for applying for admission: (1) Obtain an application form by writing or visiting: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 (2) Complete and return the application form with a $10 application fee (nonrefundable) and a photograph. (3) Request your high school to send us a copy of your high school record and test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized .tests taken. (4) After acceptance, all new students are required to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit. This deposit may be made any time before July 1; for those admitted thereafter, it is due within two weeks after notification of acceptance. (5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required. admission requirements The quality of a student's work in high school, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application. Augsburg College seeks ADMISSION TO THE students who rank high in the high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and score average or above on college aptitude tests. It is recommended that a student have a t least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and at least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. For entrance to the Freshman Class, either the tests of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Offi,ce by August 15. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted t o register. transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. For graduation the total honor point ratio is computed on the basis of work transferred together with that taken a t Augsburg. A maximum of 64 semester credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. advanced placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. advanced standing Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. ' I. The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct t - g the instituthe policies of A t ~ g . ~ h ~ lthat tion may conslnntly I:e permeated by ail atmosphere in which the qiresl for Truth as it is in Christ is prayeiqfully rostercd in each life. All students are required to complete fourteen credit hours in courses offered in Religion. 'l'liei~e are 1iurnerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Faith and Life Week is helrl ~ w i c e each ycar. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The Chapel Service The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, CAMPUS LIFE where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. recreation standards and discipline Introduction At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. In the content of this primary relationship, the Christian also lives in a relationship to people, to events, to things. The fact that God not only created the world but became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to be despised. The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. It should be clear, however, that in an age which is much concerned with the pursuit of pleasure, a college like Augsburg should never subordinate its academic program to leisuretime activities. On the contrary, the recreational program must be in the context of, and be congruent with, the major intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal to help the individual to live an effectual Christian life in the world. The Program In settirig up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal arts. The program takes into account the relationship between sexes and seeks to provide normal and healthy opportunities for the expression of the mutual attraction of the sexes. Augsburg offers a varied and selective recreational and social program which gives preference to those activities which are emancipatory rather than restrictive, those which enrich community life rather than those which are divisive or encourage selfish satisfactions. The college provides a variety of activities designed to meet these requirements. The social program includes a number of organized all-school events combined with many lessstructured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In attempting to meet the needs and interests of all Augsburg students, we make use of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin City area. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed upon certain other activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or a t any college-sponsored event. Any student found under the influence of liquor is subject to disciplinary action. Social, or ballroom dancing, is not a part of the recreational program of the college. Students are encouraged to be discriminating in all types of recreation in which they engage, that their time may be well spent, and strong moral and ethical values may be developed. Such common activities as television viewing and movie-going, for example, can easily become time-wasting and even detrimental to the development of moral and ethical values. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social program approved by the college and to follow it as members of the college community. Although the college lays down specific rules regarding most matters only with respect to activities centering on the campus, it reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall not be taken capriciously, but only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. religious program The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Faith and Life Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings and discussions. This Commission also serves as a coordinating agency for all voluntary Christian organizations on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Association. The SCA seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national Lutheran Student Association of America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Mission Society, the service organization of SCA promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a conference devoted to the study of missionary activity and recruitment of workers. convocation Regular convocations are held each Thursday throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. social and recreational activities Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Commissioner of Social Activities, assisted by a Programming Commission, sponsors a wide variety of activities each month and an all-school activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. Music and the Fine Arts Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. A monthly bulletin, Augsburg Plus, listing programs, concerts, a r t displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. student government The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. The Executive Council consists of six commissioners-each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary, whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students. receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Goyernment directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of Freshmen by upper-class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister Program as a part of Freshman Orientation. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful self-government. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. Publications The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. The Echo provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors; business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The "A" Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a student editor in conjunction with the Office of Student Personnel Services. The Directory of students, staff, and faculty is published under the direction of the Registrar. co-curricular program The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the students' creative urge in the field of art and to promote an interest in art. The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study in the biological sciences. The Business Club draws membership from the business and secretarial classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg Forum affords opportunity for joint studentfaculty discussions of vital, controversial issues. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of the various countries. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upper-classmen. The Electronics Club is open to anyone interested in the field of radio and electronics. Members operate an amateur radio station on the campus. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psychology. The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human-relations activities. The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Ushers' Club is a a service organization providing ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection of the best creative writing each year. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. Forensics Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. The Genung Endowment The Genung Endowment was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield' Genung to perpetuate their interest, concern, and activity in the improvement of international relations. The income from the fund is made available each year to assist a student group a t Augsburg Col.lege to carry out a project for the improvement of international relations on a student to student level. musical organzzatzons The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. A tour of Europe is planned for June, 1965. The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Collegiate Band and Instrumental Ensembles. The Augsburg Cbllege Cantorians, a women's chorus, participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. The Male Chorus sings a t various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. The Augsburg College Orchestra, organized in 1963, performs frequently on campus. The orchestra gives programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. The string ensemble class provides opportunity for students interested in improving fundamental string technique. physical education and recreation Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Purpose and Philosophy of Intercollegiate Athletics It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. eligibility requirements In order to participate in certain extracurricular and cocurricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation is not eligible to be a candidate for any elected or appointed campus office including Student Council, Commissions, class and organization offices, nor is he eligible for cheerleading or student publication participation. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated. The Chairman of the Election Board is responsible for checking the eligibility of all candidates for Student Society and class offices with the Assistant Registrar. Organizations should submit names of candidates for office to the Coordinator of Student Activities for approval. A student on academic probation may not participate in the Augsburg Choir or the Augsburg Band or in a major role in a dramatic production without special permission from the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. honors and awards On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for a t least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and Seniors who have earned a 2.5 honor point ratio accumulative are eligible for membership, while Freshmen and Sophomores with a 2.25 honor point ratio may be admitted as pledges. Applications for membership are made a t the Registrar's Office a t the beginning of the semester in which the student is eligible. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college. student personnel services Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Admissions Pre-college counseling, educational and vocational, is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. Prospective students are encouraged to visit the campus if a t all possible. Other information concerning admission and entrance requirements can be found in another section of the catalog. Counseling Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health, financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop more realistic conceptions of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The Dean of Students and the Dean of Women are special counselors to the men and women, respectively. The counseling program is coordinated by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred to the Office of the Dean of Students or Dean of Women. A further referral may be made to the College Chaplain, in the case of spiritual problems, or to the College Physician, in the case of underlying emotional problems. The College Physician works with the Personnel Deans in the latter case. Testing All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. The Sequential Tests of Educational Progress (STEP) are given to all sophomores. Seniors take the graduate record examinations. Freshman Orientation Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. Records Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. The Student Health Service The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. Housing and Food Service In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development while maintaining optimal living conditions, active student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the Director of Residences for Women, the Head Residents, and Personnel Deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The Head Residents and Personnel Deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All women students and freshman men students not living a t home are required to live in college-operated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in the residences and most students in off-campus housing take their meals in the college dining room. The college also provides two houses for women with a cooperative house plan. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all women students in Gerda Mortensen Hall. An optional linen service is available to other students. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $25 are required of all single students. This deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. Rooms for new students are assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present students must make room application prior to May 15 and submit the room deposit by July 15. After May 15, reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall are required to pay a $15 breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and the furniture is satisfactory. Graduate Placement The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Jntervicws are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. Student Employment An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Coordination of Student Activities The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society. Liaison between the Student Society and Faculty and Administration is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept by the Coordinator of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the Commission on Student Organizations. I 4 registration Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is two weeks after the beginning of classes. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which-he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 18 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. change of registration and cancellation In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he obtains a form from the Registrar's Office on which he makes application. Approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar must be obtained before a change is permitted. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATIOP after the first week of classes. No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first six weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first six weeks and before the last four weeks of the semester a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last four weeks of the semester. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. university courses By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. classification In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. pro bation and elimination The Committee on Admissions and Student Standing at the end of each semester, considers the status of students who have done unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, Juniors and Seniors .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester, are placed on probation. They are removed from probation when they obtain better than C average for a semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. F class attendance Regular class attendance is required of all students in Lower Division Courses. Attendance in Upper Division Courses is voluntary for Juniors and Seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should present to their teachers a written report of the reason for absence. A student will receive a grade of F if the number of absences for which he has not presented acceptable excuses is excessive as defined by the instructor of that class. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. examinations Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse, may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination a t another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. comprehensive examinations Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 ($10.00 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. grade values A - - - - - - - - - Superior, 3 honor points per credit B - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Very good, 2 honor points per credit Satisfactory, 1 honor point per credit C D Passable, no honor points per credit F Failure, minus 1 honor point per credit .. E Condition I ------ --- -- --- --- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Incomplete - - - - _ , - L - - - L L - - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - L - - - L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - u - - - - - - - - - - - 2 L L - - - - - - - - - conditions and incompletes A condition or an incomplete received a t the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester, or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. graduation requirements In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It js the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the deans, and the registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. general education requirements For a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields, students are required to complete credits as indicated in the following fields: .. Religion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14 credits At least 8 credits in lower' division courses and 4 in upper division. A maximum of 3 credits from courses 51, 52, 54 may apply. For transfer students, the requirement is an average of 2 credits per semester of attendance. Freshman English - ---,,-,-,--- 6 credits from Eng. 11-12 -, --, ,,- - - - - - - - - 3 credits Literature or Philosophy - - - - Beginning Speech ,---- - - - - - - - - - -- -, ,--, ,2credits --Fine Arts -- ,-, , ,-, _-,-- - -- ,--:-- ,,-,,,,-, -- 2 credits Art 1, 83, 84; H.Ec. 3, 64; Mu. 4, 7; or Sp. 29 Foreign Language - - - - - ,----, ,--, ,- - - - - - - - 0-14 credits 0 - If four years of one language have been successfully completed in high school. 6 - If student has sufficient background in the language to enroll in the intermediate course. 14 - If student has only one year or less of a foreign language in high school. Students with two years of a foreign language in high school should normally be prepared to enroll in the intermediate course in college; if not, they may enroll in the beginning course, but will receive credit only for the second semester of it. Social Sciences .._ . -.- .... _ .. - _ - - - .- - - - - - _ _ - .- - - - - - 6 credits Hist. 1, 2; 21,22; Soc. 1 , 2 ; or Econ. 15, Soc. 2 Natural Sciences - - - _ - - - - - _ - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9 credits At least 3 credits must be in the biological sciences, and 3 in the physical sciences Physical Education - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 credit from P.E. 3 and 4 All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Where the demands of special curriculums prevent completion of the general education requirements in four years, exemption or modification of these requirements may be sought through petition. Major and Minor All students are required to complete a major for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in lower division courses. Application for major must be made to the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Business Education Religion Art Home Econo'mics Philosophy History Medical Technology Greek and Latin Sociology Biology English Social S'cience Physics German Psychology Chemistry French Elementary Education Natural Science Spanish Business Administration Mathematics Speech Economics Physical Education Music 1 Except with special majors such as music, business education, home economics, and combined natural science, students in the teacher education curriculums should complete a minor as well as a major. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. Electives Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. A maximum of 40 credits in one department is permitted to count toward graduation. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rJle, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least 36 credits in the Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. I 1 Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. Residence Requirement To receive the A.B. degree, the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degree in residence. degree with distinction The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Honor point ratio Summa Cum Laude ,-, , -, - - -, - - ,-, --, - - - - ,- - - 2.8-3.0 Magna Cum Laude ,,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5-2.79 Cum Laude ,,,,,,-, , - -, -, - - -, , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.1-2.49+ To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record a t Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. + I courses onered Descriptions of the courses offered in 1964-66 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. numbering of courses IJ Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1, 2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. symbols t Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. credits 0 Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses, the total COURSES OF STUDY credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester. divisional organization The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. Division of Religion and Philosophy Religion Philosophy Division of the Humanities Greek, Latin English, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art Division of the Social Sciences History, Political Science, Geography sociology Psychology Education, Library Science Business Administration, Economics Business Education Home Economics Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education division of RELIGION A N D PHILOSOPHY Mr. P. A. Quanbeck, Chairman Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is appraised of those realities which are central to the problem of human existence. The student is encouraged to seek to understand himself and his relation to the world within the framework of the Christian Faith. The goal is the development of an informed and integrated Christian person who is equipped to participate responsibly in the life of the Church and of society. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION Quanbeck, Mr. Sonnack, Mr. Helland, Mr. Halverson, Mr. Benson, Mr. Mandsager, Mr. W. Johnson, Mr. Strommen. Mr. P. A. The courses in religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible and an acquaintance with the life of the Church through the study of its history, its beliefs, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 14 credits in religion. Of these credits 8 must be in the lower division, and at least 4 must be upper division. Not more than 3 credits earned in any of the courses numbered 51, 52 and 54 may be applied to this requirement. Freshmen are required to take courses 1 and 2, and sophomores a r e required to take courses 3 and 4, Courses 1, 2, 3, and 4 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. A religion major is recommended as prcgn~.niion for cwecrs in parish education, parish work, youth work, m d paris11 administration. Majors must consult with the chairman of the department wgardlng their course of study. Major, 28 credits, Minor, 22 credits. Six upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major in religion. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 2, 2 crs, 1, 2, Basic Bible. Fr. I, It. A brief Inhoduct,ion to Ille Rilllc iollc)wed by a study of the Old Testament, inclucling the history of Israel and spccial ~tlentionto one .or two Old 'l'cslanlent books. 'l'hc second semester is devoted to the study of the Ncw Tcstan~ent with special nllcntion to two or three I m k s includi~lgRomnns. read in^ nssignrrle~~ts incllrd~1Re entile New Testament. Special sectron Fora st.ucIenls selected for the honors pmgram. 2 crs. 3. Church History. I. A survey of the institutional development of the Christian Church, with the purpose of creating a greater understanding of its historical foundations. Emphasis is on the Reformation. 4. Christian Doctrine. II. 2 crs. TIlc fundarnenla1 doct~jnesof the Christim Faith and the historical developo~en(of some of these doctrines. The si.gnillcance of the ecumenical creeds and the Lutheran confessional writings. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51. Principles of Christian Education. I. 3 crs. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, curriculum, and administration, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 52. Parish Work. II. 2 crs. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 54. Youth Work in the Church. II. 2 crs. A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 61. History of Religions. I. 3 crs. A survey of some of the major religions of the world. The origin and development of these religions and their influences today. Includes readings in the sacred writings of the religions studied. 62. The Mission of the Church. II. 3 crs. A study of some of the ways in which the church has sought and seeks to be the church and proclaim the Gospel in the world. 66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II. See course 66 under the Department of Music. 3 crs. 3 crs. 71. The Early Christian Fathers. I. The development of certain Cundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early c l ~ u r c h . 3 crs. 72. Protestantism in America. 11. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. 3 crs. 81. The Gospels. I. The nature of the Gospels. The life and \vork of Jesus. Particular attention to His teaching concerning the Kingdom of God. 3 crs. 82. Life and Epistles of Paul. II. A survey of the life and work of P a u l , with a study of some of the leading ideas that emerge from his writings. 3 crs. 83. The Message of the Old Testament. I. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of H e b r e ~ vthought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. 91. Introduction to Contemporary Theological Thought. I. 3 crs. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, a s seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 92. Christian Ethics. 11. 3 crs. The basic principles of ethics from a Christian point of view. Their application to selected personal and social moral problems. 3 crs. 94. The Christian View of Man. 11. The Christian doctrine of m a n and salvation. I t s uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Mr. Halversol~,Mr. Jolil~so~i The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western civilization, to cultivate a n understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as science, religion, and morals. Major, 27 credits. Minor, 18 credits. Courses 21, 23, 51, 52, 53 are required for the major and the minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 21. Introduction to Philosophy. (Offered both semesters.) Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. 3 crs. 23. Logic. (Offered both semesters.) A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief i n t r e duction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 51. History of Philosophy: Ancient and Early Medieval. I. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. 3 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical 52. History of Philosophy: Late Medieval and Early Modern. 11. thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. 53. History of Philosophy: Recent and Contemporary. 1. 3 crs. A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 1965-66) 3 crs. 54. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. Prereq. #. II. A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of primary source materials. (Offered 1965-66.) 73. Philosophy of Science. Prereq. #. 1. 3 crs. A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions, and p r e cedures. (Offered 1965-66.) 85. Philosophy of Religion. Prereq. #. 1. 3 crs. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. (Offered 1964-65.) 86. Ethics. Prereq. #. 11. 3 crs. An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourse. (Offered 196465.) 91, 92. Independent Study. Prereq. #. I, II. 1-3, 1-3 crs. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophi- 60 cal topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the head of the department. division of THE HUMANITIES Mr. Thorson, Chairman It is the purpose of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and t o assist the student in finding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire t o acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK AND LATIN Mr. Colacci The courses in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our Biblical and classical heritage. New Testament Greek is a tool by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries. ,Oombined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and'l4 credits in Latin. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. N e w Testament Greek ~ h o r 20 : credits 8 crs. 1-2.j Elements of New Testament Greek. I, II. 'l'kOr&tic&la d ,practical study of the grammar of the Greek language of the New Testarrreqt, Roadingsr and parsing of the Greek text from the &ape1 of Bt John and the huer d St, James. The manuscript & ~ b I f & I 0 n0f the Greek b x t of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51. 52. Advanced New Testament Greek. Prereq. 2, 1. II. 3, 3 crs. Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. 53, 54. Greek Exegesis. Prereq. 52. 1, 11. 3, 3 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. Latin 1-2.$ Beginning Latin. Fr. I, II. Grammar and exercises in translation. 8 crs. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Intermediate Latin. Prereq. 2. So. I, II. Continuation of grammar and syntax. Selections from Caesar's Gallic War, St. Augustine's Confessions, and Medieval Latin writers. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH Mr. Thorson, Miss Pederson, Mr. Dahlen, Miss Lillehei, Mrs. Livingston, Mr. Nicholl, Mrs. Trautwein, Mr. Bergstrom, Mrs. Cherne, Mrs. Christensen, Mr. Lesher. The Department of Engltsh a i m Eo train students in the proper use of EwUsh in opal and written oxpn$$.qion; to increase proficiency in reading and fn anatyzlng; Ukefary texts; ta acquaint the students with the &@nnings of Wes@rn literature md i t s development, chiefly in England and fn America; and to Ustill a deeper uttderstanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary and elementary schools and for graduate study. All students, except those exempted from English 12, must complete Freshman English (courses 11 and 12) for graduation. Students of superior rating are placed in special sections of course 11; those superior students who achieve a high level of proficiency at the end of course 11 are exempted from course 12 and placed in course 40 the second semester. Satisfactory completion 'of course 11 is a prerequisite for course 12. Credit for course 11 without course 12 is given only to students in the affiliated nursing program and those superior students exempted from 12 who complete course 40. . Courses 35, 40, 41, or 42 meet the literature requirement for graduation. .All studenh must hmonstrate a proflclencgr in writing a t the upper di&lon level & q ~ w for y the A.3. &g&e. This requirement may be met by &&$wemen(on the s o p h o h m fighh test, a satisfactory junior &me test, or completion of course %,50,1or 55, Major : 27 credits above cowso 12, including 40, 41, 42, 61, 62, and 91. Additional courges peogrnwerded for those planning on graduate study: 50 or 55; 73 or 7s: 82; 84; 8 ; 88; 93; plus work in German, French, Latin, philosophy, and hlsbry. T e a m major for the sewbdary 6;ehool: 33 wedits above course 12, in~ludlnga5,40, Q, 42, 55, &1, 62, 84, 91: and %, 73, or 74. Strongly recommaded, in additIrm, are 9 cmlfts from th? fdbwing: journalism, speech, elemeneducation 63 ; lzbrrtrl scimae 99, 60, 88. Teaching major for the elementary school: 27 credits above course 12, including 25, 40, 41, 42, 91; 50 or 55; 35, 73, or 74; and 61, 62, or 84, Recommended, in addition, are library science 58 and speech 16. All majors must complete the intermediate year of Latin, German, French, Spanish, or Norwegian. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, and French. Minor: 18 credits above course 12, including 40, 41, 42, 91. Teaching minor, elementary or secondary: 21 credits above course 12, including those listed for the minor, plus 50 or 55. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Improvement of Reading. (Offered both semesters.) Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. 1 cr. 9. Communication. I. 2 crs. A course including reading of literary selections and practice in the skills of writing, speaking, and listening. For student nurses. 6 crs. 11-12. Freshman English. (Course 11 offered both semesters.) The study of language, composition, and literature. Superior students are placed in advanced sections of course 11. 3 crs. 14. Journalism. Prereq. 11. II. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and the mechanics of newspaper production. 25. Expository Writing. Prereq. 12. 1. 3 crs. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. 3 crs. 35. Literary Classics. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's classics from the renaissance to the modern age. 40. The Classical Tradition. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the foundations of literature in the productions of the Greeks and Romans. The influence of the classical tradition in subsequent ages. 4 crs. 41. Medieval and Renaissance Literature. Prereq. 12. 1. The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from the ninth century 'to the age of Shakespeare. 42. American Literary Developments. Prereq. 12. 11. 4 crs. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 50. American English. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the structure of Modern English. Grammar and problems of usage. 3 crs. 52. Creative Writing. Prereq. 12. 11. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 55. Introduction to Modern English. Prereq. 12. 1. The study of Modern English grammar, vocabulary, and sounds viewed in historical perspective. Acquaintance with some of the recent studies of language. Designed to give prospective teachers of English an understanding of structural linguistics. 4 crs. 61. British Literature, 1616-1800. Prereq. 40. 1. The principal authors from Donne through Blake. Discussion of literary works in relation to historical backgrounds. 4 crs. 62. British Literature since 1800. Prereq. 40. 11. The major writers in England in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. 3 crs. 71. American Literature, 1820-1912. Prereq. 42. 1. The development of romanticism and realism in nineteenth-century American writers. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 73. Modern American Literature. Prereq. 42. 1. Major American writers and movements since 1912. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 74. Modern Literature. Prereq. 40. 11. The important literary movements of the present century in Europe and in America. 3 crs. 82. The British Novel. Prereq. 40. 11. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their works. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 84. Shakespeare. Prereq. 41. 11. A study of selected plays, with attention given to Shakespeare's development, to dramatic technique, and to the Elizabethan Age. 3 crs. 86. Three Major British Poets. Prereq. 61. 11. A study of the major poems and selected prose works of Milton and two other British poets. (Offered 196S66.) 3 crs. 88. Chaucer. Prereq. 41. 11. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on the Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1964-65.) 2 crs. 91. English Seminar. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 1. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. A review of movements and terminology. 93, 94. Independent Study. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major with a grade-point average of 2.0 or better. I, 11. 1, 1 cr. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH Mr. Anderson, Miss Cole, Mrs. Olson This department aims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. All students are required to earn two credits in speech for graduation. Speech 11 is designed to meet this requirement, but other courses may be substituted where permission is granted on the basis of previous training or experience. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may use 16 to fulfil the speech requirement. Major: 24 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12, 29, 31, 32, 51, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required of all majors. Minor: 17 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12, 29, 31, 32, 51, and 66. In addition, course 76 is strongly recommended. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 11. Beginning Speech. So. (Offered both semesters.) 2 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Three hours a week. 12. Forms of Public Address. Prereq. 11, Fr., So. II. 2 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. Three hours per week. 16. Story Telling and Creative Dramatics. So. II. 3 crs. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. 21-22.t Intercollegiate Debate. I, II. Open to all students. 2 crs. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 29. Introduction to Dramatic Arts. Open to all students. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. 31. Interpretative Reading. So. I. 3 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various kinds of prose, poetry and drama. 3 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. 32. Acting. So. II. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 51. Argumentation. Jr., Sr., I. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. Participation in intercollegiate debates. It is recommended that students take logic prior to registering for this course. 52. Advanced Public Speaking. Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr., II. 3 crs. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 196566.1 56. Group Leadership and Discussion. Jr., Sr., II. 3 crs. Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. (Offered 1964-65.) 63, 64. Stagecraft. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. First semester devoted to lighting and design; second semester to scene construction and painting. Students planning to take only one course should register for 64. 66. Stage Direction. Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. Speech Pathology. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 91, 92. Independent Study. Sr. 1, II. 1, 1 cr. Selected topics in drama or rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES Mr. Olson, Mr. Landa, Mrs. Kingsley, Mr. Hatchek, Miss Aaskov, Mr. Hansen, Mr. Cannon, Mrs. Johnson, Mr. Moreno, Mr. Balz, Mrs. Nashan This department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modern language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. I t also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. German Major: 24 credits above German 2. Minor: 16 credits above German 2. 1-2.t Beginning German. I, II. 8 crs. Pronunciation, grammar, reading, elementary composition and conversation. Audiooral exercises in laboratory required. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. Emphasizes pronunciation and comprehension. Grammar review, composition, and conversation. Required for teachers and minors. Students who have credit for German 5, 6 will not receive credit for this course. 5, 6. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Emphasizes reading and interpretation of texts in German. For students who plan to enroll in a theological seminary or graduate school. Students who have credit for German 3, 4 will not receive credit for this course. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3, 3 crs. 51, 52. German Literature. Prereq. 4 or 6. 1, II. Selected works of standard German authors. A survey of German literature and culture. 61, 62. Composition and Conversation. Prereq. 4. 1, II. 2, 2 crs. More advanced work in writing and speaking German. Required for teachers and minors. 71. The German Drama of the 19th Century. Prereq. 52 or #. 1. 3 crs. A survey of the field and reading of representative works. (Offered 1965-66.) 72. The German Short Story (Novelle). Prereq. 52 or #. II. 3 crs. A survey of the genre and reading of works in the field. (Offered 196566.) 74. The German Novel of the 19th and 20th Centuries. Prereq. 52 or #. II. 3 crs. Discussion and reading of representative works. (Offered 1964-65.) 90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Selected topics in German literature. Paper to be written in German. Scandinavian Language a n d Literature Minor, 24 credits. 1-2.t Beginning Norwegian. Fr. I, II. 8 crs. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. Intermediate Norwegian. So. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. 11. Scandinavian History. I. 3 crs. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 196566.) 16. Modern Scandinavia. II. 3 crs. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1965-66.) UPPER DIVISION COURSES 55. The Modern Scandinavian Novel. Jr., Sr. I. 2 crs. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerl~f,and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.) 56. The Modern Scandinavian Drama. Jr., Sr. II. 2 crs. The course includes dramas by Bj~rnson,Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.) 90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Reading of selected authors. Paper to be written in Norwegian. French Major: 24 credits above French 2. Minor: 16 credits above French 2. 1-2.t Beginning French. I, II. 8 crs. Pronunciation, conversation and elementary grammar. Oral, written, and reading practice. Laboratory work an integral part of the course. 3, 4. Intermediate French. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar involving aural-oral and written practice. Composition. Reading of representative works. Laboratory emphasis on the native voice. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51, 52. Survey of French Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, 11. 3, 3 crs. Study of French authors and literary movements. Lecture, reading, and reporting on literary works in the French language. 61. French Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1. 4 crs. Conversation and composition toward facility in the language. Vocabulary enrichment, organization, and correctness of expression. 72. Modern French Literature: The Novel. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of important French novelists of the modern period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196465.) 74. Modern French Literature: The Drama. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of important French dramatists of the modern period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196566.) 90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 52, and 61. 11. 2 crs. Selected topics in French Literature for the advanced student. Discussion and reports in French. (Offered on demand.) Spanish Major: 24 credits above Spanish 2. Minor: 16 credits above Spanish 2. 1-2.t Beginning Spanish. I, II. 8 crs. Aims to develop the ability to speak, write, understand, and read simple Spanish. Laboratory work an essential part of the course. 3, 4. Intermediate Spanish. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar; oral work; reading of short stories, novels, and plays. Further laboratory work. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51, 52. Survey of Spanish Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, II. 3, 3 crs. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish. Reading of representative works. Written and oral reports. Laboratory work. 61. Spanish Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1. 4 crs. Aims to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition. Laboratory work provides opportunity for hearing native voices. 72. Hispanic American Writers. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of Hispanic American writers. Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Offered 1964-65.) 74. Modern Spanish Writers. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Selected readings of modern Spanish writers. Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Offered 1965-66.) 90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 5 2 and 61. 11. 2 crs. Selected topics in Spanish literature. Discussion and reports in Spanish. For the advanced student. (Offered on demand.) DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Mr. Sateren, Mr. Savold, Mr. Thut, Mr. Johnson, Mrs. Thut, Mr. Gibson, Mr. Lane, Mr. Haugen, Mr. Karlen, Mr. Davenport, Mr. Gabrielsen The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits, Excepting 4 and 66, courses 1 through 69, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 6 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At least 3 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors and seniors. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the monthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the monthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. The workshops are student recitals which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together, at moderate speed; (b) a Bach two-part invention o r a classical sonatina; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. Minor: 26 credits. Excepting 4 and 56, courses 1through 58, and 6 credits in applied music, 4 of which must be in private lessons in vocal or instrumental music, and 2 in an organization. A maximum of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 4, 4 crs. 1, 2. Theory. I. Fr., So. I, II. A basic course in the materials of music: the principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and their application in written exercises, including the harmonization of figured bass and given melodies; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and partsinging. 2 crs. 4. Introduction to Music. (Offered both semesters.) A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 2, 2 crs. 7, 8. History and Literature of Music. I, II. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. S u p plemented by musical scores and recorded performances. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4, 4 crs. 55, 56. Theory II. Prereq. 2. 1, II. Continuation of 1, 2, with advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. Course 55 includes work in strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and four-part writing in all the species. Course 56 gives special study to the form and structure of music. 57, 58. Conducting. Prereq. 2, or 2 cr. in piano, organ, or 2, 2 crs. equivalent. Jr. I, II. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should take the course in junior year. 2, 2 crs. 61, 62. Instrumental Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I, II. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 2 crs. 63. Choral Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 3 crs. 66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II. Development of the music of the Christian Church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. 2 crs. 69. Twentieth Century Music. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. *Students taking Instrumental Technique are not required to take Choral Technique. Those taking Choral Technique must take one semester of Instrumental Technique. Applied Music Vocal and insburnenial Instruction is available to all sludents. Beginners must complek two semesters of private lessons In order to receive credit. Qtl~el~s wceive one crcdit for a minimurn of sixteen thirtyminute lcssons per semedcr. Occasional lessons alVe aavnilable without credit. For slatc~mentof ices see under Finnncinl Information. 1, 1 cr. Piano. I, II. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this kxamination has been passed apply toward the major or minor. 1, 1 cr. Organ. Prereq. Basic piano technique and #. I, II. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. 1, 1 cr. Voice. I, II. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. 2 crs. Ch0ir.t I, II. Concert Band. t 2 crs. I, II. Wood-wind Instruments, Brass Instruments. 1, 1 cr. Women's Chorus (Cantorians)t, Male Chorus, Collegiate Band, Orchestra, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble. 1/2 credit per semester These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Performance Workshop. I, II. 0 cr. DEPARTMENT OF ART Mr. Thompson, Mr. Molder Thc Department of Art endeavo~sto fustlier the student's technical nnd conceptual unrlersTenrling or art, Bcsides exp~rIence In the disciplines of dmwing, print rnnlting, painting, and sculplure, ernpltasis is ~ l v e n to the function of art In hjstory and religion. Recnusc 01 Ihe placr nrt hns in contcmpornry lib, s t u d ~ n t s are enenuraged to consider the areas of i~aching,grrrdiralc study, comrnsrrial. clesigning, and avocational art. In addition to the courses offered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass windows. The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples of student a r t work for exhibition purposes. Major: 32 credits, including 1, 7, 18, 21, 65, 66, 67, 83, 84 Minor: 16 credits, including 1, 18, 21 and 83 or 84 See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Basic Design. Fr. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. Theory and application of basic art principles in drawing, painting, sculpture, and design. 3. Art in Daily Living. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. 7. Drawing I. Fr. I. 2 crs. Freehand drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. 18. Oil Painting I. Prereq. 1. 3 crs. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscape and portrait painting. (Offered semester 11, 1964-65; both semesters, 1965-66.) 21. Sculpture I. Prereq. 1. 1. 3 crs. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic design and plaster casting. 32. Water Color Painting. Prereq. 1 or 7. 11. 2 crs. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. (Offered 1964-65.) UPPER DIVISION COURSES 64. History and Appreciation of Art. II. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. 3, 3 crs. 65, 66. Composition. Prereq. 1 and 7. 1, II. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. Semester I: Form and Space. Semester 11 : Vision. (Offered 196566.) 3, 3 crs. 67, 68. Print Making. Prereq. 1. I, II. Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Semester I : Woodcut and the silk screen process. Semester 11: Intaglio methods on copper. 3 crs. 76. Oil Painting II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21. Advanced oil painting. (Offered semester I, 1964-65; semester 11, 196566.) 78. Sculpture II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21. Advanced sculpture. 3 crs. 83, 84. Art History and Appreciation. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in Western civilization. Semester I : Prehistoric to Renaissance. Semester II: Renaissance to Modern. 90. Independent Study. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Supervised study in fields of special interest. Problems selected from studio disciplines and art history. Open to seniors with a major in art. division of SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Dl~rislock, Cl~airrnnl~ It is the general purpose olf the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE Mr. Chrislock, Mr. Kleven, Mr. Gisselqnist, Mrs. Jensen, Mr. Gustafson, Mr. Laue The work of this department is designed to give the student a n understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. History Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. F o r non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1, 2. Western Civilization. Fr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. A rapid survey of Western history from ancient times and up to the present. An effort is made to place the study of Western Civilization in a world setting. 3, 3 cn. 21, 22. United States History. So. I, II. A survey of the life of the American people and the development of their ideas and institutions. Special section for students selected for the honors program. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 52. England to 1832. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II. Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 53. History of Canada. Jr., Sr. I. The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 55. Contemporary United States. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. 56. American Diplomatic History. Prereq. 6 cr. in History or 3 cn.. Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II. The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 196566.) 57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. See course 57 under Political Science. 58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II. See course 58 under Political Science. 3 crs. 3 crs. 61. Ancient History. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 63. Medieval Europe, 300-1200. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I. From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 64. Medieval Europe, 1200-1500. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II. Medieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the Italian Renaissance. (Offered 196566.) 65. Early Modern Europe, 1500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1964-65.) 66. Early Modern Europe, 1648-1789. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XIV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern of England, scientific developments and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1964-65.) 67. Commonwealth Countries of South Asia and the South Pacific. 3 crs. Jr,, Sr. I. A political and economic study of the transition from colonial to commonwealth status of India, Pakistan, Ceylon, Australia, and New Zealand in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1965-66.) 68. China and Japan, 1850 to Present. Jr., Sr. II. 71. French Revolution and Early Nineteenth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Political, economic, social and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to 1850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. 72. Late Nineteenth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. 3 crs. Jr., Sr. 11. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 3 crs. 75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I. See course 75 under Political Science. 3 crs. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. 82. Twentieth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Sr. 11. 3 crs. 99. Seminar in Northwest History. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1964-65.) Political Science Minor: 15 credits. 6 crs. American Government. I, II. A study of the Constitution; civil right; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. 41-42:F U P P E R DIVISION COURSES 56. American Diplomatic History. II. 3 crs. See course 56 under History. 57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. The emergence of the new national states in this a r e a ; their political and economic problems. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1964-65.) 58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II. 75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1965-66.) 82. Public Finance. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics 15 for Political Science minors. Jr., Sr. II. See course 82 under Economics. 3 crs. Geography 14. Human Geography. Fr., So. II. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 crs. Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Geography; Sociology 1, 2; Economics 15, 16; Political Science 41-42. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Mr. Torstenson, Mr. Nevasltar, Mrs. Belgnm, Mr. Nordlie The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service. Major, 27 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e History 1, 2, o r 21, 22; Psychology 5. Minor, 15 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e History 1,2, o r 21, 22. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Introduction to Sociology. Fr., So. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts a s they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. Social Problems. Fr., So. II. 3 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and communily disorganization a r e selected for special study. 8. Sociology. II. 2 or 3 crs. An introduction to the field of sociology. Designed especially for student nurses. 16. Modern Scandinavia. II. See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 crs. 21. Rural Sociology. So. I. 3 crs. The culture and social organization of American rural life in historical perspective; a n examination of social processes and problems of changing rural communities and institutions. 3 crs. 22. Urban Sociology. So. II. The culture and social organization of the city in historical perspective; including an examination of processes and problems related to the development of the modern metropolis. 42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.) See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 53. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. I. Scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of socio-psychological data. Constructing of graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendencies, variability and correlation. 54. Social Research. Jr. II. Prereq. 53 or #. 3 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology; an examination of problems and procedures of social research; an analysis of research designs and techniques. 57. Fields of Social Work. Jr., Sr., I. 2 crs. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. 2 crs. 58. Introduction to Methods of Social Work. Jr., Sr. II. Principles and procedures of case work and group work. Designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1965-66.) 59-60.? Field Experience in Social Work Agencies. Jr., Sr., I, 11. 2 crs. Provides laboratory experience in the metropolitan community for students preparing for social work. To be integrated with Sociology 57 and 58 or 66. 63. Criminology. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A study of thi nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment and prevention of delinquency and crime. 66. Public Welfare. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A study of the development of public welfare in the context of historical changes in American society, and an examination of major concomitant social issues. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 1, Psy. 5. Jr., Sr. I. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such a s crowd, rumor, and audiences. 76. Race and Minority Group Relations. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group relations; major attention is focused on prejudice, racism and civil rights in the American setting. 3 crs. 78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. II. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 1965-66.) 81. Modern Sociological Theory. Sr. I. 3 crs. An examination of the nature and major types of contemporary soci* logical theories in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Mrs. Hinrichs, Mr. Armacost, Mrs. Anderegg The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior and (2) to enable the student to better understand the processes which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of man, so that the student may develop an understanding of himself and his fellow man. Major: 24 credits, including 5, 61, 62, 64, 81 and 86. In addition, Sociology 53 or Economics 54 is required. Students planning to enter graduate school in psychology should also plan to take Biology 1, 2, or 13-14; Chemistry, 5, 6 , or Physics 5, 6 ; and Philosophy 23 or 73. Minor: 15 credits, including 5, 62, See under Curriculufls for a suggested course of study. 5. General Psychology. So. or #. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general princi- ples and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit by students selected for the honors program. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. 2 crs. 7. General Psychology. I. A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined. For student nurses. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. or See course 53 under Education. #. 1. 3 crs. 60. Psychological Measurement. Prereq. 5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A systematic survey of problems of data collection and analysis. Special attention given to measurement of achievement, aptitudes, interests, attitudes. 61. Psychology of Personality: Normal. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. 62. Psychology of Personality: Abnormal. Prereq. 61 or Jr., Sr. 11. #. 3 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. 64. Experimental Psychology. Prereq. 5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. An introduction to design, execution, and analysis of experiments in psychology. One two-hour lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. 71. Educational Psychology. Prereq. 5. Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 crs. 75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 5 and Soc. 1. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. See course 75 under Sociology. 81. History of Psychology. Prereq. 9 hours in Psy. or #. Jr., Sr. 1. 3 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current points of view in psychology. 1-2 crs. 84. Topics in Psychology. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I, II. Independent study for students desiring to carry out individual research projects. Four credit maximum. 85. Counseling Psychology. Prereq. 61. Sr. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. 86. Seminar in Psychology. Prereq. 15 hours in Psy. or #. Sr. 11. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. 2 crs. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Mr. Jollnson, Miss Mattson, Mr. Fardig, Mrs. Anderegg, Mrs. Hanson The Education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary o r the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further study in the field of education. Elementary Education Students planning for elementary school teaching a r e required to follow the prescribed course of study. See under Curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation and counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matler of the fields which a r e taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies m a y be required to take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. All students admitted to the Elementary Education program must satisfactorily complete Ed. 57, 58 (Group Activity), usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 51 and 56. Students in elementary education a r e required to take 3 semester hours in general psychology to be completed a s a prerequisite for Ed. 51. Major: 31 credits, including all courses listed under Curriculum for Elementary Education. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 51. Orientation to Elementary Education. Prereq. Admission to Dept. of Education. Jr. I. 4 crs. A study of the qualifications of teachers, the teaching profession, survey of American schools, philosophies, policies and practices. Includes observation of teaching situations. 53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 crs. A study of the growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. 54. Methods and Materials: Art, Health, Physical Education, Music. 2 crs. Prereq. 51, 53. Jr. II. Principles, methods and techniques for health and physical education in elementary grades. Philosophy, methods and materials for teaching a r t and music in the elementary school. 56. Methods and Materials: Mathematics, Science. Prereq. 51, 53. Jr. II. 2 crs. Principles, aims, methods, techniques of arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. 0 cr. 57, 58. Group Activity. I, II. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection, with elementary education 51 and 56. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student. 61. Methods and Materials: Language Arts. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 1. 2 crs. Aims, methods and techniques of the language arts other than reading; language, spelling and handwriting. 2 crs. 62. Methods and Materials: Social Studies. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 11. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. 63. Teaching of Reading. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. I. 3 crs. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. The methods and materials are studied in the context of learning theory. 65. Children's Literature. Prereq. 51, 53 or #. Sr. I. 3 crs. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. It requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 66. Seminar in Teaching. Prereq. Concurrent registration in 68. Sr. II. 2 crs. Deals with the practical problems of teaching a s they arise in the student teaching experience. 68. Directed Teaching in the Elementary School. Open to seniors in elementary education. II. 8 crs. Students spend eight weeks assisting the regular teacher and doing actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. Secondary Education Admission to the secondary education curriculum requires a n application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is lo complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, and 1:O ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in a t least two subjects that a r e taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must register for Group Activity, usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 7l and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see Curriculum for High School Teaching. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 7 1 . Educational Psychology. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. Teaching in Secondary Schools. Prereq. 7 1 . Jr. II. 3 crs. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. Activity. I, II. 0 cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71, 72. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student. 73,74.Group 76. Principles of Guidance. Prereq. 71. (Offered both semesters.) Sr. 2 crs. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 78. School and Society. (Offered both semesters.) Sr. 2 crs. A course designed to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. Included a r e a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. 79-95. Special Methods Courses 79 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they a r e given; applications of the principles of teaching a r e made in the specific field. Each student is required to take one course related to the major field to prepare for student teaching. Prerequisites a r e a major o r minor in the field and Education 72. 79. Teaching of Natural Sciences in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 81. Teaching of Business in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 83. Teaching of Mathematics in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 85. Teaching of Social Studies in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 88. Teaching of Music in the Elementary School. Jr. II. 2 crs. 89. Teaching of Music in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 91. Teaching of Home Economics in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 92. Evaluation and Adult Education in Home Economics. Sr. 11. 2 crs. 93. Teaching of English in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 94. Teaching of Modern Languages in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 95. Teaching of Speech in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 97. Student Teaching in the Secondary School. Prereq. 72. (Offered both semesters.) 6 crs. Student teaching is offered both semesters of the senior year. Two alternative experiences are possible: an eight-week, full-time teaching assignment; or one-half day of each school day for one semester. In addition, the student attends seminar meetings. 1-2 crs. 99. Topics in Education. Sr. (Offered both semesters.) Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each sttrdenl. does research and presents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conductucl largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. Library Science Mrs. Parker The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in Library Science. Preparation for selecting books and other library materials, efficient and effective management of library materials as well as the intelligent use of library resources from the standpoint both of the school librarian and the classroom teacher is given. While the minor in Library Science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of Library Science. Minor, 16 credits. Recommended elective, Education 65. 45-46.t Basic Functions of the School Library. So., Jr. I, II. 4 crs. To orient the student to the role of the library in the school and community. A study of library facilities, standards, book selection policies and buying guides. The second portion of the course concentrates on the organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation proceflnres. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 58. Elementary Materials. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The chacteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. The student is directed through extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wise exposure to individual titles to a better understanding of the role books and related library materials play in the development of the church. (Offered 1964-65) 59-60. Secondary Materials. Jr., Sr. I. II. 6 crs. The characteristics and purposes of a secondary school library. Study of the adolescent and the guidance role of the librarian. The selection and use of reference materials is stressed, as well as a wide exposure to other books in various subject areas. (Offered 1965-66) 63. Library Materials in the Classroom. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. To define and study the role of the library as an instructional materials center in modern educational setting. Involves extensive study of curriculum needs and curriculum enrichment through teacher-librarian cooperation in selection and use of books and audio-visual materials. Library instruction units are included. (Offered 1964-65) DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, ECONOMICS, AND BUSINESS EDUCATION Mr. Hemmingson, Miss Lund, Mr. Budge The objective of this department is to help students gain a liberal arts background a s well as some specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major concentrates on accounting and provides basic preparation for careers in the accounting field. The economics major concentrates on fundamental analytical and policy matters and serves as a basis for advanced study in economics. Either of these majors can also provide the background needed for generay ~dminiskativecarcers in busfneas, government, or various public nnd privn1.e instJtutions. In particulnr, either major cauld Ile the bnsis for gt-aduate study in such fields as hospital or public ndrninistr~tion. The business education major and minor prepare students for teaching in secondary schools. Business Administration Major: 36 credits, including courses BA 1, 2, 53, 71, 72, 74, 76; Econ. 15, 16, 54, 57, 58. Minor: 18 credits, including courses BA 1,2; Econ, 15, 16; and six credits in upper division business administration courses. Majors will be required to demonstrate by means of a test a minimum ability in mathematics at the time of application for the major which will be ordinarily at the end of the sophomore year. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3, 3 crs. 1, 2. Principles of Accounting. Fr. I, II. An Intrcduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single prnpdetrship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of financial ~tatcmcnts;and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets three hours per week. UPPER DIVISION OOURSES 3 crs. 53. Business Law. Jr., Sr. I. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, p r o p erty and business organizations. 3 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, net income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, cash, receivables and inventories. 71. Intermediate Accounting. I. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. 72. Intermediate Accounting. II. Prereq. 71. Jr., Sr. II. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, with additional emphasis on financial statements and various measures of income and operations. 74. Cost Accounting. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. 76. Auditing. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. A review of internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. Economics Major: 30 credits, including courses BA 1, 2 ; Econ. 15, 16, 54, 57, 58, and nine credits from 78, 80, 82, 85. Math. 42 required. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 15, 16. Principles of Economics. So. I, II. 3, 3 crs. The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in econoniic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Course 15 designed for students taking only one semester of economics. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 54. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. II. 3 crs. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. Considerable emphasis on statistical inference. 57. Intermediate Macro-economics. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. I. 3 crs. An analysis of the determinants of national income, employment and price levels with particular reference to aggregate consumption and investment. (Formerly Econ. 62.) 58. Intermediate Micro-economics, Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. II. 3 crs. An analysis of the behavior of business firms under competitive and monopolistic conditions, with particular reference to the firms' decisions in regard to production and prices. (Formerly Econ. 61.) 78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. 11. See course 78 under Department of Sociology. 3 crs. 80. Money and Banking. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. 82. Public Finance. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. 85. Economic Development. Prereq. 15 or #. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. An examination and analysis of the developmental problems and pros~ e c t sof the underdevelo~ednations includine: consideration of wlicies i o promote growth. ~ i s t o r i cpatterns of gro\;th and communist~versus non-communist approaches will be examined. Intended as an interdisciplinary social science course. Business Education These courses are planned to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Business education major: 37 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58; BA 1, 2, 53; and Econ. 15, 16. Minor: 27 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58; and BA 1, 2; or Econ. 15, 16. Seven credits less will be required on the major or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in courses 1, 3 and 4. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1 cr. 1. Elementary Typewriting. (Offered both semesters.) A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Elementary Shorthand. Prereq. 1. I, II. Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 3 crs. 8. Office Machines. Prereq. 1. (Offered both semesters.) The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mime* scope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Three hours per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4 crs. 53. Advanced Shorthand. Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation a t a minimum of 80 words per minute. Five hours per week. 3 crs. 56. Advanced Typewriting. Prereq. 1 or equivalent. II. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. Four hours per week. 3 crs. 58. Secretarial Practice. Prereq. 4. 11. Dictation, busincss Iettcrwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal iorrns, personality tlev@lopmcnl,writing applicntlon lellers, and r n a l r i n ~application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who incIudc IRis as n part of ille parish worker's course. Four hours pcr week. 60. Business Seminar. II. 2 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS Miss Segolson, Mrs. Peterson, Miss Sonsteng, Mrs. Tester Home Economics is concerned wRh ihe individud, the hmily, the home, and with the conditions of the society and Iheir impact on the individual, the family, and the home. It ~ e e k sto unify ltnotvledge from mmy fields in the solving of individual and home I l k pprot~l~ms.Study in home economics includes lenrning to use one's resources to attain values set up as most worthwhile in life and acquiring some techniques and skills needed in immediate personal and home living. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Graduates in Home Economics Education are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Non-teaching major: 36 credits; courses are 3, 5, 6, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46, 58, 66, 67, 71, 73, 74. Also required are: Chemistry 5, or 5, 6, or 5, 32; Physics 3 ; Economics 15; Sociology 1 ; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14, and 54; Psychology 5, and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: 21 credits, including 3, 5, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46 and one upper division course. Teaching major: 38 credits above H. Ec. 3 ; courses listed for nonteaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the staff about details of the program when she begins her college work. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 3. Art in Daily Living. I. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. 5. Clothing Selection, Care and Repair. I. 2 crs. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready-made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Two class hours per week. 6 . Clothing Construction. II. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of different fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory periods per week. 8. Elements of Nutrition. 11. 3 crs. A study of the nutrients necessary for maintenance of gmd health throughout all of life from prenatal needs through old age. Translating these nutrients into foods for everyday meals. Analyzing diets of class members. Three single class periods per week. 33. Color and Design. I. 3 crs. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. ~ r a f f s .II. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 196566.) 39, 40. Food Preparation and Management. Prereq. 8 or #. I, 11. 3, 3 crs. Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory periods per week. 42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. Personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. 2 crs. 46.Child Development. Prereq. Psy. 5 or #. II. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations ,in local nursery schools; a two-week play school is conducted at the college for ten to twelve children of preschool age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 58. Textiles. II. 2 crs. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. 64. History and Appreciation of Art. II. 3 crs. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1964-65.) 66. Home Planning and Furnishing. II. 4 crs. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 67. Family Health. .I. 2 crs. A study of health problems relating to the family, including: heredity, pregnancy, growth and development, mental health, aging, public health, communicable diseases, non-communicable diseases, safety and home care of the sick. Two single class periods per week. 71. Home Management Problems. I. 2 crs. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. 73. Home Management Laboratory. I. 3 crs. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of house and equipment. Emphasis is placed on management of time, money, and energy for effective family living. Six weeks residence in a home management house. One individual conference and one group meeting per week. 74. Consumer Education and Income Management. II. 2 crs. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. Advanced Clothing Construction. Prereq. 6. 1. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 6. Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. division of NATURAL SCIENCES A N D MATHEMATICS Mr. Nash, Chairman It is the purpose of this division to provide training in methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to interpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of science and mathematics in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields; and to equip the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men. DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Mr. Nash, Mr. Urdahl, Mr. ~Mickelberg,Mr. Frosig, Mrs. Pederson The aim of this department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, and a t least 4 Upper Division courses. Also required are Chemistry 5, 6; o r 15,16. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, and at least two Upper Division courses, preferably 51 and 64. For a science major and minor for teaching see page 111. 3, 3 crs, 1, 2. General Blology. Fr. I, If. of the W prlndples of biology to meet the needs of rt0n-den@ majors. l a w e s and one double laboratory period not count toward the major or minor. Week. Thfs wurse A S$U& 4 crs. 3. Human Anatomy and Physlololgy, Fr, I. A pmfissiond c m e in hmatomg and physiology with special a p h a & on structure. POT&dent nwms, Three lectures and three ~ D W 01 B lakortito pW week. Stuwho have credit for Biol. 4 will 7 not receive credit or Biol. 3. 4 crs. 4, Human Anert~myand Physiology. Fr. II. .& p*,~sfmal s W e in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on bOth structure and function. Three lectures and three hours of Itiwatoly per w k . Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 8. Mlcroblolagy. H. 3 crs. p e s&ldy of b d r i a , peasts, molds, viruses and other micro-organisms, tiidr ebaraeteristia, rOle and control, especially in the fields of sanitation a medlaine. especially for student nurses. Two lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 8 crs. 13-14.t General Zoology. Fr. I, II. A survey of the animal khgdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptatfm, and reproduction of type animals. Biological prlndphg are e ~ g b a d m d . Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 4 crs. 25. General Botany. So. I. A survey of the plant kingdom with special emphasis on the vegetative and reproductive structures of the various plant groups. Three lectures and two single laboratory periods per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4 crs. 51. Genetics. Prereq. 13-14, or 25. So., Jr. I. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. 4 crs. 56. Ecology. Prersq. 13-14, and 25. So., Jr. II. A survey of local oadlogieal sommtmitier, and a study of the general principles of biol&cd a~wiation succession. Two lectures and one double labwatoxy pePiod o= fiebl trip per week. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. 58. General Entomology. Prereq. 13-14. Sr. II. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1965-66.) 4 crs. 64. Microbiology. Prereq. Chem. 6 or 16. 11. The study of bacterk, yeasts, ,molds,*use$ and other micr+organisms; their characttyi&m, Hle, and oofitrol in the home, medicine, agriculture, and industry. Two lectures and three lrrbocatory periods per week. 66. Taxonomy o f Flowering F;an.is. Prereq. 25. Sr. II. 3 crs. Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1964-65.) 11. 4 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 68. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. Prereq. 13-14. 71. The Cell. Prereq. 13-14, 25; and Chem. 6 or 16. Sr. I. 4 crs. The ultrastructures of the cell and their physiological processes. 91, 92. Biology Seminar. Jr., Sr. I, II. Required for the biology major. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY Mr. A p e , Mr. Alton, Mr. Holum, Mr. Jorenby I t is the purpose of this department to give students a n understanding and a n appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides a n opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of manmodern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways .to handle certain types of problems. Courses in chemistry a r e offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: (1) high school teaching, (2) the study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing, and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. The chemistry department is certified by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning chemistry majors for pre-graduate training, high school teaching, o r pre-medical work a r e urged to consult with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time. Major: 27 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended a r e : Physics 5, 6; Mathematics 41, 42. Course 3 does not count toward the major o r minor. F o r those planning to teach chemistry in high school, the major will include Math. 13, 14; Physics 5, 6 ; Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) ; 53, 54; 61; 82, and one of 83, 88, or 91. A teaching minor must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete 16 credits. Chem. 32 and 61 a r e strongly recommended. Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 53, 54, 61, 82, and 83; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 53, 54; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 93, 94, 95, and 96. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3. Elementary Chemistry. Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #. 3 crs. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. . 5, 6. Introductory Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis. Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 crs. Fdr prb-datal, hofie emnomi~e,elementmy education, medical *ohnoloaids, and other students not malorw in chemistry, U w s ,and thefihs . of chemistry and of non-met& and met& and their compounds, Qr&aqtc ~hemfstsy is cgnsidered, &%tenlath 6edmicro pafitaflve an&& of catbm is the mnin Iaboratory work t+ second s8lme&r. % w e lectms and four hours of Sabaratory per week. 15, 16. Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry. Fr. I, II. 4, 4 crs. For rnajolzt Irr chemistry,, including pr&medlcal students; others by p x d s s b p Of ItlWucmf. 4.n inteadve course. First semester devoted funclamentat prhciples and second fnotgmia chemistry and qwalil'crdve ana1~5is. Three lenlmes and four b d u s of laboratory per we&. Pmreg.: hQh qhml dheql-, elementary algebra, and geometry. 4 crs. 32. Elementary Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 5 or 15. So. II. Designed for medical technology and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53, 54. Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 6 o r 16. So. I, II. 4, 4 crs. The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Correlations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures, one recitation, five hours of laboratory per week. 3 crs. 61. Quantitative Analytical Chemistry. Jr. I. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 72. Advanced Organic and Qualitative Chemistry. Prereq. 54, 61; some reading knowledge of German (or concurrent registration). Jr. II. 4 crs. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reaction. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spectrophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 82, 83. Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and Math. 42 (or 4, 4 crs. concurrent registration). Jr. II, Sr. I. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids. Three lectures and four hours laboratory per week. 3 crs. 86. Advanced Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 83. Sr. II. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 88. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and 82. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A laboratory course designed to acquaint students with some of the important optical and electrochemical methods of chemical analysis. Three hours lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. 91. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Prereq. 61. 1. 4 crs. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the periodic table, hytlridcs, and coordination chemistry. Prepamlions of inorganic compounds utilizing hot-tube reactions, air Crec .systems, and similar tecl~niqucs, Three lectures and three hours of laboratoly per week. 93, 94, 95, 96. Chemistry Seminars. Jr., Sr. I, II. 0 cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal weekly seminars to discuss topics of general interest. 97, 98. Chemistry Research. Sr. I, II. Cr. arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, may participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. By staff permission only. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Mr. Hanwick, Mr. Baker Recent developments in the field of physics make it imperative that excellent training be provided for those who intend to continue their studies in graduate school or who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of physics. I t is the aim of this department to assure the needed training for both of these groups and to provide the non-science major with sufficient background to make it possible for him to follow, with some degree of comprehension, the developments in the field of science as they come to him from the medium of semi-scientific publications. Major: 27 credits including courses 53, 54. Minor : 16 credits. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 2. Descriptive Astronomy. Fr. II. 3 crs. A study of our galaxy with particular emphasis on the origin of our solar system and the distribution and composition of the planets and stars. The location of some of the more prominent constellations and the use of the telescope and spectroscope will be studied. Two lectures per week. Periodic evening meetings to observe the sky. 3. Principles of Physics. Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 crs. A lecture, demonstration-laboratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, heat, electricity, magnetism, light and sound. This course is intended for students in home economics and elementary education, and others who wish some basic information in the field of physics. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory. 5. General Physics. Prereq. Math. 13 or concurrent registration in Math. 13. Fr., So. I. 4 crs. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 6. General Physics. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. II. 4 crs. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5. and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 52. Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. 11. 3 crs. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "eV/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 53. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. I. 3 crs. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 54. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 53, and Math. 42 or concurrent registration in Math. 42. So., Jr. II. 3 crs. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 57. Optics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 42 or concurrent registration 3 crs. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1964-65.) 3, 3 crs. 61. 62. Mechanics. Prereq. 6 and Math. 41. Jr. I, II. Tni.rorluctinn to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a parliclc, molion of JI t'igid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one clilnension, motion in a conservative field. 63, 64. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration 1, 1 cr. in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. 65. Nuclear Laboratory. Prereq. 3 or equivalent, or #. 1. 1 cr. A trvc-tiour lnlmrain~y course d c n l i n ~wilh nlcltintls of detecting and measuring t'nciialions fron~rad~onctivesubstances. Experirnenis include l he usp of gcigcr lubes, windowless counicrs, scintilla1 ion counlcr. Measuri~~a cclulp~ncnti ~ ~ c l i ~ d 11 cvnricty s n l scaling ci~.cuits,electroscopes, and :i gatIutla ray spcctmmetcr. Open to all studcnls who hnvc had fit least u course corrcsrlm~dingto 1'1-inciples of Physics. 71. Heat and Thermodynamics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or 3 crs. concurrent registration in Math. 41. Jr., Sr. I. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. 72. Mathematical Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41. Sr. 11. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 196566.) 73,74. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration 1, 1 cr. in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, II. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS Mr. Soberg, Mr. Haugsby, Mr. Follingstad, Mr. Johnson The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background for teaching and for professional and graduate study. Major: 15 credits above 42. For those preparing to teach in the secondary schools, courses 60, 71, 72, and 74 are required. Minor: 6 credits above 42. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 13, 14. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis. Prereq. higher algebra and placement test. Fr., So. I, II. 4, 4 crs. An analysis of algebraic, trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential functions. Derivatives and integrals. Introduces set and function theory, complex numbers, determinants, theory of equations, probability, and analytical geometry. Students in course 13 whose backgrounds call for additional work are placed in sections meeting five hours a week. 41, 42. Analytical Geometry and Calculus. Prereq. 14 or equivalent. So. I, II. 5, 5 crs. Study of analytical geometry and calculus. Includes some work in solid analytical geometry. Open to freshmen with four years of high school mathematics who qualify on the basis of the mathematics placement test. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 56. Foundations of Arithmetic. Jr., Sr. II. 2 crs. A treatment of basic arithmetical concepts and number theory. For students preparing for elementary school teaching only. 3 crs. 60. Basic Concepts of Mathematics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II. A study of the foundations of number theory, algebra, and analysis, with recent developments in these subjects. 3 crs. 67. Probability and Statistics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I. An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as tools for modern mathematical approach. 71, 72. Modern Algebra. Prereq. 41. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. An introduction to abstract algebra, with topics including theory of equations, determinants, matrices, groups, rings, fields, and vectors. 73. Differential Equations. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. 74. Modern Geometry. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidian, projective and non-Euclidian geometries. Parabolic, hyperbolic and elliptic geometries are introduced using an axiomatic and analytic approach. 3, 3 crs. 83, 84. Advanced Calculus. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I, II. A study of the fundamental notions of Urnits, cwttnulty, differentiation and integration fm iwc~omof one or mare variables. Differentials and Jacobima, partial dlffe~enttation,trmsf&wdan of c u m h a t e s and of multiple Lntogr&, lhe and surface bite@&, valor ana$sis, infinite series and improper integrals. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION Mr. Ernest Anderson, Mr. Nelson, Mrs. Mr. Saugestad, Mrs. Schlorf, Mr. Gimse Peterson, Mr. Pearson, The atm of the Depwbent of Heath and Physical Education is to promote health Elnd physfaal l b m s through a well-rounded physical educadan pmgrm, to develop eharacm and g m t sportsmanship, to W e r the worthy use of leisure time, md to pmfde an efPective &elprogram for pm~pea*e waehers d health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major: 30 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 53 or 54, 71, 72, 73, 76, 78, 81, and 87. Biology 4 also required. Minor: 19 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 72, 73, and 87. Non-teaching majors and minors are not required to take 87. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. COACHING ENDORSEMENT : Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools as of September 1, 1966, will be required to have a t least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball. The following courses will meet the coaching endorsement requirement: Biology 4 ; P.E. 7, 71, 72, 85, and one of 83, 84, or 86. 3, 4. Physical Activities. Fr. I, II. $4, $6 cr. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. 7. Health and First Aid. Fr. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. 3 crs. 12. Individual and Dual Sports. Fr. 11. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week. 3 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week. 21. Team Sports. So. I. 22. Recreational Activities and Rhythms. So. II. 2 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. Four hours per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53, 54. Swimming and Aquatics. Jr. I (Women), I1 (Men). 1, 1 cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming. Acquaints students with life-saving and water safety work. Open only to majors and minors. Two hours per week. 71. Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. Jr. I. 3 crs. A study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities. Suggested activities for atypical cases. 72. History and Principles of Physical Education. Jr. 11. 3 crs. History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. 73. Physical Education Program in the Secondary Schools. Sr. 1. 3 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. 76. School Health Education. Sr. It. Principles and curriculum of school health education. 3 crs. 2 crs. 77. Community Recreation. Jr., Sr. I. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Offered 1964-65.) 78. Instructor's Course in First Aid. Sr. II. 1 cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. Prereq.: evidence of a currently valid standard First Aid card. 81. Self-Testing Activities and Evaluation. Sr. I. 3 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Also a survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. Five hours per week. Men and women meet separately except one hour per week. 83. Coaching of Football. Sr. I. 1 cr. 84. Coaching of Basketball. Sr. II. 1 cr. 85. Prevention and Care of Injuries. Sr. I. 1 cr. 86. Coaching of Baseball. Sr. 11. 1 cr. 87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in the Elementary and Secondary Schools. Sr. I. See under Education 87. Separate sections for men and women. 2 crs. special programs of study Affiliation with Schools of Nursing Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish. Fairview, and Methodist Hosvitals in Minneavolis receive some of their' instruction a t Augsburg college. ~ ~ ~ l i c a tfor i o nadmission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. Medical Technology In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the two hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. Junior Year Abroad An arrangement has been made with the Uinversity of Oslo in Norway under which students entering their junior year in college may spend this year at that University. Students may also participate in other approved programs, such as those of the Institute for European Studies. Applications must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. The plan is available only to students with good scholastic records whose special field of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Some possible fields are Norwegian language and literature, history, religion, and philosophy. Corrective Therapy A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete a major in Physical Education at Augsburg. The program requires 250 hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. I t carries no college credit. Honors Program For superior students, special sections or seminars are offered in Basic Bible, Freshman English, General Psychology, and United States History. Students of high ability are invited to make application for honors courses, and are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. General Liberal Arts The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Basic Bible 2 2 Freshman English ....... 3 3 History or Sociology 3 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . 4 4 Natural Science . . . . . . . . 3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Activities . . . . . . '/2 I/! FRESHMAN ............. .... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 2 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . . Social Science or History Electives ................ 3 10 - 12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. Cr. Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Foreign Language .... 3 Social Scicncc . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . Natural Scicncc Electives ................ 9 SENIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 9 I Sem. I1 Sem. Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 3 Cr. 14 3 14 - Pre-Seminary Curriculum Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended t o prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. ............. Basic Bible Freshman English Foreign Language Western Civilization Physical Activities Natural Science Electives ...... ...... .... ..... ........ ................ 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 3 'h 3 2 '/2 3 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR .. ................. New Testament Greek Speech History Sociology or Economics or Political Science ...... Electives ................ ................. Cr. 2 Cr. 4 3 3 3 3 3 5 4 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. Cr 2 Religion 3, 4 ............ Fine Arts Natural Science ........ General Psych. ......... Foreign Language ....... History of Philosophy . Electives . ............... 3 3 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 - . . 35 ................ ~ SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . ................. 3 .............. 3 ..... 3 . . 3 Electives ................ 5 Rcllglon Philosophy English T~lturnt~we Advanced N.T.Greck 3 3 3 3 4 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, Norwegian, or French. Parish and Church Workers The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the church, as teachers in vacation, weekday, and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The suggested schedule provides for a major in religion. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the head of the Department of Religion. f Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN ............ ........ Basic Bible Freshman English ....... Natural Science Foreign Language ...... Sociology 1, 2 Physical Activities ........ ..... Cr. 2 3 3 Cr. 2 3 4 3 4 3 % 3 % JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Prin. of Christian Ed. .. 3 Mission of the Church . . 3 The Gospels . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Protestantism in America 3 Social Psych, or Urban Soc. Y Creits 2 2 ROCP.Aftlviiirw & Rhythms Electives 7 7 ........... ................... - ................ SOPHOMORE Religion 3 , 4 ........... Speech 11, 12 Foreign Language General Psych. ...... Natural Science ........ Story Telling Fine Arts Electives ................ I Sem. Cr. ............ ....... 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 ........... .............. - SENIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . Youth Work in the Church Early Christian Fathers The Christian View of Man . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psychology . Literature and Philosophy Fields of Social Work Electives .. ................ - 3 3 3 2 6 2 2 3 3 6 Philosophy Major I Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ...... Foreign Language ...... Western Civilization .... Intro. to Philosophy Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities ... ..... Cr. Cr. 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 3 3 - - 3 % I/z I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR Cr Religion ................ 3 History of Phil. 53 3 Philosophy Electives ... 3 Natural Science Electives 7 ..... . ......... ................ Cr . 3 3 10 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3, 4 ............ 2 2 Religion ...... 3 3 Foreign L a l l l f h l ~ g ~ .... Hist. of Phil. 31, 52 3 3 3 or 4 Natural Science ......... 3 or 4 3 Fine Arts .............. Beginning Speech 2 Electives 2 or 3 2 or 3 SOPHOMORE ...... - - ............... SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Philosophy Electives .... 3 3 Independent Study ..... 1 to 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...I 0 to 12 10 - - Because of the non-vocational character of the Philosophy major, students with a major in this field are encouraged to complete a major or a minor in some other field as well. Greek-Latin Major 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Basic Bible ............. 2 2 Freshman English ....... 3 3 Beginning Latin ........ 4 4 Natural Science ....... S or 4 3 or 4 3 3 Western Civilization ... % % Physical Education . , . FRESHMAN . . I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 Advanced N.T. Greek Ancient History 3 Religion ..............,. 3 Sneech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Fine Arts ............... 3 Natural Science Electives 3 JUNIOR . ........ ........ ................ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . Elements of N.T. Greek Foreign Language ...... Latin 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literary Classics . . . . . . . . The Classical Tradition . SENIOR Greek Exegesis .....,... History of Philosophy . . , Religion ................ Medieval Europe ....... Electives I Sem, Cr 3 3 3 3 4 ................ Sem. Cr. 3 3 3 3 4 English Major 1. Graduate Major I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr , 3 3 2 4 4 3 % FRESHMAN ....... ............. ........ ....... Freshman English Basic Bible Natural Science Foreign Language Western Civilization ... Physical Activities ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR British Literature English Elective Religion Electives ....... ....... ................. ................ Cr. 4 3 3 6 Cr. 4 3 3 6 I Sem. n.. SOPHOMORE c.r. Classical Tradition ...... 3 American Lit. Dev. . , . Med. & Ren. Lit. ...... 4 Religion 3, 4 2 Foreign Language 3 Beginning Speech 2 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Natural Science ......... Electives ................ - . .......... ...... ...... SENIOR English Seminar Electives Sem. Cr. 4 2 3 - 3 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 14 16 ......... ................ Students planning on graduate study should include in their electives: American English or Introduction to Modern English; The British Novel, Shakespeare, Chaucer, Three Major British Poets, Independent Study, and an additional course in American literature; and German, French, Latin, philosophy, and history. 2. In preparation for Secondary-school Teaching FRESHMAN Freshman English . . . . . Natural Science ........ Basic Bible ............ Foreign Language ...... Western Civilization . . . Physical Activities , I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. 3 3 3 3 . . . 2 2 4 3 % 4 3 % SOPHOMORE Classical Tradition American Lit. Dev. Med. & Ren. Lit. . Expository Writing Natural Science .... Fine Arts ......... Relieion 3. 4 ....... Forsgn ~ a n g u a g e General Psych. . . . . Beg. Speech . . . . . . . ... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr 3 . 3 - 2 . JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. British Literature ...... Intro. to Mod. Eng. . . . . . English (Mod. Lit.) . . . . Educ. Psych. . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tchg. in Sec. Sch. ..... Group Activity Electives ................ ......... 4 3 3 3 0 3 4 3 3 3 0 4 -. -4 3 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 English Seminar . . . . . . . Prin. of Guid. .......... School and Soc. ........ Tchg. Eng. in Sec. Sch. . Stud. Tchg. Sec. School . Shakespeare ............. Health & First Aid ...... Electives ................ 2 2 6 - -3 3 10 At least nine hours of electives are recommended in speech, journalism, or library science. 3. In preparation for Elementary-school Teaching FRESHMAN Freshman English ..... Foreign ~ a n g G a g e General Biology Western Civilization Basic Bible ............. Physical Activities ...... Intro, to Music .......... Human Geog. ........... ...... ........ ... JUNIOR .... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 2 '/a 2 - 2 z / ' 3 I Sem. Cr . 4 3 Sem. Cr. - 2 Orient to Elem. Ed. Human Growth & Dev. . Meth. & Mat. (54) . . . . . . Meth. & Mat. (56) ..... US History Religion ................. Amer. Govt. Literary Classics ........ Brit. Lit. Since la00 Found, of Arith. ...... ............. ............ .... - - 3 3 3 3 SOPHOMORE Classical Tradition ..... Med. & Ren. Lit. ....... Foreign Language ....... Religion 3, 4 Prin. of Physics, Astronomy Basic Design General Psvch. ......... ~ m e r i c a n~ n g l i s h ..... Amer. Lit. Development I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. - SENIOR - 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. Pr Cr. English Seminar ........ Meth. & Mat. (Lang. Arts) Teaching of Reading . . . Children's Lit. Religion ................. Expository Writing . . . . . Health & First Aid Meth. & Mat.: Social Studies ......... Seminar in Teaching .... Directed Teaching in Elem. School ........ Beginning Speech . . . . . . . English 94 Independent Study ... .......... ...... - 3 ........... ........... ........... --.2 2 3 3 3 3 3 - - Speech Major for Secondary School Teaching FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. -- . -- Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ..... Natural Science ........ Foreign Language . . . . . History or Sociology .... Physical Activities . . . . . . . 2 2 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 3 % '12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. -~ Cr . 2 Religion 3, 4 ............ Literary Classics . . . . . . . Foreign Language ....... Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech 31, 32 . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ 3 3 2 3 3 - Sem. Cr. 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR .......... Argumentation Speech Pathology . . . . . . . Educ. Psychology . . . . . . . Teach. in Sec. Schools Group Activity . . . . . . . . . Natural Science Stagecraft .............. Dramatic Arts .......... Electives ................ ........ Cr. 3 Cr. 3 3 - - 3 0 0 - - - - 3 3 3 7 4 f Sem. SENIOR Cr. Religion ................. 3 Student Teaching ....... 6 Guidance ............... 2 School and Society ...... 2 Methods ................. 2 Stage Direction . . . . . .,. . Health & First Aid ..... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - I1 Sem. Cr. 3 Recommended electives: English, History, Social Science, Art. Major in German, French, or Spanish in Preparation rfi Teaching in a Secondary School I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr Basic Bible 2 2 3 3 Freshman Esbllah 3 3 History or Saclology ... Beginning Foreign Language ............ 4 4 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Activities % % SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 Intermediate Foreign Language 3 3 Natural Science ......... 3 ..... General Psychology 3 Literary Classics . . . . . . . 3 3 Fine Arts ............... Health & First Aid ..... 3 Electives ................ 3 6 JUNIOR SENIOR FRESHMAN . .............. ..... ...... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 Teach. in Sec. Schools 0 Grtlup Aclivlty .......... 0 Germall :I, U1 or Fr~nuli51, D l or Spnnlsh 51, 131 .......... 5 or 7 Bdt~clffanalppychology ., - - GPrn!nn. 52. 52, 73, or Fl.encll 52, 72 or Spn111sll 52. 72 Elcctl\'ee ..... , ....... , .. ........ 7 or 9 5 or 0 8 ............ .............. 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. ....... ....... 622 ..... 23 - - 3 - 2 6 Student Teachine school & s o c i e t y . Prin, of Guidance ....... Teaching of Foreign Language Religion ................. German, French, or Soanish 74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ i r m a n French, , or Spanish 90 . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives ................ Cr. 3 2 Teaching Major in Music FRESHMAN I Sem. P r -A. ............. Basic Bible 2 Freshman English 3 History or Sociology ... 3 Foreign Language 4 Natural Science 3 Physical Activities ...... % Applied Music .......... l. or 2 ...... ....... ........ JUNIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 4 3 2 'l 1 or 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. CT Cr. 3 3 0 ................ Religion Education 71, 72 . . . . . . . . Education 73. 74 . . . . . . . . Music Theory 55, 56 . . . . . Conducting . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choral or Instrumental Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teaching of Grade School Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid . . . Applied Nusic ......... 1 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 14 oreien Ln!li?un~e 3 3 3 ~ e n e y a l I'syct~olbby .... 3 Natural S r j c i ~ c e .., Music Theory 1. 2 . . . . . 4 4 Historv & it: of Music ................. 2 2 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 1 or 2 ........... ...... ..... - SENIOR I Sem. Cr. Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . Education 78 Education 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy 3 Beginning Speech 2 Relieion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ~ e a L h i n gof High School Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Twentieth Century Music 2 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ - Sem. Cr. 2 2 6 ....... 2 2 - or 2 - - 1 or 2 Major in Art FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Drawing I .............. Basic Design ............ Basic Bible ............. Freshman English ....... Foreign Language ....... Western Civilization Physical Activities Elective .... ..... ................. Cr. 2 2 3 4 3 % 2 Cr. - SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Oil Painting I ........... 3 Sculpture I ........... , . . 3 Print Making I 3 Relieion 3. 4 2 2 Fore>gn ~ a n g u a g e....... 3 3 Social Science ........... 3 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Electives 3 3 ......... ............ ................ I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . Art History . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . . Social Science or History Natural Science . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 5 - 3 or 4 2 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . 3 3 SENIOR Oil Painting I1 . . . . . . . . . . Sculpture I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Independent Study . . . . . . Printmaking I1 . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - -2 12 - 3 3 8 History Major FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. .............. 2 ...... 3 ... 3 ....... 4 ........ 3 or 4 ..... % Basic Bible Freshman English Western Civilization Foreign Language Natural Science Physical Activiities 2 3 3 4 3 or d % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr 3 3 JUNIOR ReUnIon ................. Bcgfa~aingSpeecll ...... ....... ................ Fnrliign Lrmgrln~c HIS~L!I'Y A m ~ r i c a nQovcrnment . . Literature or Philosophy . - SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 Foreign Language ...... 3 3 U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 Natural Science . . . . . . . . 3 General Psychology . . . . 3 Sociology 1, 2 ........... 3 3 Prin. of Economics . . . . . 3 3 SENIOR ............... 3 I Sem. Cr. 3 3 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Fine Arts Electives - Sem. Cr. 3 - ................ 11 6 3 3 Combined Social Science Major for Teaching FRESHMAN ............. Basic Bible Freshman English Western Clvllixalion Foreign Language Natural Science Physical Activities ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 % % ...... ... ...... ........ JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. ".. Cr. Lr, Religion ................ Educational Psych. ..... Teaching in Secoildnry Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity ......... History .................. Health & First Aid . . . . . . American Government Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Minor . ..... 3 0 3 3 2 6 3 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 ............ Foreign Language ...... U.S. History ............. Natural Science ........ General Psychology ... Sociology 1, 2 ........... Economics 15, 16 ........ SENIOR Cr. 2 3 3 Cr. 2 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 - I Sem. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . 6 Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 School and Society ..... 2 Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Literature or Philosophy Human Geography . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Minor . . . . . . - 3 Sem. Cr - . - 3 3 3 3 5 Major in Sociology in Preparation for Social Work A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years .has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immedate employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education and the National Council on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all such students. In consultation with the department head, students may obtain a sociology major without the social-work sequence. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . Western Civilization .... Foreign Language . . . . . Introduction to Sociology Social Problems ........ Physical Education 3, 4 2 2 3 3 4 3 . % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Soc. 57, 59. Fields of 3 Social Woyk .......... Soc. 58, 60, Methods of Social Work ........ Fine Arts Beginning Speech 2 Intro. to Statistics 3 Social Research ......... Electives 5 JUNIOR .............. ..... ..... . I Sem. Cr SOPHOMORE Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . American Government . . Natural Science . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . Principles of Economics Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . Urban Sociology . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . . 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 I Sem. Cr. SENIOR Sem. Cr. - Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crinainology . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Psycla. 62, Abnornanl . . . Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Upper Division Courses ............... 10 - Sem. Cr. 3 + + 3 3 ................ Major in Psychology FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 . .............. Basic Bible Freshman English Western Civilization Foreign Language General Zoology Physical Activities ...... ..... ...... ........ ...... JUNIOR 4 % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro, to Statistics Psych. of Personality ... Experimental Psych. ... Psych. of Measurements . Electives ..... 4 % ................ 7 3 3 4 SOPHOMORE Relieion 3. 1 ............ ~ o r z g nLanguage ...... General Psychology Chemistry or Physics Sociology 1. 2 Beginning Speech Logic .................... Fine Arts I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 3 3 .... ... 4 ...... -32 ............... ........... 2 3 4 3 3 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. SENIOR History of Psych. ....... Social Psychology Topics in Psych. Seminar in Psych. ..... Electives Cr. 3 ..... 3 ........ - ................ 10 Cr. - + 1 to 2 2 12 Elementary Education Students planning for elementary school teaching are required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are possible. Since the optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. The major in this program is Elementary Education; each student is required to take a minor in a t least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 Basic Bible .............. Freshman English ...... Western Civilization .... Modern Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Science . . . . . . . 3 Selected from Physics, Astronomy, Chemistry 5, Physical Activities ..... 4 or 4 6) ?h a 4 or 4 % I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR . - Cr Religion ................. American Government . . 3 Ed. 51, Orientation . . . . . . 4 Ed. 53, Human Growth & Development ......... 3 Ed. 54, 56, Meth. & Mat. 0 Group Activity .......... Basic Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Intro, to Music . . . . . . . . . Foundations of Arith. .. 4 Electives in Minor . . . . . Cr. 3 3 4 0 - 2 2 3 SOPHOMORE Religion 3. 4 .. ,. .. , ..... General Rlology ........ General Fs'r;ycholOgy Human Geography ...... U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . . Modern Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid ... Electives in Minor I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 .... ..... 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - 3 I Sem, I1 Sem, SENIOR Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed. 61, Meth. & Mat. Ed. 62. Meth. & Mat. . . . Ed. 63. Tchg. of Reading Children's Literature . . . Ed. 66, Seminar in Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed. 68, Directed Tchg. Literature .............. Beginning Speech ....... Electives in Minor . . . . . . ... Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 3 Cr. - 2 - 2 B 2 - High School Teaching Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota a t the junior and senior high school level. The same prgram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission t o the Education curriculum during his sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science, and business education, students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain teaching majors or minors include English, German, Spanish, French, speech, music, art, history, social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry, natural science, mathematics and physical education. 'Minors are also offered in Scandinavian language and literature, political science and library science. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 Basic Bible Freshman English ...... 3 History or Sociology 3 Foreign Language 4 Natural Science 3 or 4 Physical Activities % FRESHMAN ............. ... ..... ...... ........ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr Religion 3, 4 2 2 Foreign Lzulglt~ge 3 3 General Psycholum ,, 3 Natural Sctcl~cc 3 or 4 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid , 3 Electives ................ 5 . ............ ...... .. . .. ......... - . JUNIOR Religion ......... Education 71. 72 . Education 73, 74 Beginning Speech Electives in Major or Minor ...... Sem. Cr. - .. I Sem. I1 Sem. SENIOR Cr. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Education 76 ............ 2. Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . . 2' 4S ~ e c i a lMethods . . . . . . . . 2 or - Cr. 3 3 0 ducatio ion 97 - ........... 6. - Literature or Philosophy Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 'May be taken I1 Sem. - 3 Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 3 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits; fine arts, 2 credits; natural science, 3 credits; social science, 3 credits; foreign language, 6 credits. (At least one year of foreign language must be taken in college, unless the student completed four years of a language in high school.) To be valid, approval of exemption must be filed in the Registrar's office prior t o registration for the junior year. Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. -. . 2 Pr Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ...... 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . 4 History or Sociology ... 3 3 Principles of Accounting Physical Activities ..... % JUNIOR P r -a. 2 3 4 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr Intermediate Accounting 3 3 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 Economics 57, 58 ........ 3 Intro. to Statistics ...... Science .................2 or 4 Fine Arts ............... Z or 3 Auditing or Cost Acc. 3 Electives ................ 3 to 5 3 . - r Sem. Cr SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ............ 2 Foreign Language ....... 3 Prin. of Economics ..... 3 Natural Science ........3 or 4 ...... Beginning Speech Electives ................ I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion Auditing or Cost Acc. Business Law .......... 3 Literature or Philosophy Electives ................ 15 SENIOR - - Major in Economics FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. --. 2 ............. 3 ...... ...... 34 Cr Basic Bible Freshman English Foreign Language History or Sociology . . Principles of Accounting .......... Physical Activities ..... 3 % C r. 2 3 4 3 3 I12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. - Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 Foreign Language 3 3 Prin. of Economics ..... 3 3 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Beginning Speech ..... 2 ................ Electives 3 6 ............ ...... - JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. - . Religion ................. 3 Literature or Philosophy 3 Economics 57 58 . . . . . . . 3 3 Intro. to Statistics . . . . . 3 Natural Science ......... 3 or 4 Intro. to Math. Analysis 4 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 SENIOR I Sem. R e l i ~ i n n ................. Anal. Umm. nnd Calculus -6 Cr. -- ..............2 or9 3 Sem. Cr. 3 5 Fine Arts Electives ................ Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History. Major in Business Education in Preparation for Teaching in Secondary Schools E FRESHMAN Basic Bible ........... Freshman English Foreign Lnnguagf ... History or Sncinte~y Physical Acilr+lllcu ... Elem. Typewriting Natural Science .... Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. . ...... JUNIOR ....... ..... ................ ..... I Sem. I1 Sern. Cr. Cr. 2 2 . ... Prin. of .Economics . . . . . Adv. Shorthand ......... Educational psycho log^ , Teaching in Secondary Schools ............... Group Activity .......... Business Law .........., Fine Arts ............... Adv. Typewriting Health & First Aid Electives SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ....... Gen. Psychology ... Prin. of Accounting Elem. Shorthand ... Foreign Language Natural Science . . . . Beginning Speech . Office Machines . ... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 3 0 3 - - - SENIOR ....... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Student Teaching Speclnl Methods Prln. of Guidance School and Society Rcll~Inn Lllerniura or Phflnao~hy Sectmctnrlal Prncttce .... ~ u s l l l r ! ~ Seminar n ...... E1cr:Hves ........ 26 ...... ..... 22 ................ -3 ................ - - - - 3 Home Economics Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to equip students for the teaching of home economics in high school, to prepare them $forhomemaking, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home economics departments (Smith-Hughes) . Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 % '12 FRESHMAN .............. Basic Bible Physical Activities Freshman English Soclolo~ry ............... RLoIop!: 1-2, or 4 or 18-14' 0 A r t i n Daily Living .... Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clothing Selection Clothing Construction Chemistry 5 or 5, 6 or 5, 32' ................. ..... ...... ................ ...... . 3 3 3 3 .... . 1 Sem. Cr. 2 ........ ........ 3 2 - Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 ......... or 4 3 3 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 JUNIOR Religion ................. Foreign Language ....... Beginning Speech ....... Prin. of Economics Color and Design ........ Home Planning & Furnishing . . . . . . . . . . . . Family Health . . . . . . . . . . Textiles ................. Educational Psycholog?/ Teachina i n Secondaru Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity ......... Clothing Construction . . . SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 .......... Gen. Psychology Foreign Language ...... Prin. of Physics Marriage & Family Relationships Child Development ..... Food Preparation & Management .......... Electives ................ 2 3 3 2 3 0 2 4 2 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem, Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . . Education 76,78 . . . . . . . . . Education 92 . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Teclclting . . . . . . . Home Management Prob. Home Management Lab. Consumer Educ. ......... Teaching of Home E c . 2 - Cr. Cr. 2 2 2 3 3 4 6 2 3 2 2 3 0 - "Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition, foods, textiles or equipment, as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offering special training in dietetics. These students may take the biology course in the sophomore year. Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose program prevent the c~~mpletion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. Biology Major The following course o'f study is recommended for a major in biology. Physics 6 and Chemistry 54 are strongly recommended for students who plan on graduate work in biology. I Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN ............. ...... Basic Bible Freshman English History or Sociology ... General Zoology Foreign Language ...... Physical Activities ........ Cr. 3 3 4 4 '12 ..... JUNIOR Cr. 2 f Sem. I1 Sem. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 5, 6 or 15, 16 Literature or Philosophy Genetics ................. Biology 64 or 68 . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 4 4 3 2 3 - -42 SOPHOMORE f Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3 , 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech ...... General Botany ......... Human ~ n a t o m y. . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Foreign Language . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SENIOR Cr. 2 2 4 - Cr. 2 4 4 3 - I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Taxonomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Cell ................ 4 General Entomology .... Physics 5 , 6 or Chemistry 53, 54 . . . . . . 4 Biology Seminar . . . . . . . % Electives (upper division) 8 Cr. 3 Biology Major for Secondary School Teaching I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 FRESHMAN ............. Basic Bible Freshman English ...... History or Sociology General Zoology ........ Foreign Language ...... Physical Activities ..... .... 4 4 4 4 =/2 JUNIOR Biology 64 or 68 ......... Genetics ................ The Cell Educational Psych. Tchg. in Sec. School ... Biology Seminar Group Activity .......... Health and First Aid , Beginning Speech Electives I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. - ................ ..... ........ 4 4 3 0 .. ....... .................. 6 4 3 % 0 3 2 5 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. - ----. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4 General Botany . . . . . . . . Human Anatomy ....... Foreign Language 3 General Psychology .... 3 Chemistry 5. 6 or 15. 16 4 Electivcs ................ 3 ...... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr 3 SENIOR Cr. ................. 3 ............... - Religion Flne Arts ........ - Biology 58 or 66 Tch~:. of Nnttlrnl ScIcnces Fl'iti. CII Guldance Sclhool & Society ..... ....... 2 2 2 Slkldcnl Teocl~ing ....... 6 Litcrnturc nr Philo~ophs Birsloay Scrnltlr~r' '/2 Elcctlvt* ........ ................ - . 3 3 - 3 '/a 4 Chemistry Major The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan t o do graduate study in chemistry. Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological science and the second year of a foreign language. FRESHMAN I Sem. C r. Chemistry 15. 16 . . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . History o r Sociology Physical Activities ... ..... JUNIOR I1 Sem. 4 4 2 3 3 2 3 3 % ' / 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 4 Chemistry 61, 72 . . . . . . . Physical Chemistry (82) Chemistry Seminars (93. 94) Beginning German 'Advanced Calculus .... 'Physics 53, 63, 52 .... Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 'Recommended .............. ..... - 4 0 0 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 I Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr. 4 4 - PW Organic Chemistry (53, 54) Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics (5, 6) . Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy . -4' 5 4 2 2 - I1 Sem. -.4 . P . . 5 4 2 3 SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Physical Chemistry (83. 86) 4 3 Adv. Anal. Chemistry (88) 3 $dv. Inorg. Chemistry (91) 4 Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . . Arr. Arr. Chemistry Seminars (95. 961 .............. 0 0 Religion ................ 3 3 German or French . . . . 3 or 4 3 or 4 - The summer following the junior year is frequently spent on chemical research under departmental sponsorship. Physics Major FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . History or Sociology . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis General Physics (5. 6) . Physical Activities . . . . . 4 4 1/2 4 4 'h I Sem. I1 Sem. Pr Cr. 2 SOPHOMORE --. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Anal. Geom. and Calculus 5 Intro. Atom. & Nuclear Phys. . . . . . . . . Electr. & Magnetism 153. 54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 German or French 4 ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Fine Arts .............. Differential Equations . . Mechanics ............... Adv. Physics Lab. (63, 64) ............... Literature or Philosophy German or French . . . . . . Chemistry 5 , 6, or 15, 10 Beginning Speech ....... 3 3 1 3 3 4 - I Sem. SENIOR Cr. 3 3 3 Advanced Calculus ..... Religion ................. *Heat & Thermodynamics Adv. Physics Lab. (73. 74) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mathematical Physics . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sern. Cr 3 3 . 1 6 *Offered alternate years Combined Science Major for Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry 5, 6 (or 15, 161, 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in upper division courses. Science minor for elementary school teaching: 3 credits each of physics, astronomy, chemistry; 6 credits of biology; and 9 additional credits in one area of science, at least 3 of which must be in upper division courses. Mathematics Major The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree and is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in Mathematics. X Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 4 4 Intro. to Math. Analysis Freshman English . . . . . . . 3 3 Beginning German ..... 4 4 Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 History or Sociology . . . . 3 3 Physical Activities !/z % FRESHMAN ..... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Modern Algebra . . . . . . . . Probability and Statistics Basic Concepts of Math. Religion ................. Biological Science . . . . . . 3 Literature or Philosophy Electives ................ 3 3 3 3 3 3 or 4 - 4 3 4 - I Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr 5 4 3 2 Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics . . . . . . . . Intermediate German . . . Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts ............... Beginning Speech . . . . . . . . 2 - I1 Sem, Cr. 5 4 3 2 2 I Sern. I1 Sem. SENIOR Advanced Calculus ..... Differential Equations Modern Geometry ..... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Cr. 3 Cr. 3 Mathematics Major for Secondary School Teaching FRESHMAN I Sem. Cr. 4 3 4 2 3 Intro. to Math. Analysis Freshman English . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . History or Sociology . . . Physical Activities ..... JUNIOR '/2 I1 Sem. Cr. 4 3 4 2 3 % I Sem. I1 Sem. Modern Algebra ........ Advanced Calculus . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psych. . . . . . . Teaching i n Sec. Schools Group Activity . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 3 3 3 0 7 Cr. 3 3 3 3 0 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr. Anal. Geom. & Calculus Natural Science . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language ...... Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . General Psychology Beginning Speech 5 4 3 2 .... ...... SENIOR 3 - Cr. 5 4 3 2 2 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Student Teaching . . . . . . . Teaching of Mathematics School and Society .... Prin. of Guidance . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Concepts of Math. Modern Geometry ...... Natural Science . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 6 2 2 2 3 - Cr. Health and Physical Education Major The following course of study is designed to prepare students for teaching health and physical education in the secondary schools, for working in the related fields of health and recreation, and to assist in qualifying them for the field of corrective therapy. T Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English Historv or Socioloav -- . . . . ~ e n e r a lzoology . . . . . . . . Physical Activities . . . . . Health and First Aid .... Individual & Dual Sports ..... Cr -- . 2 3 3 4 % 3 - Cr. 2 3 3 4 =/2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. Religion ................ 3 . 3 Foreign Language 3 3 *Educational Psychology 3 'Teachina in Sec. Schools 3 *Group Activity ........ 0 0 Swimming and Aquatics 1 1 Kinesiology & Adapted P.E. 3 Hist. & Prin. of P.E. 3 Electives in Maior or Minor .............. 4 4 JUNIOR ...... - *Not required for non-teaching majors. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. SOPHOMORE 2 4 3 - ~ e g i n n i n g Speech .... Human Anat. & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . Team Sports . . . . . . . . . . . Rec. Act. & Rhythms . Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 Literature or Philosophy 2 'Prin. of Guidance 2 'School and Society 6 *Student Teaching . . . . . . P.E. Program in Sec. Sch. 3 School Health Educ. . . 1 Instructor's First Aid . . s e l f - ~ e s t i n g Activities *Methods in P.E. and Minor Fine Arts ...... .... ......... ............. Medical Technology Students may complete a course leading t o the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work a t Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. The following program prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology, and it includes the requirements for the degree. Students planning to enter this program should take higher algebra in high school. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . Chemistry 5, 6, or 15, 16 History or Sociology . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Beginning Speech Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities Sem. Cr. 2 Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 ....... ...... JUNIOR I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. 3 Relieion ................. 3 ~~Microbiology ............ 4 3 Foreign Language ....... 3 Quant. Anal. Chem. (61) 4 ~ i o l o g yElective . . . . . . . . 4 6 'Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 *Physics strongly recommended. Other sciences, arts, humanities. - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ........... Elem. Organic Chem. 32 General Zoology Foreign Language . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy 'Electives ............... ........ - 2 4 4 4 3 3 4 2 4 SENIOR Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........................32 recommended electives: English, social In the senior year, students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as a t the affiliated hospital. Medicine Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students usually find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical scho'ol to which he plans to apply. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman Enalish . . . . . . Chemistry 15; 16 . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Physical Activities . . . . . History or Soc. Science JUNIOR ................. Religion Intermediate German . . . Quant. Anal. Chem. (61) General Physics (5, 6) L~terature or Philosophy Chem. Seminars (93, 94) Elective Pr Pr 2 2 3 3 4 4 % 3 4 4 'h ................. - - 0 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. ...... .... 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 0 SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ............ Beninnina German ~ e i e r a -zoology l ....... Organic Chem. (53, 54) *Mathematics 41. 42 SENIOR Pr Pr 2 4 2 4 4 4 5 4 4 5 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr 3 3 3 Social Science or Hist. Fine Arts Beginning Speech ....... Genetics ................ General Psychology , Electives ................ Chem. Seminars (95, 05) 'Physical Chem. (83) ,. , . . ............... - .. . 2 4 7 0 - 'Recommended Dentistry Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission t o most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. The Department of Chemistry is prepared to offer assistance in placing qualified students in dental school. FRESHMAN ...... Freshman English Basic Bible .............. Intro. Chem. & Qual. Anal. (5, 6) Intro. to Math. Anal. .. General Zoology Physical Activities ... ........ ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 2 2 4 4 4 % SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Physics (5, 6) . 4 'Organic Chem. (53, 54) 4 . 4 4 4 % 'Chem. 61, 32 may be substituted for Chem. 53, 54, but the latter is recommended. Nursing Many hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have a t least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. FRESHMAN I Sem. Cr. Basic Bible ............. Freshman English ....... Foreign Language Sociology ............... Chemistry 5 Psych. or Geography Art or Music ............ ....... ............. ... 2 3 4 3 4 Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 - Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Minneapolis, take some of their course work a t College. Applications for admission to this program made directly to these hospitals. Lutheran Hospitals, Augsburg should be Law Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years of prelegal education a t the college level. The student is advised t o select a broad program of study including courses in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. A suggested three-year curriculum is given below: Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . Freshman English . Foreign Language Western Civllization Natural Science . . . . Physical Activities 2 3 . JUNIOR 2 3 4 4 3 4 '12 3 4 '/z SOPHOMORE ............ I Sem. Cr. R c l l ~ l o n3. 4 &nR!isll 2:. '10 ........... Foreign Language Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Social Science .......... Natural Science ........ Electives ................ 2 3 3 Sem. Cr. 2 ....... 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Rallglnn ................ Beginning Speech ...... ............... Plnc Arts Electives ................ Cr. 3 Cr. 3 12 10 - 2 2 Engineering A student may take two years of pre-engineering a t Augsburg before transferring t o a school of engineering. The following curriculum is recommended. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics . . . . . . . . Social Science . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities ...... SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . English 40. 42 . . . . . . . . . . . ~ d i a n c e d Calculus . . . . . Physics 52, 53 . . . . . . . . . . Differential Equations . . Inorg. & Qual. Chemistry rr. rr Students who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology a t the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. It is recommended that these be taken in summer session a t the U. of M. Secretarial Work The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. A Secretarial-Work Certificate is awarded on completion of the two-year program. FIRST YEAR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr 2 2 3 3 1 3 Basic Bible .............. Freshman English ...... Elementary Typewriting Office Machines . . . . . . . . Elementary Shorthand . . Physical Activities ..... Electives ................ . - 3 % 8 3 1/2 6 SECOND YEAR 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 ............ Beginning Speech Advanced Typewriting . Advanced Shorthand .... Prin. of Accounting . . Secretarial Practice ..... General Psychology ..... Electives ................ Cr. 2 .... 4 3 3 5 Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 PERSONNEL THE BOARD OF REGENTS Officers of the Board . . Mr. G. S. Michaelsen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman Vice-chairman The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. R. F. Pautz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. R. E. Myhre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term Expires 1964 Mr. Jerome Formo, Minneapolis, Minnesota Plastics, Inc. The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service Mr. Herbert Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Investors Syndicate Life Insurance and Annuity Company Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Education, University of Minnesota 116 The Rev. David Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope .Secretary . .Treasurer The Rev. Harry T. Sorenson, Bellevue, Washington Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd The Rev. Erling Tungseth, Rochester, Minnesota Pastor, Bethel English Lutheran Church Term Expires 1965 Mr. R. F. Pautz, Minneapolis, Minnesota Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company Mr. Philip C. Helland, Willmar, Minnesota Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota Mr. U. W. Tervo, Rochester, Minnesota Personnel Director, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota Term Expires 1966 Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota Education, Northfield Public Schools, Farming Mrs. George Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice-President, Gamble Skogmo, Inc. Term Expires 1967 Mr. R. E. Myhre, Minneapolis, Minnesota Manager, South Side Insurance Agency Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice-President, Northwestern National Bank of Minneapolis ADMINISTRATION Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President Clifford M. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development Martin Quanbeck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager Peter Armacost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Gerda Mortensen . . . . . . .Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students. Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant to Dean of the College Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the General Faculty Mrs. Jean Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant . Registrar Karlis Ozolins (on leave 1963-64) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian Mrs. Mariorie Sibley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acting . Librarian 1963-64 Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hielmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relations Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Admissions Arthur Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supervisor of Plant Services Richard 1. Berg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comptroller Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services Bjarne Landa . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archivist . Vernon Chilgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Housing Service Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Special Events Mrs. Ruth Gamm . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . Director . of News Bureau Mrs. Jacquelyn Gimse . . . . . . . . . Director of Women's Residences Frank A. Gruver, M.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .College Physician COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY President's Cabinet: 0.Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost, Fosse, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel, Mandsager Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, Thorson, Chrislock, Nash, Hanwick, R. Anderson, Halverson, Miss Pederson, Armacost Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Lundeen, M. Quanbeck, Saugestad, Miss Cole, P . Thompson, Budge Student Personnel: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Torstenson, P. Quanbeck, Mrs. Hinrichs Teaoher Education: E. Johnson, Dahlen, Agre, Miss Mattson, Miss Segolson, Miss Cole, Savold Library: Mrs. Sibley, Sateren, Colacci, Mrs. Jensen, Alton, Benson Athletics: Soberg, Kleven, Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold *Convocations: Urdahl, E. Johnson, Miss Pederson, Thut, Ecklund Faculty Personnel Policies: Budge, Sonnack, Mrs. E. Olson, Thompson, Fosse, Holum Institutional Studies: Holum, Pearson, Mrs. Anderegg, G. Johnson, Chrislock *Religious Life: Mandsager, Sonnack, Gisselquist Social Functions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Lillehei, Miss Sonsteng, Hatchek *Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, M. Quanbeck, Follingstad, Mickelberg *Student Conduct: E. Nelson, Mrs. K. Peterson, Thut, Miss Lund Nominations: Kleven, Urdahl, Hammarberg Administrative: 0. Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost, Fosse Foreign Students: Miss Joel, Hansen, G. Johnson, Miss Segolson *Joint Student-Faculty Committees THE FACULTY Ruth Aaskov, A.M., lnstructor in French (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1963; A.M., Middlebury College, 1960. Additional study: University of Grenoble, Boston University, University of Wisconsin. Teaching: High School, 1954-60. At Augsburg 1960-63. Courtland L. Agre, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1937; Research Chemist, 193740; U.S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist, 1941-46. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1946-58; University of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. Earl Alton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., University of Michigan, 1958; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching: Teaching Fellow and pre-doctor instructor, University of Michigan, 1955-58. At Augsburg since 1960. Lyla Mae Anderegg, A.M., lnstructor in Education A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., Northwestern University, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago, California. Teaching and Counseling, High School, 194546, 1951-53 ; Teaching : E a s t Washington College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior College, 1954-56; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. Ernest W. Anderson, M. Ed., Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 193741. U.S. Army, 194146. At Augsburg since 1946. Oscar A. Anderson, LL.D., President of the College A.B., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Additional study: Union Theological Seminary. Pastoral work, 1942-48, 1954-63; Executive Secretary, Young People's Luther League (ELC), 1948-54. At Augsburg since 1963. Raymond E. Anderson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. Peter H. Armacost, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Dean of Students (on leave 1961-63.) A.B., Denison University, 1957. Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963. Additional study: Union Theological Seminary. Teaching Assistant a t University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959. Manmohan S. Arora, M.A., Instructor in Economics B.S., Ranja's College, India, 1957; M.A., Delhi School of Economics, India, 1959; Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Leroy A. Baker, A.B., lnstructor in Physics A.B., Northwest Nazarene College, 1960. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Research Physicist, Minneapolis Honeywell. At Augsburg 196&62 and since 1963. Emil Balz, Akad. Geprufter Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Spanish Abitur, Friedrich Schiller Oberschule, Germany, 1937; Akad. Geprufter Ubersetzer, Heidelberg University, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Prof. Language School, Germany, 1949-50. At Augsburg since 1963. Waltraud Balz, Akadem. Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Modern Languages Abitur, Victoria Oberschule, Germany, 1942; Akadem. Ubersetzer, Heidelberg University, 1947. Teaching: private lessons, 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Merrilyn Belgum, M.S.W., Instructor in Sociology A.B., University of Minnesota, 1946: W.S.W., UnlveiUsityof Denver, 1956. Qlisago County Welfare, 1948-49; Lutheran W ~ l f n r eSociety, Iowa, 194952; Depnrtmcnt of Public Welfare, Anchmbage, A I ~ s k a ,1952-54; University of Denvcr, Field Inaiructor, 195657; Denver Public Schools Social Worker, 1957-60,At Augshurg since 1960. John Benson, M.A., lnstructor in Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., Columbia University, 1961. Additional study: Columbia University. At Augsburg since 1963. William Bergstrom, M.A., lnstructor in English B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel College, 1950-55, University of Minnesota, 195563. At Augsburg since 1963. Nelly T. Blackburn, B.A., lnstructor in French B.A., Earlham College, 1949. Additional study: Oberlin College. Teaching: Macalester College, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Oscar Blegen, Jr., B.A., Assistant Football Coach and Head Wrestling Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Bruce P. Budge, M.S., Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., University of Idaho, 1953; M.S., 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Idaho, 1955-57. Weyerhauser Company, 1953-55, 1957-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Harold Cannon, B.A., B.S., lnstructor in Spanish B.A., B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1961-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Jacqolyn L. Cherne, A.B., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1958. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg 1960-62 and since 1963. Carl Chrislock, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 193944; Tracy Junior College, 194748; Augustana College, Sioux Falls. S. Dak., 1948-51. At Augsburg since 1952. 120 C. Winston Chrislock, M.A., Instructor in History B.A., University of Minnesota, 1962; M.A., Indiana University, 1964. At Augsburg since 1964. Bernhard Christensen, Th.M., Ph.D., Professor of Christian Education (on leave 1962-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 192225; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin G~ttingen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, N. Dak., 1925-26. Pastoral work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President 1938-61. Gracia Christensen, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Hunter College, 1932; A.M., Radcliffe College, 1935. Additional study: University of Chicago. At Augsburg 1959-60, 1961-62, and since 1963. Nadia Christensen, B.A., lnstructor in Spanish B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota, University of San Carlos, Guatemala. At Augsburg since 1963. Mario Colacci, Th.D., D.Litt., Professor of New Testament Greek and Latin Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching : Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40 ; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 194149. At Augsburg since 1952. Ailene Cole, A.M., Associate Professor of Speech A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, 1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956. K. Berner Dahlen, A.M., Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; CrosbyIronton Junior College, 194041. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1941. Kenneth L. Davenport, M.M., lnstructor in Strings B.M., Hamline University, 1932; M.M., Minneapolis College, 1938. Teaching: St. Olaf College, Carleton College, Gustavus Adolphus College; St. Paul Public Schools; Anoka Public Schools since 1953. Member of the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra for 14 years. At Augsburg since 1962. Sheldon Fardig, M.M., Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., Northwestern University, 1952. Additional study: University of Minnesota; Dalcroze School of Music, New York. Teaching: High School, 1940-46; Olivet College, 1949-54; Moody Bible Institute, 1954-56; Bethel College, 1956-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Henry G. Follingstad, B.E.E., C.D.T. diploma, lnstructor in Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1950. Additional study: Rutgers University, University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 194748; U.S. Armed Forces Institute, 194546; Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1948-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Burton P. Fosse, B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U.S. Army, 194346. Industrial Engineering work, 1949-53. At Augsburg since 1953. Stephen Gabrielsen, B.A., Director of Male Chorus B.A., Augsburg College, 1963. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1963. Daryl Gibson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44. Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943; University of Montana, 194748; Gustavus Adolphus College, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1954. Jacquelyn L. Gimse, B.S.N., Director of Women's Residence and Social Coordinator R.N., Moline Public Hospital, 1957; B.S.N., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960, Moline Public Hospital, 1957-58; Gustavus Adolphus College, Assistant Dean of Students, 1960-61. At Augsburg since 1961. A. Malcolm Gimse, B.A., Instructor in Swimming B.A., Macalester College, 1962. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Orloue Gisselquist, A.M., Assistant Professor of History A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956. Teaching: Bethel College, 1954-56. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1956. Frank A. Gruver, M.D., College Physician and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; M.D., University of Utah, 1959; PARS Certificate, Union Theological Seminary, 1963. Private practice, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1963. Donald R. Gustafson, A.M., lnstructor in History (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Additional study: Indiana; California, Berkeley; Minnesota; Wisconsin. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960-61. At Augsburg 1961-63. William H. Halverson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., Princeton University, 1959 ; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching : Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957-59. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959. Carl R. Hammarberg, A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Director of Placement and Testing A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53. At Augsburg since 1953. Leif E. Hansen, A.M., lnstructor in Modern Languages A.B., Concordia College, 1947; A.M., University of Min~esota, 19%. Additional study: Michigan, Stetson University. Wisconsin. Teachjng : High School, Norway, 1959-60; University of Wiscot~sin, I9GO-61. At Augsburg since 1961. lrene Hanson, M.S. in Ed., Assistant Professor of Elementary Education B.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1946; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1948. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 194649, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Theodore J. Hanwick, Ph.D., Professor of Physics B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching: Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-38; New York University, 193% 42; U.S. Naval Academy, 194246; Rutgers University, 1946-56. At Augsburg since 1956. George W. Hatchek, LL.D., lnstructor in Modern Languages LL.D., Law School of Vienna, Austria, 1938. Additional study: University of Minnesota, Middlebury College. Interpreter a t United States Surplus Depot, France, 194446; Teaching: International Institute and YWCA, 195460. At Augsburg since 1960. Ruben G. Haugen, M.M., lnstructor in Woodwinds B.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1950; M.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1951. Additional study: University of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, 1950-52; Breck Military Academy, 1952-55; MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsburg since 1958. Orvald B. Haugsby, A.B., Assistant Professor of Mathematics A.B., Wisconsin State College, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1953-56; Wisconsin State College, 1956-59; University of Minnesota, Teaching Assistant, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961. Melvin A. Helland, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion (on leave 1960-63) A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Addiional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 193&10 and 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1941. A. Robert Hemmingson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Economics and Business Administration (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Nebraska, 1956-57. At Augsburg since 1957. Grace Hinrichs, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963. Teaching: Wisconsin State College, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1962. John R. Holum, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Additional study: California Institute of Technology. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1950-52; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 195SF9. U.S. Armed Forces, 195557. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. lrene Khin Khin Jensen, Ph.D., lnstructor in History and Political Science A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University, Burma, 1949-50. At Augsburg 1 9 5 5 5 6 and since 1959. John Jensen, A.M., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. U.S. Navy, 1957-61. At Augsburg 1956-57 and since 1961. Mildred V. Joel, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947. Clifford Johnson, C.T., Vice President in Charge of Development B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939. Pastoral work, 1939-1953, 1954-1962. At Augsburg 1953-54 and since 1962. Einar 0.Johnson, Ph.D., Professor of Education A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Wnsklngtnn, 1950; Ph.D., 1961. Additional study: University of Oslo, Nalsvny. Teaching: Elementary and High School, 193M0; Universil,y of Washin@on. 1953-9; Luther College, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956. Glen W. Johnson, B.S.E., B.D., lnstructor in Mathematics and Philosophy B.S. Engr., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. James Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Piano A.B., University of Minnesota, 1956; A.M., Julliard School of Music, 1958. At Augsburg since 1961. Mary E. Johnson, M.A., lnstructor in French B.A., Smith Collw~,1947; M.A. in Christian Education, Columbia University, 1950. Additional study: Michigan, Oslo, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 19G2. Dean of Women, Luther College, 1954-55. At Augsburg since 1963. Winfield Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Religion A.B., St. Olaf College, 1939; C.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1943; A.M., New York University, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Donald E. Jorenby, MS., lnstructor in Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; MS., University of Minnesota, 1962. At Augsburg since 1962. Robert Karlen, A.M., lnstructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1959. Additional study: Berkshire Music Center, Massachusetts; Morzarteum, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-53; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-59; University of Minnesota, 1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959. 124 Mimi B. Kingsley, A.M., Associate Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 194647. At Augsburg since 1947. Bernhardt J. Kleven, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 1922-35; Wheaton College, 194647. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947. Bjarne E. Landa, Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Languages A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching : High School, 1930-31 ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42 ; Fisk University, 1945-47. U.S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1947. Dennis Lane, B.S., lnstructor in Organ B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1943-46; University of Minnesota, 1942-43; MrcPhail School of Music, 194551; private organ and piano instructor. Church organist and choirmaster. At Augsburg since 1960. Richard Laue, M.A., lnstructor in History B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., 1955. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Huron College, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Frederick Z. Lesher, M.A., lnstructor in English B.A., Carthage College, 1958; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1962. Teaching: Luther College, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Bertha Lillehei, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia. At Augsburg 193740 and since 1957. Lorraine K. Livingston, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1930; A.M., 1932. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1932-35; 1952-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Gertrude S. Lund, A.M., Assistant Professor of Business Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching : High School, 194345; West Central School of Agriculture, Morris, 194547; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 194849. At Augsburg since 1950. Orlin L. Mandsager, B.D., Campus Pastor and lnstructor in Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1959-61; Pastoral work: 1956-58, 1961-62. At Augsburg 1960-61 and since 1962. Martha M. Mattson, A.M., Associate Professor of Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1932. Additional study: Boston University; University of Wisconsin. Teaching : Elementary Schools, 1922-36; Elementary Supervisor, 1939-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Erwin D. Mickelberg, A.B., Assistant Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956. August Molder, LL.M., Artist in Residence and lnstructor in Art Graduated, University of Tartu, Estonia, 1935; Master of Law, University of Tartu, 1944. Teaching: University of Tartu, Estonia, 1942-44. At Augsburg since 1963. Ernesto E. Moreno, Dr. en Pedagogia, Instructor in Spanish Diploma, Escuela Normal P a r a Maestros, Cuba; Dr. en Pedagogia, University of Havana, 1945. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Rural school, Cuba; Chandler College, Cuba, 1947-59; Havana Military Academy, 1951-60; High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Gerda Mortensen, A.M., Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students with Rank of Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35, At Augsburg since 1923. Arthur Nash, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army Air Force, 1942-46, Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. At Augsburg since 1922. Emma L. Nashan, A.M., lnstructor in German A.B., Duke University, 1953; A.M., Indiana University, 1963. Teaching : Sweet Briar College, 1956-57. At Augsburg since 1964. Edor C. Nelson, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of Football and Baseball A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. Glenn I. Nelson, A.M., lnstructor in Sociology A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Grier Nicholl, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Wesleyan University, 1951; A.M., Columbia Teachers College, 1956. Additional study: University of Minnesota, University of London. Teaching: High School, 1954-55; Southern Oregon College, 1955-57; University of Minnesota, 1958. At Augsburg since 1960. David Nordlie, A.B., lnstructor in Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Esther J. Olson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., 1945; Ph.D., 1956. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 194556; Luther College, 1956-60; Luther Theological Seminary, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1960. 126 lver B. Olson, A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 193944. At Augsburg since 1945. Karlis Ozolins, A.M., Th.B., Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University of Marburg, Germany. At Augsburg since 1955. Patricia A. Parker, A.M., lnstructor in Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; A.M., University of Michigan, 1952. Teaching: University of North Dakota, 1949-51; University of Michigan, 1951-52; University of Minnesota, Librarian, 1954-56; Minneapolis Public Library, 1956-59. At Augsburg since 1960. Howard E. Pearson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. At Augsburg since 1956. Anne Pederson, A.M., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School, 194546; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. At Augsburg 193244 and since 1946. Katherine Peterson, MS., Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa, 1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. At Augsburg since 1956. LaVonne Peterson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: Universities of North Dakota, Minnesota, and Montana; MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg since 1950. Martin Quanbeck, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Dean of the College A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933; Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minnesota, 1929.36. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean, 194246 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938. Philip A. Quanbeck, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion h.~. Augsburg , College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 1951; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1958. Pastoral work, 1951-53. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, 1951-57. At Augsburg since 1957. Lawrence Rogers, Laboratory lnstructor in Astronomy University of Minnesota, 1942. Diploma, Cal Aero Technical Institute, 1948. At Augsburg since 1962. Leland B. Sateren, A.M., Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39. Music Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian Puhlic Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 194143 and since 1946. Edwin J. Saugestad, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education and Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959. A. Mayo Savold, M,Mus. Ed., Associate Professor of Muslc A.B., Luther College, 1911: M.Mus. Ed,, MncPhail School nf Music, l9t;l. Additiont~l study: M f i r t l ~ Unkola, Minncsota. Tenchina: Renson County Ag~*icult urc! :mtI Training School, hrlridtlock, N, Diilc., 1934-37'; L a m h ~ r t u n Public Schools, 194142 and 3 9.IB4S. U.S. Arrncd Fol*ces J94%45; GIcnwond Pul,lic Schools, 194R-52. At Augshwg since 7952. Donna L. Schlorf, A.B., lnstructor in Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1954; Additional study: Minnesota, Colorado, Oslo. Teaching: Junior and Senior High School, 1955-61. At Augsburg since 1961. Ruth Segolson, M.S., Professor of Home Economics B.S., '- University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study : Minnesota, Syracuse University. Teaching : High School, 192528; University of Minnesota, 192844. At Augsburg since 1944. Marjorie H. Sibley, A.M., Assistant Librarian (Acting Head Librarian, 1963-64) A.B., Unfversity of Illinois, 1942; A.M., 1943. Additional study: Minnesota. T c a c h i n ~ :Elementn~~y, 3840-41; University of Illinois, 1945-46; Acquisitions Librm-iun, Macalcster College, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961. George Soberg, A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926. Ruth Sonsteng, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics A.B., Ausburg College, 1954; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: University of Oslo. Teaching: High School, 195556; Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57. At Augsburg 1957-60 and since 1961. Merton P. Strommen, Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augshurg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951; A.M., University at Mlnncsdn, 3955: Ph.D., 1960. ~ , 1944-60; Pastor : Mora, Minnesota, 194447. Yooth D i ~ r c l o (~LFC) Director, Lutheran Youth Research 1961-. At Augshurg since 3947. Olaf H. Swenson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 194749, 1950-51. Probation Office, Hennepin County, 1951-. At Augsburg since 1953. Agnes B. Tangjerd, A.M., Archivist A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 192228. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. Librarian, Augsburg College, 1940-1960. Joyce Tester, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., 1959. Teaching: High School, 195557; University of Minnesota, 1957-59 and spring quarter, 1963. At Augsburg since 1963. 128 Phillip J. Thompson, M.F.A., Assisfan?Professor of Art A.R., Concordia Collcg~,1955: M,F.A., Sfnle University of Town, 1958. Teaching: Stntc University fif Iowa, 1957-58; Kokoma Rxlenslbn of Xncliann University, 1958-59. A t Augshtlrg sincc 1959. Paul G. Sonnark, Th.B., A.M, Frofesfor of RellgTen A.R., Augslwg Col I g42; C.T., Augshitrg Theoln~icalSminnrgr, 1945; Th.B., 1$187; h , M . , Univmily of Chicago, 1960. P R S L O M~m, ~ eLalce, Mime- Gerald H. Thorson, Ph.D., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1957. U.S. Army, 1943-46. Additional study: Grenoble, Oslo, Wisconsin. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. Visiting Professor, University of Raykjavik, Iceland, 1961-62. At Augsburg since 1946. John Thut, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Goshen C~Ilege,1923: R,Mus., AInPric~nConservatory of Music, 1929: M.Mus., 1936. Addilionnl sturly: Minnesota, Northwestern University, Privnte work in singing wilh Rollin Pensc, Charles LaBerge, Eksel Schioiolz. Special studlcs with Theodore Hnrrison and Martial Singher. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1947. Vera Thut, B.Mus., lnstructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music, and Minnesota. Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti, Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 192646; Colorado State College of Education, 194647. At Augsburg since 1947. Joel S. Torstenson, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D., 1959. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 194547. At Augsburg 193S42 and since 1947. E. Margaret Trautwein, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg 1950-54 and since 1961. Erling J. Urdahl, A.M., Associate Professor of Biology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. Jesus Zarandin, A.M., lnstructor in Economics B.S., University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1956; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Wauneta Blackburn, A.M., Assistant Professor of English A.B., Milton College, 1930; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1942. Additional study: Pennsylvania State University. Teaching: High School, 1930-46; Stout State College, 1946-61. At Augsburg 1961-63. Mary A. Hinderlie, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., St. Olaf College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1937. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1937-39. At Augsburg 1961-63. Kathryn Jurkovic, B.S., lnstructor in Logic B.S.,St. Olaf College, 1957. Additional study: Northwestern University, Drake University, University of Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63. 1: Harold M. Kambak, A.B., Director of Public Relations Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 1956-58. At Augsburg 1958-63. A.B., Benjamin T. McClure, Ph.D., lnstructor in Physics B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1952. Teaching: Research Assistant, Harvard; Teaching Assistant, Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63. Rod Myers, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education A.B., University of California, 1955; M.A., Reed College, 1960. Additional Study : University of Minnesota. Teaching : Elementary schools, 195461. Research Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1961-62. At Augsburg 1962-63. Kristoffer F. Paulson, M.A., lnstructor in English A.B., St. Olaf College, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway; University of Heidelberg, Germany; George Washington University; Minnesota. At Augsburg 1960-63. Jack Ross, M.S., lnstructor in Sociology B.S., University of California, 1949; M.S., George Williams College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant, Minnesota, 1960-61. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1961-62. Social work, 1952-60. At Augsburg 1962-63. Robert T. Sandin, Ph.D., Lecturer in Philosophy B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; Ph.D., 1963. Teaching: Bethel College, 1952-55; Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1955-57; University of Minnesota, 1957-58. At Augsburg 1958-59 and 1962-63. Donald G. Shamblin, A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish A.B., Marshall University, 1952 ; A.M., Universidad Nacional, Mexico, 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1954; Colegio Mexico, 1955; University of Minnesota, 1958-61; Macalester College, 1961-62; NDEA Institute, summers 1961, 1962. At Augsburg 1962-63. John M. Stensvaag, Ph.D., Professor of Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1939; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins University. Teaching: Augsburg Seminary, 194Z59; Dean, 1953-59; Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1945-46. At Augsburg 1942-62. Talvryn Tischer, B.A., Teaching Fellow in Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. At Augsburg 1962-63. Harold Tollefson, A.B., M.Th., lnstructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1953; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1955. Additional study: University of Heidelberg. At Augsburg 1959-63. A. Bruce Wrightsman, B.S., lnstructor in Mathematics and Religion B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1958. Additional study: Luther Theological Seminary. Teaching: University of Wisconsin, 1957-58. At Augsburg 1960-63. GRADUATES AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1 962 With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts Aadland. Marlin Bennie Stronafield. Sask. . . ~ n d e r s o n ,Barbara E. .......... Roseau Anderson, Garry B. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Anderson, Mercia Joy . . . Rockford, 111. Anderson, Robert W. Elroy, Wis. Arneson, Frederick W. . . . . . Minneapolis ...... Baker, Jerrold W. . . . . . ,,. . Minneapolis Barney, Jerome C. ............. Stewart Bauman, Philip Quentin . Minneapolis Anoka Bengtson, Judith Anne Minneapolis Bergly, Richard N. Bostad, John Clayton Minneapolis Minneapolis Brown, Wendell John Brude. Joanne ............. Minneapolis Brynildson, Donald E. .. New Richland . .......... .... ..... ......... ....... Minneapolis Carlson, Bonnie Mae Christensen, John W. Cleven, Harry Thomas ......... St. . DeForest, Paul Wis. Coltvet, Sherman P. Cook, Barbara Helen Dyrud, Loiell Estherville, Iowa ........ Newfolden 0. . . . . . Thief River Falls .. Minneapolis Yvonne Lerfald James F . ........... St. Paul Marilyn Ann Brainerd Marjorie Adele Gatzke rickso on', Kenneth Neil Cambridge Evavold, Earle Roscoe Battle Lake Egertson. Ekstrand, Ellingson. Engevik ...... ...... ...... ..... ...... Fellrath, Mary Lee Fisher, Roger LeRoy Whitehall, Wis. . . . . . . . Minneapolis .... Geldert, Daniel Thomas Minneapolis Gildseth, Bruce L. ........... Hoffman Grover. Paul Ralph . . . . . Rochelle, Ill. unders son, Paul ~ e r t r a n d Sioux City, Iowa 1 Haack, Harlin H. ........... Minneapolis O'Brien, Sharon K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Milaca Haglund. Lyle W. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olsen, Diane Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Halverson, Frederick S . .... M i n ? + f c ~ ~ ~ o l lOlson, s Kenneth H. . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson Hanenburg. Kay L. ............... IWnfr~ Olson. Marilyn Carol .. Lacrosse, Wis. Hanse, Bonnie Jean . , . . . . . . . . . . Morris Olson, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hanson, Dale Edward ...... Minneapolis Oppegard, Milo M. ......... Albert Lea Hanson, Patricia K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin Osberg, J o h n Wilson . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hassing, Joan Eileen Minneapolis Ose, Julia E . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls Heikkila Alice J. ........ Pelkie. Mich. Ost, David H. ........... Parkers Prairie Helgeson, Rodney A. . . . . . . La?nbel.ton Overmoen, Sonia R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Helland, Claire Elaine ...... Minneapolis Ovikian, Michael 0. Jerztsalem, Israel Hoversten. Lorna Lavonne Radcliffe, Iowa Patton, Jeanne A. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hovland, Peter C. ............... Morn Paulson, Betze Karen . . . . . . . . . . . Halls Hugo. John Robert Minneawolis Paulson. Kermit Earl .. Claziton. Wis. New ~ r i i h t o n Pedersen, Elaine Ruth . . . . . ~ i n n i a ~ o l i s Hunt, Duane R. Peterson, Donna M. ........ Minneapolis Ilstrup, Robert J . Minneapolis Pierson, Waldo Allen . . . . . . Minneapolis Pommerenke, James Warren . . elg grade Jacobsen, Cynthia Ann Scarsdale, N.Y. Johannsen, Clair A. Hzintley Quitno, James Charles . . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, David William Manitowoc, Wis. Johnson, Jennelle Kay . . . . . . Minneapolis Ring A n Louise . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Johnson, Judy D. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis ~ o l l d f f%lizabeth , I. . . . . . . . . . . . New Ulm Joing, Roger Harry . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Ronholdt, Tamara A. Murdock ...... ......... .......... .......... .. ........... ........... King. Charles W . . J r . . . . . . . Minneanolis ~ n G s o n ,Lois ~ n .n. . . . . . . . . . .~ u n i u r g Korsmo, Gayler Leland Northwood, N. Dak. Kronstad, Ingolf Berge . . . . . Minneapolis Kubota, Cynthia . . . . . Gun Chiba, Japcin Kuszler, Karen R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Kuyper, Jerrold E. ......... Northfield Kyllo, Eunice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Sather. Arne C. ............ Minneanolis ~ c h m i d t ,Marilyn F. ........... ~ a k w i n Scholten, Harold Bernard ...... Holland Schwartz, Roger Dudley ...... St. Paul Scott. Ronnie Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneawolis soberg, George, J r . . . . . . . . ~ i n n e h o l i s Sorensen. Mary Ann E. . . . Hutchinson Sorenson, John David . . . . . . Eleva, Wis. Stahlke, Richard D. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Stierna, Gale Melodie Bloomfield Hills, Mich. Stockman, Earl Allyn Stewart Strand, Eugene Mathias ........ Braham Stuber, Sally Marie . . . . . . . . Manneapolas Sundquist, Lewis J . Minneapolis Minneawolis Svendsen. Karen Elizabeth Swanson, Paul Steven ...... ~ e r k h b v e n Larson, Budrow C. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Larson, Dean Ernest . . . Fargo, N. Dak. Larson, Marilyn Virginia . . . . . . St. Paul Lasley, James George . ...., Faarmont Lerstad, Judith Ann Mi~tlrenpnlis Lindeman. Ronald ............. F1oz)kfnr ~ l n d s t r o m ,Richard Milton ...... I;lre#cll Lorents. Olivia Gordon . . . . . Minnenpolls Lystig, J . David . . . . . . Minnecc~~olis Taylor, Kathleen Ann Shell Lake. Wis. Willmar Tengwall, Sandra Joan Tjon, Twylah Ann ... Rugby, N. Dak. Madison, Ina J o . . . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly Tracy, Kay Frances . . . . . . . . . Hutchinson Malmsten, Theodore R. .... Minneapolis Tveite. Allan Peter ......... Minneapolis Matson, Elizabeth Joyce . . . . . . Virginia Tweiten, Roger Allen . . . Fargo, N. Dak. Mattison, Phillip LeRoy . . . Lamberton Molldrem, Ariel Robert . . . . Minneapolis Veien, Richard D. ........... Ellendale Mortenson, Gerald W. .... Minneapolis Vomhof, Daniel W. Tucson, Ariz. Nelson. Kendall Peter . . Minot. N. Dale. Nelson, Ronald C. ......... ~ i n n e a p o l i s Wallin, Mary Ann C. ...... Minneapolis Newsum, Edwin L. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nordin, Rose Marie . . . . . Lake Lillian Zahl, Carol J e a n Minneapolis ........ ....... ...... . ........ ..... ........... graduates AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1963 With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts Almlie, Vernon Edward . . . Minneapolis Alstead, Jerry A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior Amundsen, Duane George . . Minneapolis Anderson. A. Lois Grossman . . St. Paul ~ n d e r s o n ; Carol J e a n . . . . Minneapolis Anderson, Helen Elizabeth ...... Clzmax Anderson, Luther Alfred . . . . . . Hoffman Anderson, R. Charles . . . . . . Minneapolis Apold, Carol Ann D. . . . . . . . . . . . . Austin Arndt, Charles Fred . . . . . . . . . . . Cosmos Bagley, Carol J e a n Bailey, David Arnold ........Zimmerman ........... St. Paul Bakken, Faith Elizabeth . . . . . . St. Paul Batalden, Joyce Ann . . . . . . . . . Lamberton Batalden, Paul B. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Beckman, Ronald R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Beglinger, Barbara J o y . . . . . . . . Moorhead Berglund, Kenneth Lee . . . . . Minneapolis Bevis, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior Bjurlin, Morris A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Farwell Bloomfield, Nancy Helen . . . . . . . . . lsanti Botten, Einar Nelvin . . . . . . . Minneapolis Brecht, Dwayne Elwood . . . Minneapolis Brown, Earlene L. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Bryan, Constance Jean Wicklund Minneapolis Carlson, Kenneth Joseph . . . . . . Willn~nr Carlson, Richard Melvin ....... Willmcir Carlson, Wendell E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Colcnlo Carlstedt. Linda Marie ..... Minnenpolis Christensen, Mary Thorynne Minnecil~olis Christiansen. Wayne G. . . . . Minneapolis Clauson. Reta R. . . . . . . . . . Yorkville, Ill. Cowan. William Owen . . . . . Miitneapolis DeBar, Bernard Edwin ......... St. Pa111 Deen, Erinon Louis .........Mi?uaeopolis Detjen, Ronald Dean .............. Wells Donald, James Marr Minnecipolis Droegemueller. Beryl D. ... Mi?anenpolis Dygert, Robert V. .......... Min?aeapolis ....... Farmer, Lannell J o h n ... Madiso?~,Wis. Franzen, Richard Keith . . . . Minneapolis Marks, Myra . . . . . . . . . . . . Lestev Pl'nirie Meena. Joshua Sisia . Moslti. Tnngrn~?lilia Meffert. Robert Lee . . . . . . . . . . . Ga?llord Meister. Jerelvn Hovland . . . . . . St. Paul Mjo~iess, ~ l l e ;Orlaine ~ .... Minneapolis Monson. Paul S. ............... Savage Mortrud. David Lloyd . . . . Minneapolis Nelson, Andre Jon . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Pan1 Nelson, Carol Ann Erickson . Mi~zi~eripolis Nelson. Dallas S. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nelson. Lola Mae ............. Roseall Nelson. Richard Cris . . . . . M i n n c a ~ ~ o l i . ~ Noe. Ronald LeRoy ....... ~ i n n e a i ~ o l i f i Nygaard. Jon I. . . . . . . . . . . Minneal~olis Olson, Gordon Hanley . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, LaVonne Marie C I L I I L ~ L 'Wis. ~~~~L~L~, Olson. Robert James . . . . . . . Minneapolis Osterberg, Russell D. . . . . . . . . Watkins Pankuch. Leonard Edward .. Minnea]~olis Paulson, Gary Ward ........ Minnenpolis Garvin Peterson. Glenn D. Peterson, Jeffrey Gordon Minneapolis Peterson. Marilyn R. ....... Kerkhovela Petrik, Diane Marie ........ Minnenpolis Petroskey. Yvonne Marie . . . . . Virginia Min?aeawolls Petterson. Jerome Glendoa Proctor. David D. .......... Minneapolis ............. ... Gabrielsen, Stephen ............. Fcrvtilt? Gans, Carl W. ............. Mi!u~{!ctpciliu Gilomen, C. nonnld ........ filinrrru~rt>lls Gjerde. Phlllr, 0,............. Sul~rll~nrrl GjcstJcld. Donald Milton SF. Pit117Prrl'l: Rasmussen. Paul E. C~lnaberl<t?td.Wis. Grululer. David C. Blaitcl~nrlll)illt!. Il'is, Raymond. Lloyd Edward . . . . . . . . Jasper Gultlcn, Dean B. ............ MI~~!IC?I~IDI.I.Y' Reynolds. Susan Loclre . . . . . . St. Paril c Gustafson, Joyce Marion . . U ~ r m i f P-nlFs Rinde. Richard Andrew Wlaite Bear Lake Rnlmck, Jnmcs D. . . . . . . . . . . . fi~i1irmatswtIs Hagen, Joyce Marilyn ...... Minnenpolis Rcrchlrt:, Lclir~td M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . St. P<ltrf Hagenson, Ronald Thomas 110th. Rlch:lrtl I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hlrfl~ton St. Louis P a r k ntvl, Jert1111c M ~ v l f i. . . . . . . . nfknric.rrfwfis Halvorst~n. Sara J a n e . . . . . . Rucl~cstc~. Rt~!rl?. D11roJd C. . , . . . . . . . . . - , . . . T'fr~l'!~ Hanson, G c o r ~ eOrdean . . . . . . Srn~~lyd! Rtiurl, Hullr A I ~ ~ I P. . . . . . . . . M+n~lc~(~lri)ll!i Hanson. Harlan E. . . . . . . . . . Mlftltcoin~lls Rgstri, dctlun F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cl~nskfl ~ a n s o . 1 ; Mary M. ...... P a ~ k e r sPI.-ciirie Heggen, Gaylen K. .. Estherville. IozUct Sandbo. Hans Knutson . . . . . Minneapolis Helmstetter, David W. ......... Newport . Minneapolis Sandgren. Carol Ferris Henrickson, Brenda Joyce . Htitclainson Sandgren, David Peter ..... Mii~nenpolis Hermstad, Richard P. . . . Ar~rovn, Colo. Sather, Ruth L. ............... Franklin Heryla. Peter T. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minnec~polis Satter. Allen A. ............ Min?~errpolis Hess, J u d i t h A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N o ~ t l ~ l i e l d Schober, Albert G. . . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Holm, Paul B. .............. St. Pnzll Schroeder. Arvid C. . . . . . . . . Mznnaapolis Holt, Bradley Paul W i l l m n ~ Sch\valm. Clair Jerome .... Minneapolis Howe, Lauralee Kathleen ... St. Pnzll Sidncy. Philip Oliver . . Graflo~a.N. Dak. Hughes, David Lester ...... Mi?~?leupolis Soice, Virginia Mabel ...... Mi?znenpolis Humphrey. Linda Elaine Minneclpolis Soli, Robert Francis . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Spjut, Paul Leander ........... Roseau Jeckell. Carol Nancy . . . . . . Lanabe~ton Staff, Clarice . . . . . . . . . . New York, N.Y. Jensen, Harold C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vining Starkey, Ronald Harry .... Minneapolis Jerve. Rochelle Francene . . . . . . Watson Steenson, David K. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Minneclpolis Jiran, William Rudolph Stinson, Patricia Louise Colunabia Heights Johnson, Carolyn E. ........ Alexandl'ia Stromberg. Paul William . . Minneapolis Johnson. Grace Hilma . . . . . . Sandstone Szepanski. Donald Michael . Minneclpolis Johnson, Linda Margaret ... Beloit. Wis. Johnson, Trudy Ilean . . Shavon, N. Dak. Tangen, Karen M. .Mi?aneclpolis Jones, Carolyn Margrethe ... Minneapolis Taylor, LaVonne Helen Minneapolis Joubert, Nancy M. . . . . . . . . . Mi?~neapolis Teppen, Frederick A. Minneapolis . . . ............ ... .... Kallestad, William Bruce . . . Minneapolis Keller, Lee Elmer . . . . . Neillsville, Wis. Koss, Kenneth Francis . . . . . . Minnec~polis Lading. David William . . . . . Robbi?asclclle Lapham, James Sigurd . . . Flushing. N.Y. Larson, J e a n R. . . . . . . A?nherst Jct., Wis. Larson, Wallis N. . . . Cunaberland, Wis. Lassila. Bonnie Elaine , . . Minneapolis Lee, LeRoy Edward . . . . . . . Minneapolis Legaarden, Elaine Louise . . Montevideo Leverentz, Alice J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Lielkoks, Anna J. . . . . . . . . . . Minneclpolis Lillestol, Judith C. . . . . . . . . Mi?uaenpolis Lindberg, Diane L. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Linden, Charles L. . . Gvantsbzirg, Wis. Lindquist, Sheryl J o y . Pnrkers Prnivie Lower, Mary Margaret . . . . Minneclpolis . ...... ..... ...... Ross ...... Minneapolis Thompson. Alan Thompson, Steven John .... Minneapolis Torstenson, Ordean L. ........ Dawson Triden, Karen Gayle ........... WfLyZata Tufford, Robert David, J r . .. Minneapolis . Vaala. John Leland Stuart . Minneclpolis Velde, Ellen Ida . . . . . . . . . . Granite Falls Wagner, Christopher Ross La Mirnda, Calif. Wanglie, Ruth Martine Katherine Minneapolis Wanner, John E. . . . . . . . . Almena. Wis. Weigman, Roland Charles, J r . Minnenpolis Wilkins, Doris May Rochester Wilsey, Duane N. .............. St. P a u l Wockenfuss, Lois Irene .... Minneapolis ......... Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1962 With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology Almquist, Paul Hempel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Spicer . Shizuoka-Ken, Japan Ichiyama, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moen, Thomas Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nelson, Hubert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nystuen, Joseph Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Northfield With the Degree of Graduate in Theology Peterson, Eugene S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jackson . . Svanoe, Rennard Gale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1963 With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology Haller, James Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo Husfloen, Richard Lowell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fargo, N. Dak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cloquet Juntunen, Wayne Roger Ose, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls Parker, Keith Clyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seattle, Wash. Pederson, Wallace Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,... . . . . . . . . Willmar With the Degree of Graduate in Theology Christianson, Harlan Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hatland, Kenneth Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Philip Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Stevens, Robert Clark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Summary of Graduates Seminary Graduates Graduates Graduates - 1870-1961 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693 1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 710 College Graduates Graduates Graduates Total - 1870-1961 .......................... 1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................ 281 1 130 171 31 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3822 enrollment summary Augsburg College. 1962-1 963 Class FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total Men Women Total Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . 102 50 115 83 162 134 207 204 44 29 0 44 0 47 0 27 0 76 630 703 . . . . -- Total Academic Year Class Men Women Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 124 167 224 54 0 0 0 0 - 60 86 137 210 40 45 49 27 76 - 671 730 . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . Total 162 210 304 434 94 45 49 27 76 1401 Augsburg Theological Seminary. 1962-1 963 SEM. I SEM. I I TOTAL Men Men Men Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Firstyear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .............................. 10 13 4 5 32 9 12 3 4 28 10 13 4 5 32 Total Student Enrollment. 1962-1 963 COLLEGE Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1401 1 SEMINARY Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Augsburg College. 1963-1 964 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total Men Women Total Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 73 101 134 183 38 42 46 40 92 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646 749 . . . . - - Total Academic Year Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Men Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683 . . . . Women Total 166 74 260 106 281 138 424 186 98 42 43 43 46 46 40 40 92 92 . 767 92 154 143 238 56 0 0 0 0 - Total Student Enrollment. 1963-1 9 6 4 Men Students . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . .......... Deducting those counted more than once . . 683 767 1450 Academic Administration . . . 47 Accounts. Payment of . . . . 18 Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . 117 Administration Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Advanced Placement . . . . . . 28 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . 28 Affiliation . . . . . . . . . 2. 8. 98 Aims and Obiectives . . . . . . . 8. 9 Alumni Association. The . . . . 10 Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Art. Department of . . . . 71. 103 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Attendance. Chapel . . . 31 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . 49 Audio-Visual Center . . . . . 13 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Biology. Department of 89. 109 Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . 16 Board of Regents . . . . . . . . 116 Bookstore . . . . . . . 10 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Business Administration . 83. 107 Business Education . . . . . 85. 108 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 . . . . 31 Campus Life Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Chapel Service. The . . . 31 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 91. 110 Church Workers . . . . . . . . . 100 Classification of Students . . . 48 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Coaching Endorsement . . . 96 36 Co-curricular Program . . . . Committees of the Faculty . 118 Comprehensive Examinations . 50 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . 98 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 55 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Business Administration . . . 107 Business Education . . . . 108 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Church Workers . . . . . 100 Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Economics . . . . . . 107 Elementray Education . . . 106 Engineering . . . . . . . . . 114 English . . . . . . . . . 101 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 General Liberal Arts . . . 99 German . . . . . . . . . . 103 Greek-Latin . . . . . . . . . . 101 Health and Physical Ed 112 High School Teaching 106 History . . . . . . . . . 104 Home Economics . . . . 108 Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Medical Technology . . . 112 Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Parish and Church Workers 100 Philosophy . . . . . . . 101 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Pre-Seminary . . . . . 100 Psychology . . . . . . . . 105 Secretarial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Social Science Combined . . 104 Sociology . . . . . . . . 104 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . 102 . Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 . . . . . . . . . 2, 140 Development Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . 113 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Distinction. Degree with . . . 53 56 Divisional Organization . . . . Dramatics . . . . . . . 37. 65 I index Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . 84. 107 Education. Department of . . 79 Education. Elementary . . . 79. 105 Education. Secondary . . . 81. 106 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Eligibility Requirements . . . . . 40 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . 25. 45 Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 English. Department of . . 62. 101 Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Entrance Requirements . . . . . 27 Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Home Economics . . . . . . . 86. 108 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 53 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . 41. 53. 98 Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . 98 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Humanities. Division of the . . 61 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . 39 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . 98 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16. 17 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . 18 Financial Information . . . . . . 15 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68. 103 Laboratories. Natural Science 13 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62. 101 Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . 114 Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 99 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. 3 General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates-(1 870-1963). Summary of . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements Grants-in-aid . . . . . . . . . . Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guaranteed Tuition Plan . Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99 Mathematics . . . . . . . . 95. 111 Medical Technology . . . . . 98. 112 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . 113 Membership in Educational Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Ministry. Preparation for the . 100 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Modern Languages. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66 Music. Department of . . . 69. 103 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Musical Organizations . . . 38. 71 . Health and Physical Ed . 96. Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . History and Political Science . . . . . . 73. 112 43 106 7 104 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 55 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses 114 index Objectives and Aims . . . . . . 9 Organizations. Student . . . . . 36 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Parish Work. Curriculum . . . . 100 Part-time Students . . . . . . . 16. 48 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 18 Personnel Services. Student . . 41 Philosophy. Department of 59. 101 Physical Education . . . . . . 39 Physics. Department of . . . 93. 110 Placement Service for Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . 10 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . 100 Prizes and Scholarships . . . . . 20 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Psychology. Department of 78. 105 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . 32. 34 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . 116 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Registration. Change of . . . . . 47 Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Religious Program . . . . . . . . 33 Residence Requirement . . . . . 53 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Scandinavian Language and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . 20 Secretarial Courses . . . . . 85. 115 Seminary. Summary of Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Social Sciences, Division of the 73 Social Sciences . . . . . . . 76, 104 Sociology, Department of 76, 104 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 103 Special Programs of Study . . 98 Speech, Department of . . 65, 102 Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 34 Student Government . . . . . . 35 Student Personnel Services . . 41 Suspension of Students . . . . 48 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Teacher's Certificate . 79. 81. 106 Teaching Curriculums . . . . . . 106 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43. 50 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . 16 University Courses . . . . . . . . . 48 Upper Division Requirements . 53 notes Augsburg College is now in the "centennial phase" of its development program, pointing toward the 100th anniversary of the college in 1969. The centennial phase program, covering the years 1964-1969, is the second phase of a 20-year development program begun in 1959 in which objectives are timed to five-year phases. The college has the following centennial goals for the current five-year period: Facilities - TO construct an art building, a 600-bed high-rise dormitory and a college center; to remodel Science Hall, Old Main, and Memorial Hall; to complete Si Melby Hall and to acquire additional athletic field space. Enrollment - To increase enrollment to 1600 students. Faculty - To increase by ten the number of full-time faculty members. Tuition - To maintain tuition a t levels judged to keep the cost of education a t Augsburg within the range of its constituency. Library - To increase the holdings of George Sverdrup library by 50%. - Budget To increase the educational budget to $2,000,000. Student aid - To increase expenditures for scholarships and grants to $209,000. Endowment - To establish a fund of $50,000 per year for endowed scholarships. DEVELOPMEN1 PROGRAM
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1962-1964
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Catalog for the Academic Years 1962-63 and 1963-64 Augsburg College and Augsburg Theological Seminary MINNEAPOLIS 4, MINNESOTA RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1960-61 AND 1961-62 Augsburg's location deeply affects the nature of its educational program. From the dynamic cultural, church, sc...
Show more Catalog for the Academic Years 1962-63 and 1963-64 Augsburg College and Augsburg Theological Seminary MINNEAPOLIS 4, MINNESOTA RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1960-61 AND 1961-62 Augsburg's location deeply affects the nature of its educational program. From the dynamic cultural, church, scientific and business resolurces of tbig great Upper MiXwtxt metropolitan center, Augsburg draws v&&y und s t r w h , mmsmtwhila contributing its o w n resources to the r e &ebping progress oJ t harea. Y o u are cordially invited to tour the campus. A letter or phone call i n advance will enable us to make special arrangements t o suit your particular needs and interests. Administrative offices are located i n Science Hall (pictured above) at the corner of 7 t h Street and 21st Avenue South. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. t o 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday b y appointment. Telephone FEderal 8-0501. NNEAPOLIS burg College i s convenienl MINNEAPOLIS INSTITUTE 0 1 ART -4 nrnraR C ~ P U S B S P ~ ~ S I 0 and 6 educational development project is undenrap, scheduld over n 20-year period. Shaded portions of the map belon* designate campus arcs now- being developed. The rota1 setting, encompassing he rlngburg College campus, Fairview HuepitaL St. Rlary's Hospital. the Main Campus ant1 T e s t Bank expansion of the Tinir~rsitr af Tvlinnesota, i s becoming a key medical-educational center. Constmctitilln no\+-nnderlray an a nmv inter-city freeway bordering the south side of the ~ l u p b w gcampus will further enllance this setting. CbMPUS DIRECTORY Admin#$lrol~veORlce. 121 G c o w svcrdruplibmry 161 SiMclby HmII A"d,lorium Gymn..,um 171 S w r h - D m m a Building 4 / T h e Academic Calendar SEPTEMBER S M T W T T S FIRST SEMESTER - 1962-63 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ::g: :! :: i! 30 gi gi Sept. 12-18 (Wed.-Tues.) S e* ~. t .17, . OCTOBER M s w S - 1 8 p T 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 31 7 14 15 16 M T W T T 2 9 16 23 30 T W T 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 W F T S (Thurs., 9:00 p.m.) . Christmas Recess begins 20 Jan. 22-25 SECOND SEMESTER - 1963 T W T T S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 l2 13 l4 15 l6 lo 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 31 25 26 27 29 30 , 1 T 2 W T P 3 MAY M T W T T S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 JUNE s M T W Jan. 31 (Thurs.) Feb. 22 (Fri.) . April I April 10 (Fri.) . . . . . . Late registration fee . . . . . . . . . . . Washington's Birthday End first half of Semester (Wed., g:oo p.m.) . T I Easter recess begins Easter recess ends S 4 5 1l 12 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S ... ..Registration Second Semester Jan. 31 (Thurs., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . Classes begin Jan. 30 (Wed.) April 16 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) . . . APRIL M First Semester ends S MARCH S Seminary examinations .... . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 M (Tues.-Fri.) Classes resume College examinations Jan. 16-24(Wed.-Thurs.) Jan. 24 (Thurs.) F . . . Jan. 3 (Thurs., 7:45 a.m.) FEBRUARY S Registration College classes begin NOV. 13 (Tues.) . . . . End first half of Semester Thanksgiving recess 22, 23 (Thurs., Fri.) . . 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 M (Mon., Tues.) . . . . . Nov. JANUARY S Freshman Days S 92 16 T . Sept. 19 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee Oct. 26-28 (Fri.-Sun.) . . . . . . . . . . Homecoming Dec. M . Sept. 19 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . Seminary convenes 17 11 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S . Sept. 19 (Wed.) . . . . . . . s 6 13 20 27 NOVEMBER S I8 . S 1 May 23-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 24 (Fri.) . . . College examinations Seminary Commencement June 2 (Sun.) . . . . . . . . . Baccalaureate Service June 2 (Sun.) . . . . . . . College Commencement T b e Academic Calendar / SEPTEMBER FIRST SEMESTER - 1963-6e Sept. I I -17 (Wed.-Tues.) .... . . .. . Sept. 18 (Wed.) . . . ... .. .. . .. Sept. 18 (Wed.) . . . . . . .. . .. . . . Sept. Oct. I8 I 8-20 Registration OCTOBER College classes begin Seminary convenes (Fri.-Sun.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Homecoming ... ...... (Sat., 12:20 .... p.m.) Jan. 6 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) NOVEMBER S M T W T ~ S End first half of Semester Nov. 28, 29 (Thurs.-Fri.) 21 M T W T P S 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee Nov. 15 (Fri.) Dec. Fresbman Days . . . . .. . . . Sept. 16, 17 (Mon., Tues.) S 1 8 15 22 29 . Thanksgiving recess Christmas recess begins .. . .. . . . . DECEMBER -S M S M S M T W T P C P S F S Classes resume Jan. 21-29 (Tues.-Wed.) . . . . . College examinations . . Seminary examinations Jan. 23-29 (Thurs.-Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Jan. 29 (Wed.) First Semester ends SECOND SEMESTER - 1964 ...... Feb. 5 (Wed.) Registration Second Semester . . .. . . . . . . Feb. 6 (Thurs., 7:45 a.m.) 12 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Lincoln's Birthday March 25 (Wed., 9:oo p.m.) .. . March 31 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) .... fister recess begins 22 (Fri.) . . . . .. . . . . Seminary Commencement May 28-June 5 (Thurs.-Fri.) June 7 (Sun.) June 7 (Sun.) ..... ... . ............ . T College Commencement T W T MARCH 7 S7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 College examinations Baccalaureate Service W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Easter recess ends April 9 (Thurs.) . . . . . . End first half of Semester May T FEBRUARY Ckrsses begin Feb. 6 (Thurs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee Feb. JANUARY MAY S M 3 4 T 5 W 6 :! !i ii ii27 24 25 26 31 T ~ 1 8 2 9 28 29 30 7 :: iz i: JUNE S 7 14 21 28 M T W T P S 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 I8 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 S 6 Profile AUGSBURG COLLEGE A four-year Liberal Arts College sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church. Offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. Holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the Minnesota Private College Council. a In addition to providing a Liberal A.rts cdumtion, Augsburg College offers preparation f o r teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, m d missions. Students may prepare for further *dy in the fields of engineering, theology, dentism, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. Located near the main business section of Minneapolis. Students have eat- access to libraries, museums, and art coIIe&ons. They have opportunity to attend lectures and musical programs and to participate actively in the l i e of the churches. Maintains a friendly atmosphere, in which students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty. A comprehensive development program is in operation. AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Located on the same campus as the college. Aims primarily to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Church. General Inf ormatian HISTORICAL SKETCH AUGSBURG was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In the autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. Its aim was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The College was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high schaaI course covering three years was estabkhed which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 3833. In the years 1916-1919the mlIege course was thoroughly revised. A s a result of W w and of subsequent growth, the earlier clcsieal course was geatIy modified and suppIemmted bp social and ~ i e n t i f i cstudies and a more general emphasis upon the study nf she humanities. Tn recent rears there has been continuoas stud? and modification Q £ the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the ~tuderits. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time 26 majors are offered. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922. 8 / General information Recent years, especially since the close of World War 11, have witnessed a greatly increased enrollment and a corresponding expansion of physical facilities both in campus area and in buildings. In the Theological Seminary there L s likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses to meet changing needs. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. A bachelor's degree or equivalent is the required scholastic preparation for admission. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College continue to function in close cooperation and as integral parts of one institution. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. August Weenaas ......................................1869 - 1876 .1907 George Sverdrup .....................................1876 . Sven Oftedal ..............................................1907 - 1911 ......... .1937 George Sverdrup .... --,1911 H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) .. 1937 - 1938 Bernhard Christensen ..............................1938 - Present FUNDAMENTAL AIMS THE EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are integrated with this principle. Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline necessary to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." SPECIFIC AIMS To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty: General Information / 9 SCHOLARSHIP To stimulate the student's intellectual interest and to develop his scholarly insight, so that he may think with accuracy and comprehension in the fields of the liberal arts. To instruct the student in scientific methods of study and to develop his understanding of the relations of science to spiritual reality and to the welfare of mankind. To familiarize the student with the culture of his own and other civilizations, for his enjoyment and for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of his fellow men throughout the world. To awaken and foster in the student an intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of the best in the fine arts. To help the student develup certain skills, such as those in language, music, physical aclivitiee. and use of the library, which will increase his efficiency in the rarinus relationships of life. FAITH RELIGIOUS To lead the student to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become an effective participant in the work of the Christian Church and an earnest advocate of the Christian way of life. CHARACTER To teach the student to discipline his urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. To guide the student in the understanding of social relationships in order that he may take his place in groups with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of courtesy and sincerity. To cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. CITIZENSHIP To develop the student's interest in the common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and the preservation of our liberties in community and nation. To develop in the student an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the world. / General lnformatia 10 VOCATIONAL PREPARATION To provide guidance for the student in discovering and clarifying his aptitudes and his life purposes. To proride votxtional and professional prqaratinn for public schooI teaching, business adminisvation. home economics, m d parish work; and to give prqaration for the study of medicbe: dentis- nursing, medical technolog, engineering. social work; and throu~ha fouryear college course to prepare the student for the study of theology and graduate work. HEALTHAND RECREATION To afford the student wholesome recreation which will contribute to effective use of leisure time, and the development of such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control. To instruct the student in principles pertaining to health, so that he may develop attitudes, practices, and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being, making him better able to meet the responsibilities of life. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL AUG~BURG COLLEGEAND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY is affiliated with the Lutheran Free Church, a church body of about 90,000 members with headquarters located in Minneapolis, near the Augsburg Campus. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, h a n c e , and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and derelqment of the College, a major part of the financial support of the imtitution cnmes from the congeegations of thr Lutheran Free Church. In recent y ~ a growing ~ s E ~ T Cof~ friends slso out~idethis Church, hoth alumni and others, have contributed financially to the school. Since 1951, business and indmtrv have given sign5cant support through the Minnesota Private College Fund. An enIargetl Developmmt Program, inchding a comprehensire 20-year plan for expansion, was hunched in 1958. Augsburg welcomes and invites support on the part of all who believe in k r program of vitai Christian education. General Information / II THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION THE AUGSBURG ALUMNIASSOCIATION has as its goal to enable graduates and former students to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in Science Hall. THE PHYSICAL PLANT INSTRUCTIONAL FACILITIES and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1943-49, is a large and completely modern building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, biology and home economics; the student center; a medium-sized auditorium and several classrooms and iaculty offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The Science Hall is shown at left in the picture below and George Sverdrup Library is the building extending to the right, connecting with Memorial Hall. I2 / General Information The George Sverdr11,p Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall 2nd of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located in one section of the Library building. Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, shown above, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to serve the needs of the music department. T h e Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other sveech activities. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters for about 140 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. General Information / I 3 Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for 165 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger dormitory. Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, and Theta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women students. T h e President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing. T H E ARCHIVES THE AUGSBURG ARCHIVESOCIETY was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 3000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. AUDIO-VISUAL EDUCATION TO FACILITATE INSTRUCTION the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is located on the ground floor of the Library. Varied equipment is available for classroom use and other college activities. This equipment includes movie projectors, slide and filmstrip projectors, a sound amplification system, a tape recorder, an Episcope, phonographs, and a mi'crocard reader. Records, slides, maps, filmstrips, and microcards are also housed in this center. Science Auditorium, as well as several classrooms, is equipped with facilities for projection. 14 / General Znf ormation - - . -. l T 1 -- - B1r m! \r pk?*e., .- LIBRARY FACILITIES k- 7 - I' 4 Tz+::>*A~2y -7 7 THE BEAUTIFUL and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides 1- + a central study-workshop for both -r-t faculty and students. It contains . about 41,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open stacks. Students and faculty memL=bers working in either of the two large reading rooms have easy access to the stacks. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the ground floor reading room. "LA -- -- * hh i - 11 1 - %Jd - The library subscribes to about 425 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Jerome Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES THE LABORATORIES of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office space for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. Financial Information A CONSIDERABLE PART of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Tuition (including student activity fee, $9.00; health fee, $11.00) . . Student union fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Matriculation fee (for those registering for the first time) . . . . . . Locker (optional) ........................................... Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $400.00 7.50 10.00 1.00 $418.50 Bcoks are estimated at $25.00 to $40.00. Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $18.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $32.00 per credit hour up to 11 credits. Those who register for 12 o r more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is one-half the fee charged when i t is taken for credit. Students and auditors enrolled for less than 5 credits are not charged the student union fee. Those enrolled for 5 to 8 credits pay 1/3 the student union fee. Those enrolled for 9 to 11 credits pay 2/3 the student union fee. ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER1 Women Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $115.00 ..................................... 125.00 Key Deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 $241.00 Total Room & Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Board* Men $115.00 150.00 I 6.00 $281.00 "Women students in residence are required to buy and use a minimum of $125.00 of meal book coupons per semester, men students $ I 50.00. 1 Subject t o change. I6 / Financial Imfomation SPECIAL FEES Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes . Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placement fee. depending upon the method of placement . . . . . . $3.00 to Graduation fee. for seniors in both the College and Seminary . . . . . . . . . Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled . . . . . . Examination making up an incomplete o r a condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MUSIC FEES PER S E - E S T E R Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................................ Voice ....................................................... Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Private instruction, per lesson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano studio rental (one hour per day) ........................... Organ rental (one hour per day) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voice studio rental (one hour per day) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concert Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Resident students General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4 I 8.50 $418.50 to 266.00 Room & Board' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241.00 Special. Music. Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.00 to 80.00 Total. approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $684.50 to $764.50 *These are required minimum expenditures. Ordinarily the total cost is somewhat higher . Off-campus students General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $41 8.50 $418.50 Special. Music. Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.00 to d0.00 Total. approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $443.50 to $498.50 These estimates do not include transportation. clothing. or ~ersonalexpenses. PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS SEE UNDER Application for Admission for required advance deposits. Parents may deposit additional money in advance at the college or the student may make the remainder of the payment when he registers. Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February . Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial problem in some cases. the college has instituted a "budget" plan . By this plan the resident student makes a down payment of $475.00 at registration. then seven monthly payments of $115.00 and 1 Subject to change. Financial Informl~tion/ 17 the balance due in May. Off-campus students pay an initial payment of $225.00 and seven monthly payments aE $80.00 and the balance due in May. To defray the cost of the plan, a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. REFUNDS Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of anv semester will be charged at the rate of 10 percent per week or fraction thereof, except f;lr matriculation and special fee.! which are not refundable. There i s no fee refund after the middle of the semester. Refunds for board are made on unused meal-book coupons. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds. schotawhips. grants-in-ai& and emplo!-nlent assistance are available at +4ugbmg. Students must complete ail application form and meet certain requirements to qualjfp fur financial ni&. The collllep gives a~aistanceto s ~ d e n t sin securing work bosh nn and off the campus. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. TFte GeneneralS d e n t Loan Fund', established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintaind by contributions from the -4 ugsbarg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students in the Seminary. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. National Defense Student Loam, established by h e National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available to students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration is given to those students who express a desire to teach in elementary or secondary schools and to those whose academic background indicates a superior capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering or modem foreign languages. I 8 / Financial Information Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS A N D PRIZES Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to outstanding high school graduates. Some of these scholarships are renewable provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding high school graduates. Students who rank in the upper five per cent of their high school class, perform well on scholastic aptitude tests, and can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic average. Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75 or better. Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to selected students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better who apply to the Student Personnel Committee. Augsburg awards two Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships cover the cost of tuition or its equivalent. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lnke Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. I t is a scholarship of $200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. I t is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sephomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 uotil the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. I t is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. Financial In formatima / 19 T h e George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. T h e Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 b;r- Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son whn gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarslrip is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement. personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarsh,ips of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. T h e Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Pnulson Jfernorial Price. from a fund established by Adolph Paulson w110 [aught Social Tcience at Aughurg from 1930 to 1935. is nm+arded a~nuall! to a college studrnt for the b e € essay r+~ittenon an assi~ned subject in the f i ~ l dof Christian Snciolog>-.The amount of the prize i s mcmberr; of the Paulson farnil?- in memory of Profesor $50.00 T h e Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarskip was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College or Seminary. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. T h e Reverend Oloj Rogne Men~nrialSrholnrsbips were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator oi tltr snIlege from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually tn ~ e I p c t dstudents preparing for Christian service in either the college or the seminary. T h e Carl Fosse ;VTcmnriul Chemistry Scltolarship was established in 1960 by the d ~ p a r t m ~ noff ~llpmietryto honor the menlory of Carl Fosse. professor of c h e ~ n i s r rat ~ ;iupsburg from 1921 tn 1942. The annual award is made to a fred~rnanstadent whose acarl~~nic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. T h e Manivald Aldre Menzorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the rlepartment nf chemistry to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre. assistant p s o f ~ 5 ~ nofr chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 to 1958. The annual award i s made to a freshman student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. 20 / Financial Information Tlte Walter Gordon Sclrnell 3.femorilst CJ~emisrrySch ohrship was established by friends and the department of chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon 5chneIL a student of chemistry at Xogburg until the time of his death in January 2960. The annual arvard is made to a freshman dudent whose academic b n c k ~ o u n d indicates promise of achievement in the field of c h e m i s . The Dr. F r e d e d c C,a d LLWTOE. Ifortensen Chemistry Scholarship was a~tahliahedin 1961 hp the chemist? staff. The award is made annually tn a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial! Scho?msh,ip was establish& in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. -4.. Sveeggm, profmsor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Alumni Ach.ievmmf Scho?zrships are awarded annualI7 t o three undergradaate studenk. The amount is goivalent to one semester's tuition and f ~ e sThese . scholarships are give11 to the outstandjng etudent in the freshman, sophomore. and junior classes for we the follnlring academic year. The Alma Jensen Dickersan, .Memorial Sch.ularsltips were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson. a member of the Augsburg facult? from 1943 to 195S. One or more schoIarsh@s are awarded annually to able and desening junior or senior smdents. The Carl W . LandahI Scholarship was established by the family and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a member of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his death in 1961. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis of achievement in the field of music. The Onesirnus Sc/rolarsiU'p. established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James WelEecbon, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to a student in the Seminary who is preparing for service in the Christian mini--. The Thorvald Olsen Barrttued~ Memorial Scho7arsltip Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from h e Bnrnbedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntpdt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1955. One or more scholarships is awarded annually to a student or students in Augsburg Theological Seminary. The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annuallv to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, pariah of the Lutheran Free Church. Finmrcial lnf omration / 2 I The Edward Yokie Scholarship, consisting of the income from $5,000, was established in 1962 through a bequest of Mr. Yokie, a former Augsburg student. The Greater Augsburg A h m n i A s s a c i ~ i o nScholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding dumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned mi~sionariesor to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to $250.00 per year. Higher awards are possibIe for graduate work or medical study. GRANTS-IN-AID GRANTS-IN-AID are available to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the student and his family. EMPLOYMENT SERVICE AN EMPLOYMENT SERVICE, located in the Personnel Office, assists stodents in obtaining part-timeremunerative work. Many sixdents find it possible to pap part 'of their college expenses with money earned in this waj-. The t y p e of work available m e of variom kinds, including ~ecreationalleader&ip, reptaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. The college i s concerned that mployment not interfere ruitl~ a student's academic work. Tllerefore, it is dsirable that Freshmen have s&cient funds to pay their entire expenses for at Ieast one semester. Part-time employment may then be secured in accordance with the need of the gudent and his ability to handle extra work. Students are employed by the college in several areas. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in obtaining summer employment is also provided each spring by the Ernploymemt Service. Application for part-time or summer employment may be made in the Personnel Office. Admission to the College APPLICATION PROCEDURE Xupsburg College should be made to the Director of :ldrnie~ionr;.This ma)- be done at any time after the completion of the junior year in high school. and preferably before July 1 preceding the fall in rvliich a &.dent seeks admission. fio appljcadona are accepted after September 1. Studentr! are adrised to apply earl!- in their senior year. Early applicants gain an advantage hoth in regstration and housing. Kotification of admission is sant a ~tudenta5 soon as his appIication is complete. ~ F P U C . ~ TFOR ~ ~ ;hDMJSST0Y S to Steps in applying for admission: (1) Obtain an application form by writing or visiting: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis 4, Minnesota 12) Complete and return the application form together with a photograph a n d $15.00 admissions deposit. TlGe deposit is applied to the tuition. I1 the auplicarion is not accepted. o r if i t is withdrawn before July 1 for the fall spmester and by January 15 for the eprinp eemeter. 810.n0 of thB d e p o d itdl bbe refunded. (3) Request your high school to send us a cop^ af your high school record and t e results. ~ Transfer srudcnts will request the previous cfillege nr co1Iegs to send an official transcript of grades togerher with results of standardized re?& taken. An interview on campus ie encouraged but not r e w e d . After acceptance dl new studenk are rewired to pay a $50 nonrefundable &tion dcposit. Tbie deposit is due by July 1; for those admitred thereafter. it i due within two weelcs af~er acceptance. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION .$UCSR'ETRG COLLEGE admits as h d e n t s . men and xTomenof good moral character ancl sound health who show interest in and a b i l i t ~to do college work. 'Estimate of ability i s determined by rank in the high schooi graduating class. by the Minne-cota Scholastic Aptitude Test or comparable examination. and bv the h i ~ hschooI record or pserinus colIese record. The normal basis for aJrni~-.ionis the completion of the courses of grades nine to tw~Ivein an accredited high school. No definite pattern of ~ubjccksi s required. but i t is recnrnmendecl d ~ a tthe last fonr year5 oE high school include four units of En&h, and at least two units eac5 of a foreign lanpage. social studies. mathematics. and gcience. A m i t is defined as a course carering one academic ?-ear and qnivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Admission t o the College / 23 For entrance to the Freshman class, either the tests of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 15. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted to register. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record was satisfactory and they were in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. A maximum of 64 semester credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. -MINNEAPOLIS Over 400 f r e s h e n enrolled in the faU of 1961. STAR PHOTO Campus Life THEINPLUEKCES which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kind?. While rhe exercises of classroom, Iaboratary, and library f o m ~the organizing basis of college a c t i v i ~ ?they need ro be supplemented by ather than academic forces. T h e e intangible but very real supplementary influrnces have n1uc11to do with ereatirg the spirit of an institution. At .4ugsburg definirc emphasis is placed upon thf maintenance of a rvholcmn~espirit of Christian community living* Students are urged t o gite conscious attmtion to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in each life. All students are required to conlplete fourteen credit hours in courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. THE CHAPELSERVICE The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. In the content of this primary relationship the Christian also lives in a relationship to people, to events, to things. The fact that God not only created the world but became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to be despised. Campus Life / 25 The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. It should be clear, however, that in an age which is much concerned with the pursuit of pleasure, a college like Augsburg should never subordinate its academic program to leisure-time activities. On the contrary, the recreational program must be in the content of, and be congruent with, the major inellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal to help the individual to live an effectual Christian life in the world. In setting up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal arts. The program takes into account the relationship between sexes and seeks to provide normal and healthy opportunities for the expression of the mutual attraction of the sexes. Augsburg offers a varied and selective recreational and social program which gives preference to those activities which are emancipatory rather than restrictive, those which enrich community life rather than those which are divisive or encourage selfish satisfactions. The college provides a rarietr- of activities designed to meet these requirements. The ancial p-rogam includes a number of organized allschool went5 combined with many les-structured activities designed for specified smaller poups. Tn nttempting to meet the needs and interests o f all Angsburg fhdenb, we make use of dl existing facilities on campus and m a t y of those which are available in the Twin City area. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed upon certain other activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. I t forbicb the posmaion or consumption of alcoholic bererages in dormitories; in any collegeapproved place of residence, or at an? college-spansored event. Any student found under the influence of Liquor i s subject to disciplinary action. SociaI. or ballroom dancing. is not a part of the recreztiond program of the college. Students arr encouraged to be digcriminating in all types of recreation in which they engag. [hat their time may be well v e n t . and strong moral and ethical ralues map be developed. Such common activitie: as television vierving and movie-going. for example, can easily become time-wasting and even detrimental to the development of moral and ethical values. Without attempting ta dictate to the indiridud conscience, the college regards i t as its right to ask its students t o adapt thernselve. to the social p r a p a m approred by the college and to follow it as memh e n of the cr~llegecommunity. Although thp college l a ~ dowm s specific rules regarding most mattes only with respect to activities centering on the rampus. it reserves the right t o dismiss any studmt whose cnntinuation in colZegr is deemed undeirahle for social as we11 as for academic reaFons. It i s the policy of the c o l l ~ pthat such action shall not be taken capriciously, but only after the avaiIable campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, dis- t6 / C m W Life ciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. RELIGIOUS PROGRAM The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, informal group meetings, and a Pre-seminary club. This Commission also serves as a coordinating agency for all voluntary Christian organizations on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Association. The SCA seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national Lutheran Student Association of America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Mission Society, the service organization of SCA promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the study of missionary activity and recruitment of workers. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. CONVOCATION Regular convocations are held each Thursday throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The S t d e n t Council through the Commissioner of Social Activities, assisted by a Commission on Social and Recreational Life, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes spon:or semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and.a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. ,4ugsbnrg7's location in Minneapolis gitw i t s shdmts unique opportunities to make use of some of rhe finest educational and cultural adrantag3 which the Northwst has to offer. Excellent art coUectinns are to he fonnd i n the Minneapolis Institute of and the WaIker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are evteneive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large coflections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony @ T C ~ F ~ ~ Tprograms ~ I and other concerts affnrd rich npporiuni~yfor the e n j o y e n t of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and the University Theater drama programs. A monthly bulletin, Augsburg Plus, listing programs, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. STUDENT GOVERNMENT THE STUDENT SOCIETYconsists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College and Theological Seminary. The central concern of student government is focused on education to rhe end that i n d i d n d s may develop their full capabilities through intellectual gror+-lh.The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming rqonsibilities for fm-thering etudent affairs, educating members to the democratic prace-fe, derelnping a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. The Execzctizle Council consists of six commiss i o n e r w a c h responsible to the president for one of the major areas of ~tudentlife. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Sttdertt Council. presided over by the ~ice-president,is the branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participa~esin student government throuFh its repre~~ntatives on the council. ttrTentponem e d e r le+lative The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary, whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculi? Cotrncil. composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campw proble~n~, considers legislation adopted by one group or the o h e r rvl~jc!~affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperatian and understanding between the students, the faculty, and t l ~ eadministration. The Student Society is n member of the N a t i o n a l Student A~socistiaa, L J I ~l a r g s t r~preserilativenatinnaI union of ~tudentsi n the United States. Through this organization the students receire programming aide for use on the campus. and adtl their voice ro the voice of all American students before Ute r~ational porernment and otlther organizations in matters of smdent concern, The Slurlent C;n~:~mmenr direct? siweraf projects of interest t o the college community. These projects include ihe annual One-Appeal Campaign. Leadership Training Workshops. Political Actimn Week, Homecoming. 5~lddent Lecture Series, Academic Freedom 'K~ek. College Union Study. and Development Council. Counseiing of FreAmen by upper-class student%is conducted through a College Brofher-Co17ege sister Program as a part of Freshman Orientation. Associated Tomen Sludents. composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the $5-omen to develop meanin,@ seH gorernmenf. Tt aims to create a E;ense of Ilarmonv ant? fellowship, to promote and maintain I~ighstandards of l~rrnorand i n t e g i ? in personal conilact. and i t encourages participation irl all collepe actintiea. It i s affJiatrrI with the Interccrllegiate .\r;sociated Tomen Students, a national organization. The Augsbzrrg Ech,o, the college newspaper, is published by a student staff. Augsburg's yearbook, the Arrgshurgian, prnvides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opporhmip for creative expression in artistic design as \ ~ c l las in pl~ot~p-raph~. The top staff members of the Azcgshnrg Echo and the Augsburgian constitute the Board of Publication. A student editor, named by the Publications Commission, compiles the "A" Book. The Directory is published by the Registrar. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM The enlhusiasm and energy of student^ motirate them to pursue their int~rest.Jwyonrl the rla~~r-roorn. For most effective partidpation, ~tudents with similar interests h a w unitrtl to form clubs. Several nf t h e e are esten~ionsof courses beronrI the class room. Ot11ers are devoted to i n t e r ~ ~ not t s aRerrr1 in die currirulum. Nerv clubs are formed as the o c c ~ ~ i odernancls. n The Alpha Delta Theta, Sigma Chaptm, is a prafe:siond sorority open to students preparing for medical technolop. Ridership is based,upon scholarship, character and professional The Aristolelian Society unites those who have a common interest in scientific knowledge and experimentation. The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in the field of art and to promote an interest in art. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Chemistry Club is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Cosmopolitan C1u.b brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language and people of the various countries. The Electronics Club is open to anyone interested in the field of radio and electronics. Members operate an amateur radio station on the campus. The Augsburg Society for Drarnntic drrs provide? for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage p~esmtationsand from field trips, as well as from rending and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. b l m b e r ~ l ~ iinp ijrarional Cojleg-iute lJlayers represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upper-classmen. The Student National Education Association, Martin Qmnbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims tc promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an ir?iormal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Tomes" AtA7eric Assachtion at Augsbnrg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic ,il;sociation of College Tomen. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreationaI activities with awards given on a point bask. Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and accmionally to Canada. The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Varsity Band and Instrumental Ensembles. The Augsburg College Cantorians, a women's chorus, participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. The Male Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under he direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well ae indi~idaalperformance actidties. Climaxing the intramural Frogram is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramuraI scbedulea in I-ariou~;colleges. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. IT IS TKE PURPOSE of Augshurg College to provide an intercaIIegiate azhIetic program wlzich is in harmony with its Christian philost?phy. This philosophp k to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the pla?-era and the spectaton. The edncationaI program of the college reco,gnizes that recreation and play are n fundamental part of hlife, and h a r ihjs phase of Life needs to be cultivated 8 physical, mental, and crnationa1 health are to be maintained. IntercolIegiate athletics, as a phase of that progam, g i v e recognition to the fact that co~npetitiveplay can contribute to the development of student interests, skills. insights, and loyalties. More specifically. the following outcomes are sought: (I) The shrdrnt participating in athletics sl~ouldacquire and exhibit, both in and out of athlckiw, sucFr Isaeic qualities of character as self-discipline, h o n ~ t y . sense of fair pIay. ant! cooperation. ( 2 ) The participant 511ould de\.elop the knowledge. interests. and skills which will be of special use to him in such r*oc;rtions as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing wit11 it, the student's participation in intescnllegiate alliIetics must either contribute directly to this goal ar be complementary LO his other educational actirities. 131 The ~ t n d e n tspectator ~honlda c e r e and erhibit snme of the finer qualities of Chridian character, such as self-restraint. sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on i l ~ epart of both oppnnents and fellow-students. and respect for individual personalit!*. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contrilmte to the development of a unified and healthy "schnol ~ i r i t . " Err Aueiasrn for intercollegiate athletics or other c o - c d d a r sctivitie-s should not overshadorv pride in high schola.~ticachievement. nor can i t take the place of a well-roundcd and effective intramural and general recreatianal progam. HONORS AND AWARDS On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda lota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purpose? of the Timia Soci~ty.the Augsbwg lionor sociehr. are to recngnize scademic achie\vement and to promote scholarship. Vembership is by invitation only. Juniors and Seniors who have earned 3 2.5 honor point ratio accmulative are normally indited. while Freshmen and Snphomores with a 2.25 honor point ratio arc aclmifted as pledps. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Garnrnn M r t . the National Social Science Honor Societ!-. wlirrh is affiliated rvith the Association of College Honor Societies. A high lei-el of xholarship in the social sciences is required for election to r n e m b c ~ h i ~ . The d u g b u r g Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and hunor those members of the senior graduating c l s s rvho have shown tl~emselves to be indirriduak excelliiig to an outstanding d e g e e in r;cholanhip, leader& ip. and participation in extra-curricular activiries. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson i n 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Ortltorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest i s engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Tnstitutional semices to students are arganized and administered in accordance with plans and policies estahIi&ed by the Student Personnel Committee. Included sre such services as Counseling, Testing, Fr-hman Orientation. Stndnt Records. The Student Real& Service: Housing and Faod Senlice, Placement, S~udentEmpIopment, snd Coordination of Student Ac~ivities.The ac?ministralio~lof these services ia centered in the Ofice of the Dean of Student:. The Stodent Personnel Office also works claselp with the Director of Admigsions. Caunseling services are maintained in an effort: tro assist each stndent to obtain the mmimurn benefits from he learning experiences offered at Augshurg CaIlege. RTatters such as uncertaine over vocational choice or educational planning religious uncertain?, health, financial robletme., personal and social rtd jush-nent and personal deficiencies can interfere wid? the learning process a d are dealt rvith in counseling sessions. It is hoped itrat through counseling, students will develop more realistic conceptions of themselves and the sunomding world, and keener awareness of reources available to t h m as sltey meet the problems of daily life. At Angsburg the counseliig procea is carried an at a w e d levels. .M1 faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each ncw student is asigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of stndy. At that h e , the major abvism becomas his counselar. In addition. there are f a c u b members who have specialized training in comseIing and techniques for dealing with prohIems of adjmtment. The Dean of Stodents and the Dean of Women are special counselors to the men and women. respechely. The connseling propam is coo~dinatedby ihe OEce of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plane and policie,~established by the Student Personnel Committee. Students who have persona1 problems are mcouraged to seek heIp through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands profeminnaI skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling the student is referred to tke Office of the Dean of Students or Dean uf TiTomen. A further referraI may be made to the College Chaplain, in the ca:e of spiritual problems, or a pspchiatrist. in rhe case of underl!ing emotional problems. The school phyician works lrirh the Personnel Deans in the Ixtter case. All new students are gitren a battry of t e ~ t sduring Freshman Days. College aptitude gcores, Englkh, and reading ability scores are used Ey c o m s ~ l o r sto help students plan their initial progranzs. Personal adjustment scorcs and the rocatianal interest t e t profile help the student3 learn to know m O t F about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupatianal goals. The Sequential Tests of Educational Progress ISTEP) are given to all sophomores. Saniors take the graduate record examinations. Freshmen and other new students participate in FreAmam Days before the beginning of classes each sernestc~.The stadenta take tests, attend classes, inspect the college faciliti~s, and become acquainted with their fellow students. with the facdp, and especiallj~with their o w n f ~ c u l t ycolmselors. The facuIty counselors and students have several conferences during which they p l ~ n the student*s program of study. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested stodents, Freshmen who expect d3Iiculty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are ~ P C i d yE I T t~o ~flr011i n this COUTSe. Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. The Student Health Senice provides campus dispensary service with registered nurses on duty. The coltege ph?sician has daily o5ce hours on campus for consulration and for emergency treahlent. Infimlav rooms are adjacent to the dispensaq. The Health SerPice is housed in a first faor _~ectinnof Memorial Hd,the men's residence hall. two Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering ~rturlenti~ required to have on file the report of a physical examination girm by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescril~cdwhere nccded. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. In it? residence propam, the coFlep sin15 t o dewlop in the students Chrislian cI~aracter.self-control. and though~fulconirleration of others. .#it he same time. the collep rcalizee t h a ~s;tudents' llappinese, comfort, and emotional adjur;tmrnt in ;he rcsidcnce halls are rlirect influences on their general efiriancy in the clwsroam. Ln an effort to provide these opportunities for development while maintaining optimal living ennditianc, active student dormitory councils assume the responsibilities for the adlnjtlistratinn of dormitory life policies in con~;ul~atjo~i rr it11 he UirecLor of EcsIdences 1or Wn11te11, the Hear! re sir lent^, and Fprsunnel Deans. Llpper-daw studenis serw as t o u n a ~ l ~ r n~ e the dormitories and attempt to help rlo~nlitor!- residents with prol~lerns of personal adjndment. Tllp lieat1 Resirlr~ltsand Per?onnel Deans senre as resource people to these c o u n ~ e l o rand ~ handle cases rciprred to them. A11 lrnmen atudents a n d freshman nlen studenti not Iiving at home are requireti Lo live in colIege-ol~eratedhousing. Students desiring t o reside in the city ~r.ikhr c l a t i r ~t~n u ~ tfin[ secure apprtrral for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All studen& living in the dormitoris. and umst sturlenk i n off-campus homing take heir meals in she coJIcp r l i n i t q room. The c o l l e ~ ealso prorides two houses Eor ~vornen with a cnoperati\.~huuse plan and nne house with small apartments. Reeiclenc~l~allcare npPn to students a day before regdar schedules become ~ffectir-P.and the!- C ~ O ~aP day after the term clnsee. Students %rlio 1ris11 to sta!- in residence during vacatiun~ must apply for the privilege. R o n m ~are furnit-hrd err~p1for l ~ p dlinen. LOX$-rls, hlankels. and bedspreads. Laundry facilitit~ arp alaiIa1,lc i n each residence. Red linen. and tntrels n-iay be reiltcrl rrit11 laurl(lcring fir--ice a1 a reasenahle c o ~ t .T h i ~sen~iceir; ~equircdof all \\-.\.omenstudent-. in Gerda >Tortensen Hall. =Zn optional linm sen-ire is a r ~ i l a b l eto other students. 5tudents e l y a g e a aonm ai tlic: hegi~lninenf the fan semester f o r the entire scltonl !;car. Rr~om resema1inn3 urrith depnsit nf 925 are requirsrl of all 5ittgJe ~ f u r l ~ n tThis s . rleposit is appli~dto the first semester's room rent. Rooms Tor ncrr- students are a ~ ~ i ~ ni ne dthe lare summer according to the date of application. P r e s ~ ~~tudrnts tt must make room application prior LO M a y 15 ant1 suhmit tIte rnom deposit by July 15. After May 15, reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall are required to pay a $15.00 breakage fee at the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and the furniture is satisfactory. The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. The Coordinator of Stu,dent Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society. Liaison between the Student Society and Faculty and Administration is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared by the Student Personnel Office. Also, the college activities calendar is kept by the Coordinator of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the Commission on Student Organizations. EXAMINATIONS T&s are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of e ~ c hsemester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be &sent from a h a 1 m i n a t i o n because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot ahtain an excuse, may arrange to take such an mamination during some period after the time on which the mult i n a subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $2.00 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he mmt obtain a statement from the Registrar's ofice and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations map be permitted in courses in which h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believe the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. W h e n permission is granted, the necessary approval foms may be secured at the a5ce of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers wiIl be filed in the Registrar's office. GRADE VALUES A -Superior, 3 honor puinb per credit B -Very good, 2 honor paints per credit C -Satisfactory, I honor point per credit D -Passable, no honor points per credit F -Failure, minus 1honor point per credit E - Condition I - Incomplete CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester, or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. 11 incompletes Academic Administrotion / 39 and conditions are not removed within the time rtflowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete map be changed to a passing grade only when the average of Lhe previans work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the BacheIor of h degree, certain reqtmenrents m u ~ he t m ~ with t re& to credits. courses, and grades. A student wlio plans to graduate from tlugsburp is urger1 to dudy the requiremcnts as outIimcd in this section of the catalog and in the deparkmunt in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to pee that he includef- the rvuirad subjects a t the right time in his program of studic~.The facull? ad&ers. IF: deans. and &e registrar will gladly a s s i ~ thim in planning his prorrarn. For a general college education and as a basis for study in professicnal fields, students are required to complete credits as indicated in the following fields : Religion, 1 4 credits, at least 8 credits in lower division courses and 4 in upper division. A maximum of 3 credits from courses 10, 51, 52, 54 may apply. For transfer students, the requirement is an average of 2 credits per semester of attendance. Freshman English, 6 credits from Eng. 1-2. On the basis of proficiency examinations, students may substitute Eng. 3, 21. Literature or Philosophy, 3 credits. Beginning Speech, 2 credits. Fine Arts, 2 credits from Art 1, 71; H.Ec. 3, 64; Mu. 3, 7; or Sp. 30. Foreign Language, 0 to 1 4 credits as indicated below: AMOUNT PRESENTED FROM HIGH SCHOOL Four years of one language. Two or three years of one language. None or one year of a language. AMOUNT REQUIRED I N COLLEGE None. Second or third year of the same language, or two years of another language. Two years in one language. Social Sciences, 6 credits from Hist. 1-2; 21, 22; or Soc. 1, 2. Natural Scierices, 9 credits, at least 3 of these credits must be in the biological sciences, and 3 in the physical sciences. Physical Education, 1 credit from Courses 3 and 4. 40 / Academic Administration All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Where the demands of special curriculums prevent completion of the general education requirements in four years, exemption or modification of these requirements may be sought through petition. All students are required to complete a major for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in lower division courses. Application for major must be made to the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion Music Business Education Philosophy History Home Economics Greek and Latin Sociology Medical Technology English Social Science Biology Language Arts Psychology Physics German Elementary Education Chemistry French Business Administration Natural Science Spanish Economics Mathematics Speech Physical Education Except with special majors such as language arts, music, business education, home economics, and combined natural science, students in the teacher education curriculums should complete a minor as well as a major. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. A maximum of 40 credits in one department is permitted to count toward graduation. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least 36 credits in the Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. The amount of work required for gaduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout or;e semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. Academic Administration / 41 RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degree in residence. DEGREE W I T H DISTINCTZON THE A.B. DEGREE with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude Honor point ratio 2.8-3.0 2.5-2.79+ 2.1-2.49+ To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. Academic procession approaches S i illelby Hall for Comrnencen~en~ Service. Flags o n top of building denote countries where alumni are serving. Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1962-64 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances map necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration map LC cancelled. Stndents should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. SYMBOLS i Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with coneent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS CREDITS SHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit c o m e generallT meets hvice a week and a three-credit course three 'times a week. In the caPe of laboratory courses. the hours of meeting per week are more than the crcdib given, A semester is appmximate\!- 1S J V P P ~ S in length. The normal load for s student i s 16 credit hours per wrnester, Cuurses of Study / 43 DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to make: interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. Religion Philosophy Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Business Education Home Economics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Division of Religion and Philosophy MR. P. A. QUANBECK,Chairman THROUGH m~ STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is appraised of those realities which are central to the problem of human existence. The student is encouraged to seek to understand himself and his relation to the world within the framework of the Christian Faith. The goal is the development of an informed and integrated Christian person who is equipped to participate responsibly in the life of the Church and of society. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith i n Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. The graduation requirement includes 14 credits in religion. Of these credits 8 must be in the lower division, and at least 4 must be upper division. N o t more than 3 credits earned in any of the courses numbered 10, 51, 52, and 54 may be applied to this requirement. Freshmen are required to take courses I and 2, and Sophomores are required to take courses 3 and 4. Courses I , 2, 3, and 4 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Requirements for transfer students will be determined at the time of admission. A religion major is recommended as preparation for careers in parish education, parish work, youth work, and parish administration. Majors must consult with the Chairman of the Department regarding their course of study. Major, 28 credits. Minor, 22 credits. Six upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major in religion. r, 2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament, including the history of Israel and special attention to one o r two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament with special attention to two o r three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. 3 . CHURCHHISTORY.I. 2 Cr. A survey of the institutional development of the Christian Church, with the purpose of creating a greater understanding of its historical foundations. Emphasis is on the Reformation. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 45 4. CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.11. r Cr. The fundamental doctrines of the Christian Faith and the historical development of some of these doctrines. The significance of the Pcumenical creeds and the Lutheran confessional writings. 10. HYMNSAND !MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11. See Course 10 under the Department of Music. 2 Cr. Upper Division Courses $1. PRINCIPLE^ OF CHRISTIANEDUCATION.I. 3 Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, curriculum, and administration, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 2 Cr. PARISHWORK. 11. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 52. r Cr. CHURCH.11. A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 54. YOUTH WORKIN THE 6 1 . HISTORYOF RELIGIONS.I. 3 Cr. A survey of some of the major religions of the world. The origin and development of these religions and their influences today. Includes readings in the sacred writings of the religions studied. 62. THEMISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.11. 3 Cr. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. 3 Cr. 71. THE EARLYCHRISTIANFATHERS.I. The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the Early Church. 3 Cr. PROTESTANTISM IN AMERICA.11. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. 72. 3 cr. 8 I . THE GOSPELS.I. The nature of the Gospels. The life and work of Jesus. Particular attention to His teaching concerning the Kingdom of God. 46 / Division of Religion and Philosophy 8 2 . LIFE A N D EPISTLESOF PAUL. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the life and work of Paul, with a study of some of the leading ideas that emerge from his writings. 8 3 . T H E MESSAGEOF THE OLD TESTAMENT.I. 3 Cr. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the 9 I . INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGICAL THOUGHT.I. 3 Cr. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 9 2 . CHRISTIAN ETHICS.11. 3 Cr. The basic principles of ethics from a Christian point of view. Their application to selected personal and social moral problems. 94. THE CHRISTIANVIEW OF MAN. 11. 3 Cr. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY THE COURSES I N PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as science, religion, and morals. Major, 24 credits beyond Philosophy 2 1 . Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 2 1 , 2 3 , 4 1 , 42 are required for the major and the minor. 2I. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY.Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. 2 3 . LOGIC.Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. The formal rules of sound reasoning. The nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction. A brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. 4 1 , 4 2 . HISTORYOF PHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 2 1 . I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in selected primary sources. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47 Upper Division Courses 53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1963-64.) 54. AUGUSTINE AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of the most important philosophical writings of each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1963-64.) 63. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196364.) cr- 3 64. EMPIRICISM. Prereq. 42. 11. A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1963-64.) 65. GERMANIDEALISM. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered 1962-63.) 66. EXISTENTIALISM.Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered 1962-63.) 7 I . CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. 73. PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE.Prereq. 42. I. A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions, and procedures. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. OF RELIGION.Prereq. 21. I. 85. PHILOSOPHY An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 cr. 86. MORALPHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 21. 11. An inquiry into the nature of the moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourse. ( W e r e d 1962-63.) 91, 92. PHILOSOPHY SEMINAR. Prereq. #. I, II. 1-3, 1-3 Cr. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the head of the department. Division of the Humanities MR. THORSON,Chairman IT rs THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in finding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN, AND HEBREW THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries. Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 14 credits in Latin. 20 credits in New Testament Greek and N E W TESTAMENT GREEK Minor: t o credits. I-2.f ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. I, 11. 8 Cr. In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar of' the Greek language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 5 2. ADVANCED NEWTESTAMENT GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Selections ,from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. $ 3 , 54. GREEKEXEGESIS. Prereq. 12. I, 11. 3 9 3 Cr. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emSphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. LATIN BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11. Grammar and exercises in translation. 1-2:;- 8 Cr. 3 , 4. CZSAR, ST. AUGUSTINE,AND MEDIEVALWRITERS. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11. 3 , 3 Cr. Continuation of grammar and syntax. Selections from Caesar's Gallic War, St. Augustine's Confessions, and Medieval Latin writers. Uivisron of the Humanities / 49 HEBREW g3-g4.t HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, n. See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary. n. a5, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, See Course 17, 18 under Theological Seminary. 6 Cr. 2, n Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH THE DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISHaims to train students in the proper use of English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the beginnings of Western literature and its development in England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for gaduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. This requirement is met by satisfactory completion of English I and 2, or, for students of superior rating, satisfactory completion of English 3 and 21. English 2 1 also meets the literature requirement for graduation. Satisfactory completion of English I is a prerequisite for English 2. All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing to qualify for the A.B. degree. Major: 26 credits above course 9, including 21, 3 I , 32, 5 I , 6 1 , 62, 74, and a course in modern literature. Recommended for students who plan graduate study, in addition to those listed above, courses 52, 76 or 78, 92, 94, three credits of electives, plus mastery of French and German. Teaching major: 28 credits above course 9, including courses listed for the major, plus 2 5 or lo, and 71. A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended. All teaching majors must meet the foreign language requirement. Minor: I8 credits above course 9, including 21, 3 I , 32, 5 I , 61, and 62. Teaching minor: For secondary school: 2 1 credits above 9, including courses listed for the minor, plus 50 or 7 1 . For elementary school: 18 credits above 9, including 21, 25 or 50, Y I , 71, and 3 credits in modern literature. A. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. Fr. (Oflered both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upperclassmen, but only freshmen receive credit. 6 Cr. I-2.t FRESHMAN ENGLISH.(Offered both semesters.) A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a week. yo / urvrston 01 tne Hll?nlr~~~reS 3 . FRESHMAN ENGLISH.I. 3 Cr. An accelerated course providing experience in writing a reference paper, expository, narrative, and descriptive themes. Includes study of language, correct usage, and types of literature. Introduction to analysis and criticism of literary selections. 7. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN.I. 2 Cr. An introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and listening. T o be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English. 2 Cr. A course including reading of literary selections and practice in the skills of writing, speaking, and listening. For student nurses. 9 . COMMUNICATIONS. (Offered both semesters.) 12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11. See course I 2 under Journalism. z Cr. 21, 22. LITERATURE OF THE WESTERNWORLD.Prereq. 2 o r 3. (Offered both semesters.) 3, 3 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. 25. EXPOSITORY WRITING. Prereq. 2 o r 3. I. 2 Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. 26. CREATIVE WRITING.Prereq. 2 o r 3 . 11. 2 Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 3 I . MEDIEVAL LITERATURE. Prereq. 2 o r 3. I. 2 Cr. Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefiy English. Special attention given to Chaucer. 32. RENAISSANCE LITERATURE. Prereq. 2 o r 3. 11. z Cr. Literature of England from 1481 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention given to non-English works. Upper Division Courses yo. MODERNENGLISHUSAGE.Prereq. 2 or 3. (Offered both semesters.) 2 Cr. A course in grammar and usage for the general student. Recommended for students preparing for teaching. Satisfactory completion of this course meetss the graduation requirement for proficiency in English. 11, 52. AMERICANLITERATURE. Prereq. z o r 3. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 55. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. I. Sec course 15 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. r Cr. Division of the Humanities / 5 I 56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. 11. See course 56 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. 57. THE BRITISHNOVEL.Prereq. 2 or 3. I. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 cr. 58. MODERNFICTION.Prereq. z or 3. 11. The modern novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers. (Offered 1963-64.) 59. MODERNPOETRY.Prereq. r or 3. I. 3 Cr. A study of major English and American poets with attention to themes, forms, and techniques. 60. MODERNDRAMA.Prereq. 2 or 3. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of 1,bsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. (Offered 1962-63.) 61. BRITISHLITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURIES. 3 Cr. Prereq. r or 3. I. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 62. BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY.Prereq. 2 Or 3. 11. 3 Cr. Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. 3 Cr. 71. INTRODUCTION TO MODERNENGLISH.Prereq. 2 or 3. I. The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective teachers an introduction to the study of language. (Not offered (1962-63.) 2 Cr. CRITICISM. Prereq. 2 or 3. I. 73. LITERARY A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. 74. SHAKESPEARE. Prereq. 3 2 or #. 11. A study of selected plays with attention given to Shakespeare's development, to dramatic technique, and to the Elizabethan Age. 76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 or #. 11. z Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Offered 196364.) 78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11. z Cr. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered I 962-63.) 5 2 / Division of the Humanities 83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I. 2 Cr. The immprtant literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1962-63.) 85. CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN LITERATURE.Prereq. 5 2 or #. I. 2 Cr. A study of major writers and movements since World War I. (Offered 196364.) 92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. 2 Cr. Methods and problems of bisbliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT I , I Cr. partment chairman. (Offered both semesters.) JOURNALISM 12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING.11. r Cr. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and headlining 15. EDITINGTHE SMALLPAPER. I. 2 Cr. The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective advisers of high-school publications. (Offered 1963-64.) Major in Language Arts for Teaching: 46 credits in the following areas, including: Eng. 21, 31, 32, 51, 61, 62, 71, 74, 2 2 or $2, 2 5 or 50; Journalism 12; Speech 31, 66, plus 2 additional credits; Library Science 63. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH THISDEPARTMENT aims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in intenpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. II All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation.. Speech is designed especially for this requirement. Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department for individual attention. Major: 24 credits above Speech 11. For Education students courses 12, 30, 3 I , 5 I, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required of all majors. Minor: 17 credits above Speech 11. For Education students courses 3 I , 5 I , 66, and 76. 12, 30, - Division of the Humanities / 5 3 I I. BEGMNINGSPEECH. SO. ( m e r e d both semesters.) 2 Cr. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Three hours a week. 12. FORMSOF PUBLICADDRESS. Prereq. 11, Fr., So. 11. z Cr. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. Three hours per week. I 6. STORYTELLING AND CREATNE DRAMATICS.SO. lT. z Cr. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for p/arish workers and elementary school teachers. (Offered 1962-63.) z Cr. 21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE DEBATE. I, 11. Open to all students. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 25. ~NTERCOLLEGIATE SPEECH. Open to all students. I. Prepara~ionfor and participation in intercol1egiate.speech contests. I Cr. 30. INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS.Open to all students. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. 3 I. INTERPRETATIVE READING. So. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. So. TI. 3 Cr. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. jz. ACTING. Upper Division Courses 3 Cr. 5 I . ARGUMENTATION. Jr., Sr., I. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. Participation in intercollegiate debates. 3 Cr. 52. ADVANCED PUBLICSPEAKING.Jr., Sr., 11. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. $5. GROUPLEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION. Jr., Sr., I. z Cr. Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1962-63.) 64. STAGECRAFT.Jr., Sr. 11. r Cr. A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. 54 66. / Division of the Humanities STAGEDIRECTION. Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Theory and practice of stage direction with lzboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. SPEECH PATHOLOGY. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 91, 92. SPEECH SEMINAR.Sr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and the methodology of research. 93, 94. DRAMASEMINAR.Sr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and interests. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES THISDEPARTMENTaims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom i t is the main channel of expression. I t also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. I t durthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. GERMAN Major: 24 credits above German 2. Minor: 1 6 credits above German 2. I - 2 . t BEGINNINGGERMAN.I,, 11. 8 Cr. Pronunciation, grammar, reading, elementary composition and conversation. Audio-oral exercises in laboratory required. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN.Prereq. 2 o r equivalent. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Emphasizes pronunciation and comprehension. Grammar review, composition, and conversation. Required for teachers and minors. Students who have credit for German 5 , 6 will not receive credit for this course. y, 6. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Emphasizes reading and interpretation of texts in German. For students who plan to enroll in a theological seminary or graduate school. Students who have credit for German 3, 4 will not receive credit for this course. Upper Division Courses 51, 52. GERMANLITERATURE. Prereq. 4 or 6. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Selected works of standard German authors. A survey of German literature and culture. AND CONVERSATION. Prereq. 4. I, 11. 61, 62. COMPOSITION 2, 2 Cr. More advanced work in writing and speaking German. Required for teachers and minors. Prereq. 5 2 or #. I. 71. THEGERMANDRAMAQF THE 1 9 m CENTURY. 3 Cr. A survey of the field and reading of representative works. (Offered 1963-64.) #. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the genre and reading 'of works in the field. (Offered 1963-64.) 72. THEGERMANSHORTSTORY(Novelle.) Prereq. 52 or 74. THEGERMANNOVELOF THE I ~ T HAND LOTH #. 11. CENTURIES.Prereq. 5 2 or 3 Cr. Discussion and reading of representative works. (Offered 1964-65.) 91. INDEPENDENT STUDY.Prereq. #. Offered both semesters. r Cr. Selected topics in German literature. Paper to be written in German. (Offered '963-64.) SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LlTERATURE Minor, 24 credits. I-2.-1- BEGINNING NORWEGIAN. Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN.So. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 1963-64.) I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1963-64.) Upper Division Courses $5. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerl~f, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11. L Cr. The course includes dramas by Bjfirnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1962-63.) FRENCH Major: 24 credits above French Minor: 16 credits above French I-2.t 2. 2. 8 Cr. BEGINNINGFRENCH.I, 11. Pronunciation, conversation and elementary grammar. Oral, written, and reading practice. Laboratory work an integral part of the course. 3 , 4. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Further study of grammar involving aural-oral and written practice. Composition. Reading of representative works. Laboratory emphasis on the native voice. Upper Division Courses 51, 5 2 . SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE. Prereq. 4. I, 11. 3, 3 cr. Study of French authors and literary movements. Lecture, reading, and reporting on literary works in the French language. 61. FRENCH C O N V E R S A ~ O N COMPOSITION. AND Prereq. 4. I. 2 Cr. Further conversation practice and composition toward facility in the language. Vucabulary enrichment, organization, and correctness of expression. 62. FRENCH HISTORYA N D CIVILIZATION. Prereq. 61 or #. 11. 2 Cr. Contribution of French thought and culture to the world is studied in conjunction with historical setting and contemporary life. 72. MODERNFRENCHLITERATURE. Prereq. 52. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Significant literary works since Balzac. Contemporary trends in literary movements and 20th century thought. (Offered 1963-64.) 71, 2 Cr. 90. SEMINARIN LITERATURE.Sr. 11. Selected topics in French literature. Discussion and reports in French. (Offered 1963-64.) SPANISH Major: 24 credits above Spanish 2. Minor: 16 credits above Spanish 2. 1-2. t BEGINNINGSPANISH.I, 11. 8 Cr. Aims to develop the ability to speak, write, understand, and read simple Spanish. Laboratory work an essential part of the course. 3 , 4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Further study of grammar; oral work; reading of short stories, novels, and plays. Further laboratory work. Upper Division Courses j I, j t . SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 4. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish. Reading of representative works. Written and oral reports. Laboratory work. z Cr. 61. SPANISHCONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION. Prereq. 4. I. Aims to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition. Laboratory work provides opportunity for hearing native voices. 62. SPANISHCIVILIZATION. Prereq. 61 or #. 11. 2 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with characteristic aspects of Hispanic life, thought and culture. Significant texts are used as a basis for discussion and for written and oral reports in Spanish. 71, 72. CONTEMPORARY SPANISHA N D HISPANICAMERICANWRITERS.Prereq. gt. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Selected readings of modern writers. Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Offered 1963-64.) z Cr. 90. SEMINARI N LITERATURE.Sr. 11. Selected topics in Spanish literature. Discussion and reports in Spanish. (Offered '963-64.) DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC THE DEPARTMENTOF MUSIC offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, o r who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 58, 61-62" o r 6364*, 69, 77 o r 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. A t least z credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. Non-education students may substitute 10 for 77 or 78. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors and seniors. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the monthly Performance Seminars. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals which provide opportunity for p b l i c ~erformanceand acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. 58 / Dirision of fbc lf zrrnanities All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. I t includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together, at moderate speed; ( b ) a Bach two-part invention o r a classical sonatina; (c) a romantic o r modern piece showing expression; and ( d ) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. Minor: 26 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 58, 61-62" o r 6364", and 6 credits in applied music, z of which must be in private lessons in vocal o r instrumental music. A maximum of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. I , 2. THEORY.I, IT. z, z Cr. A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight rezding, dictation, and part singing. TO MUSIC. 11. 4. INTRODUCTION z Cr. A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 7, -8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE OF MUSIC. I, 11. z, z Cr. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supplemented by musical scores and recorded performances. 10. H Y M N SAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11. 2 Cr. Development of the music af the Christian Church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. I 5-16:i- HARMONY. I, 11. 4 Cr. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies a; well as opportunity for simple creative writing. Upper Division Courses 55, 56. ADVANCED HARMONY.Prereq. 2, 16. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Continuation of 15-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. 57, 58. CONDUCTING.Prereq. Jr. I, 11. 2, or 2 Cr. in piano, organ, o r equivalent. z, 2 Cr. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should take the course in junior year. :% student in education should, unless he takes both technique courses, take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique if his applied music is largely vocal. / 59 Division of the Humanities 61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I, II. -2, 2 Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 2 , z Cr. Class instruction in the 'fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 69. TWENTIE-TH CENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. 2 CL 77. COUNTERPOINT.Prereq. 56. Sr. I. r Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and four-part writing in all the species. Three hours per week. 2 Cr. 78. MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq. 56. Sr. 11. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. I , I Cr. 80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11. P,dvanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research. (Offered in 1963-64.) APPLIED MUSIC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. I, I Cr. PIANO. I, 11. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this examination has been passed apply toward the major or minor. ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, 11. I , I Cr. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. I, I Cr. VOICE. I, 11. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. CHOIR.-;- I, 11. CONCERTBAND. I, 11. WOOD-W~ND INSTRUMENTS,BRASSINSTRUMENTS. 2 Cr. I, I Cr. I, I Cr. WOMEN'S CHORUS (Cantorians), MALE CHORUS, VARSITYBAND, ORCHESTRA (Offered in 1963-64), BRASSENSEMBLE,STRINGENSEMBLE, WOODWIND ENSEMBLE. I/1 Credit per semester These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. PERFORMANCESEMINAR I, 11. o Cr. 6o/Division of the Humanities DEPARTMENT OF ART THE DEPARTMENTOF ART endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. In addition to the courses oeered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass windows. The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples of student art work for exhibition purposes. Minor: 16 credits, including I , 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 7 1 . I . BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, lettering, and sculpture. 3. ART IN DAILYLMNG. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 17, I 8. OIL PAINTING. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscap, and portrait painting. 21, 22. SCULPTURE.I, 11. z, z Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting. 32. WATER&LOR PAINTING. 11. z Cr. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. (Offered 1963-64.) Upper Division Courses n. 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 68. PRINT MAKING.11. Prereq. I. 2 Cr. Introduction to principles and methods of color printing and composition. Studio practice in woodcut, linocut, monoprint and the silk screen process. (Offered 1962-63.) 71. HISTORY OF PAINTING. I. 3 Cr. A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean cultures to modern times. Division of the Social Sciences MR. CHRISLOCK, Chairman IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore ictended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE THE WORK OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations af the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for gaduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major o r minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. I , 2. WESTERNCIVILIZATION.Fr. I, 11. 3, 3 crThis course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History. 2 I, 22. UNITEDSTATES HISTORY. So. I, 11. 3, 3 CrA survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas and institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 1865; second semester, the beginning of the reconstruction period to the present. Upper Division Courses 52. ENGLANDTO I 832. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Emphasis laced on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196263.1 3 Cr. 53. HISTORYOF CANADA. Jr., Sr. I. The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1963-64.) 5 5 . CONTEMPORARY UNITEDSTATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be takep for one additional credit on approval of instructor. 62 / Dizfision of the Social Scirnces A ~ T E R IDIFSQMATTC C A ~ T HISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pof. Sci. 16. =. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The history of Arreric3~1fortiqn policy. The period from ~ 8 9 8to the present is emphnsiacd. Seminar o f i r e d in cr,mection with this course may be takcn for or one additional credit oa apprnr3l of in,strvctor. (Offcred 1963-64.) GOVERNMENTS A N D PROBLEMS OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST ASIA. Jr., Sr. I. See course 57 under Political Science 57. 58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMSOF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11. See course 58 under Political Science. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 61. ANCIENTHISTORY. A cultural and p l i t i c a l history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. 63. MEDIEVAL EUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , z. Jr., Sr. I. From the decline of Rome, through the ~olitical,economic, and cultural revival of I r t h century Europe. (Offered 1963-64.) 64. MEDIEVALEUROPE, 1200-1500. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Medieval culture at its height in the r 3 t h century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the Italian Renaissance. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. 65. EARLYMODERNEUROPE, 1500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1962-63.) 66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE, 1648-1783. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of divine-righr ahsoliltism of Louis XIV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern of England, scientific developments and their efiects on areas of thoughr, 18th cenrury background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1962-63.) Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the nineteenth century. (Offered 1963-64.) I67. PRE-NINEI,EENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND 68. CHINA A N D JAPAN, 18y0 TO JAPAN. PRESENT. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1963-64.) A N D EARLYNINETEENTH CENTURYEUROPE. FRENCHREVOLUTION Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to I 8 $0. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 71. I 848. Division of the Social Sciences / 6 3 LATE NINETEENTH C E N ~ ~ U EUROPE. RY Prereq. 12 credits in History. 3 Cr. Jr., Sr. 11. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 72. HISTORY OF POLITICALTHEORY. Jr., Sr. I. See course 75 under Political Science. 75. 82. TWENTIETHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 3 Cr. credits in History. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak, of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval af instructor. 95. SEMINARI N NORTHWESTHISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1962-63.) POLITICAL SCIENCE Minor: I5 credits. 41-42:i- AMERICANGOVERXMENT.I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. Upper Division. Courses 5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. 11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. GOVERNMENTS AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEASTASIA. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and economic problems. (Ogered 1962-63.) 57. 58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS OF .THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1962-63.) PUBLIC FINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I F for Political Science 3 Cr. minors. Jr., Sr. I. See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics. 61. 71. HISTORY OF POLITICALTHEORY. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1963-64.) GEOGRAPHY 14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY. Fr., So. 11. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 Cr. 64 / Division of the Social Sciences Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Geography; Sociology I , 2; Economics I F , 16; Political Science 41-42. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better understanding ~f socircy and its socia! problems, a3 well as tu prepare students for social senice, f o r grnduatc trnining in mcia1 nrork. and for graduare study in Sociology. Bepond rrndersranding of society and its pmMcms and beyond academic comperence, the Department aims to explore the relevance uf Christianity to effective social service. Major, 27 credits including Sociology I, 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, o r 21, zz; Psychology 5 . Minor, 11 credits including Sociology I, 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, or Z I , 22. I. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY. Fr., So. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. SOCIALPROBLEMS. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root. of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. 8. SOCIOLOGY. 11. r o r 3 Cr. A n introduction to the field of sociology. Designed especially for student nurses. I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11. 3 Cr. See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 21. RURAL SOCIOLOGY.So. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the problems of contemporary rural America. rr. URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11. 3 Cr. Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS. Offered both semesters. 42. MARRIAGE See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. Division of the Social Sciences / 65 Upper Division Courses 9 3 . INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Jr. I. 3 Cr. Scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison, and interpretation of numerical data. Constructing of graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendencies, variability and correlation. Methods of sampling. 54. SOCIALRESEARCH.Jr. 11. 3 Cr. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology; an examination of problems and procedures of social research; an analysis of research designs and techniques. 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWOW. Jr., Sr., I. z Cr. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. TO METHODS OF SOCIALWORK. Jr., Sr. 11. 58. INTRODUCTION z Cr. Principles and procedures of case work and group work. Designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1963-64.) 5 9 6 0 . t FIELDEXPERIENCE I N SOCIAL WORKAGENCIES.Jr., Sr. I, 11. 2 Cr. Provides laboratory experience in the metropolitan community for students preparing for social work. To be integrated with Sociology 57 and 5 8 o r 66. 63. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of casual factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 66. PUBLICWELFARE.Jr., Sr. 11. z Cr. A study of the development of public welfare in the context of historical changes in American society, and an examination of major concomitant social issues. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. 75. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. I , Psy. 5. Jr., Sr. I. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of grou,p norms. Selrcted forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. 3 Cr. 76. RACERELATIONS.Jr., Sr. 11. The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1962-63.) 78. LABOR-MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 1963-64.) 81. MODERNSOCIOLOGICAL THEORY. Sr. I. 3 Cr. An examination of the nature and major types of contemporary sociological theories in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 1963-64.) 66 / Division of the Social Sciences DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT ARE: ( I ) to acquaint the student with the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior and ( 2 ) to enable the student to better understand the processes which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of man, so that the student may develop an understanding of himself and his fellow man. Major: 24 credits, including 5, 6 1 , 62, 64, 8 1 , and 86. In addition, Sociology $3 or Business Administration 54 is required. Students planning to enter graduate school in psychology should also plan to take Biology 1-2 o r 13-14; Chemistry 5, 6, or Physics 5, 6 ; and Philosophy 2 3 or 73. Minor: I 5 credits, including 5, 62. 5. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. So. o r #. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. 7. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. I. 2 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined. For student nurses. Upper Division Courses 50. H U M A NGROWTHA N D DEVELOPMENT. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. o r See course 5 0 under Education. #. 11. 3 Cr. 60. PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT. Prereq. 5 and Soc. 53 or Bus. Ad. 54. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A systematic survey of problems of data collection and analysis. Special attention given to measurement of achievement, aptitudes, interests, attitudes. 61. PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY: NORMAL.Prereq. 5 . Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. #. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. OF PERSONALITY: ABNORMAL.Prereq. 6 1 or 62. PSYCHOLOGY 64. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 5 , and Sac. 53 o r Bus. Ad. 54. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to design, execution, and analysis of experiments in psychology. One two-hour lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Division of the Social Sciences / 67 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 5 . Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 Cr. 75. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 5 and Soc. See course 75 under Sociology. 3 Cr. I. Jr., Sr. I. 81. HISTORYAND SYSTEMSIN PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 9 hours in Psy. or #. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current points of view in psychology. 1-2, 1-2 Cr. 83, 84. TOPICSIN PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Independent study for students desiring to carry out individual research projects. Four credit maximum. 85. COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 61.Sr. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. (Offered 1963-64.) 86. SEMINARIN PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 1 5 hours in Psy. or #. Sr. 11. 2 Cr. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. (Offered 196364.) DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION THE EDUCATION CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7 STUDENTS PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During t h i s year the srudmt has regwlw conferences with the Director for orientation ar;d counseling purposes, and is resred in the subject matter of the fields which are r ~ u ~ hinr elementary schools. S:udenrs wirh dctiriencies may be required to t A e addi:ionnl work. Each scudenx w&ng to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by thc Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Major: 3 1 credits, including all courses listed under Curriculum for Elementary Education. 6 8 /Division of the Social Sciences 51. ORIENTATIONTO ELEMENTARY EDUCATION. Prereq. Admission to Dept. of Education, Jr. I. 4 Cr. A study of the qualifications of teachers, the teaching profession, survey of American schools, philosophies, policies, and practices. Includes observation of teaching situations. 73. A HUMAN GRDPM AND stndy of the growth DEVELOPMENT. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 Cr. and development of the human organism from con- ception &rough adol~cmce.Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learn in^. 54. METHODSAND MATERIALS:ART, HEALTH,PHYSICALEDUCATION, MUSIC. z Cr. Prereq. 5 I and 53. Jr. II. Principles, methods and techniques for health and physical education in elementary grades. Philosophy, methods and materials for teaching art and music in the elementary school. 56. METHODS AND MATERIALS:MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE.Prereq. 5 I and 53. Jr. 11. r Cr. Principles, aims, methods, techniques of arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. 61.METHODSAND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS.Prereq. 5 1 and j 3 . Sr. I. r Cr. Aims, methods and techniques of the language arts sther than reading; language, spelling and handwriting METHODSAND MATERIALS:SOCIALSTUDIES.Prereq. j I and 53. Sr. IT. r Cr. Objertiveg, principles, rnerhods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. 62. 63. TEACHING OF READING.Prereq. 5 I and 5 3. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory. 65. CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I and j 3 o r #. Sr. I. 3 Cr. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. It requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 66. SEMINARIN TEACHING. Prereq. Concurrent registration in 68. Sr. 11. r Cr. This deals with the practical problems of teaching as they arise in the student reaching experience. 68. DIRECTEDTEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL.Open to seniors in elementary education. 11. 8 Cr. Students spend eight weeks assisting the regular teacher and doing actual tea,ching in cooperating schools. Supemision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. SECONDARY EDUCATION TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application ADMISSION to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on Division of the Social Sciences / 69 the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must register for Group Activity, usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71 and 72. They are also required to have a course in personal and community health (Family Health for Home Economic majors) and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see Curriculum for High School Teaching. 3 Cr. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. o Cr. 73, 74. GROUPACTIVITY.I, 11. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71, 72. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student. 76. ~RINCWLES OF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71. Offered both semesters. Sr. 2 Cr. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 2 Cr. n. both semesters. Sr. 78. SCHOOLAND S o c ~ ~ Offered A course designed to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. Included are a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. 79. TEACHING OF NATURALSCIENCES IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. t Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 81. TEACHING OF BUSINESS IN 83. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN 85. TEACHING OF SOCIALSTUDIES IN 87. TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. THE THE THE s Cr. 70 / Division of the Social Sciences 88. TEACHING OF MUSICIN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Jr. 89. TEACHING OF MUSICIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 91. TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICSr~ THE n. z Cr. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION AND ADULTEDUCATION IN HOME ECONOMICS. Sr. 11. 2 93. TEACHINGOF ENGLISHIN 2 Cr. 94. TEACHING OF MODERNLANGUAGES IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. THE Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. TEACHING OF SPEECH IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. Courses 79 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Each student is required to take one course related to the major field to prepare for student teaching. Prerequisites are a major in the field and Education 72. 95. 97. STUDENTTEACHING IN THE both semesters. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered 6 Cr. Student teaching is offered both semesters of the senior year. Two alternative experiences are possible: an eight-week, full-time teaching assignment; or onehalf day of each school day for one semester. In addition, the student attends seminar meetings. 99. TOPICS IN EDUCATION. Offered both semesters. Sr. 1-2 Cr. Independent s t u d y offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of his findings o n the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. LIBRARY SCIENCE THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books for the school li,brary, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher. Minor, 55-56:i- I6 credits. Recommended elective, Education 65. BASICFUNCTIONSOF THE SCHOOLLIBRARY. SO., Jr. I, 11. 4 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Division of the Social Sciences / 7 1 58. ELEMENTARYM A ~ R I A L SJr., . Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1962-63.) MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 6 Cr. 59-6o.j- SECONDARY Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered '963-64.) METHODS. Prereq. 56. Sr. I. 6 1 . PRACTICAL I Cr. Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. 63. READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. I. 2 Cr. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. DEPARTMEMT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION A N D ECONOMICS, A N D BUSINESS EDUCATION THE OBJECTIVE OF THIS DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. The economics major provides the background necessary for further study in g a d u a t e school. The department also provides a major and minor f o r teaching in secondary schools. BUSINESS ADMlNlSTRATION A N D ECOATOMICS Major in Business Administration: 3 3 credits, including courses I , 2, 15, 16, 53, 54, 61, 62, 92. Equivalent of higher algebra also required. Major in Economics: 30 credits, including courses I , 2, 15, 16, 54, 6 1 , 62, 92, and nine credits from courses 78, 8 I , 83, 84. Math. 5 2 also required. Applications for admission to the major must be made to the department before the end of the sophomore year. Recommended electives: sociology, psychology, history, and political science. Minor in Business Administration: 1 8 credits, including courses I , 2, 15, and six credits in Upper Division courses. I 6, Minor in Economics: 1 5 credits, including courses 15, 16, and nine credits from courses 61, 62, 78, 81, 83, 84. I , 2 . PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING.Fr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single partnership, and corporation; preparation of financial 72 / Division of the Social Sciences statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets four hours per week. I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLESOF ECONOMICS. So. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability t o use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Course 1 5 recommended for students taking only one semester of economics. Upper Division Courses 53. BUSINESSLAW. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 54. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Prereq. higher algebra. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. Consideramble emphasis on statistical inference. 61. INTERMEDIATE ECONOMIC ANALYSIS: THE FIRM. Prereq. 11,16,and higher algebra. Jr. I. 2 Cr. An analysis of the behavior of business firms under competitive and monopolistic conditions, with particular reference to the firms' decisions in regard to production and prices. 62. INTERMEDIATE ECONOMICANALYSIS:INCOME AND EMPLOYMENT. Prereq. 2 Cr. IJ,16, and higher algebra. Jr. 11. An analysis of the determinants of national income, employment and price levels with particular reference to aggregate consumption and investment. 71. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING. I. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, net income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, cash, receivables and inventories. 72. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 11. Prereq. 71.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, with additional emphasis on financial statements and various measures of income and operations. 74. COST ACCOUNTING. Prereq. 72. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. 78. LABOR-MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. 11. See course 78 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. Division of the Social Sciences / 73 8 1 . MONEYAND BANKING.Prereq. r 5 , I 6. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. 8 3 . PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15, 1 6 . Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. 8 4 . COMPARATIVE ECONOMICSYSTEMS. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A cornpararive study of the major politico-economic systems of today-capitalism, socialism, communism. The background, the characteristics, the strengths and weaknesses, and the problems of each system will be examined and compared. 9 2 . SEMINARIN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION. Sr. Offered both semesters. 2 Cr. Covers problems of special concern to economics and business majors and serves as a capstone of previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students in areas of particular interest to them. BUSINESS EDUCATION THESECOURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business oEices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Business education major: 3 6 credits above I , including 3-4, 8 , 5 I , 5 2 , 5 3 - 5 4 , 5 5 . Business Administration I , 2 , I 5, 1 6 , 5 3 . Minor: 2 6 credits above I , including 3-4, 8, 5 1 , 5 2 , 5 3 - 5 4 , and Business Administration I , 2 ; or I 5, I 6. Six credits less will be required on the major or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory -achievement in course 3-4. I. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING. Offered both semesters. I Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 3-4.t 6 Cr. ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND.Prereq. I . I, 11. Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 3 Cr. 8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. I . Offered both semesters. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Three hours per week. Upper Division Courses 3 Cr. 5 I . ADVANCED TYPEWRITING. Prereq. I or equivalent. I. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. Four hours per week. 74 / Division of the Social Sciences 52. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. 4 Cr. 53-54.t ADVANCED SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, II. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. 55. BUSINESSSEMINAR.11. z Cr. A study in special ~roblemsin the field of business education through research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS THE OBJECTNES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to offer training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Non-teaching major: 36 credits; courses are 3, 5, 6, 8, 39, 40, 42, 45, 58, 74. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 1-32; Physics 3; 66, 67, 71, Economics 15; Sociology I ; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14, and 54; Psychology 5 and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: upper division course. 21 credits, including 3, 5, 8, 39, 40, 42, 45, and one Teaching major: 38 credits above H. Ec. 3 ; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home EConomics are Education 91 and 92. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the staff about details of the program when she begins her college work. 3 Cr. 3. ART IN DAILYLIVING. I. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. 2 Cr. 5. CLOTHINGSELECTION, CAREAND REPAIR.I. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Two class hours per week. 11. 6, CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. 2 Cr. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of different fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory periods per week. Division of Social Science / 75 8. ELEMENTSOF NUTRITION. 11. A study of the nutrients necessary for maintenance of good health all of life starting from prenatal needs and continuing rhrough old emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three periods per week. 3 Cr. throughout age. Special class memsingle class 3 Cr. 33. COLORAND DESIGN. I. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. z Cr. 36. CRAFTS. 11. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Ofiered '963-64.) AND MANAGEMENT.Prereq. 8 o r f f . I, II. 3, 3 Cr. 3,0, 40. FOODPREPARATION Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory periods per week. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. 42. MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS. A course applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. r Cr. 45. CHILDDEVELOPMENT.Prereq. Psy. 5 or #. I. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college for 10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 58. TEXTILES. 11. t Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. OF ART. 11. 3 Cr. 64. HISTORYA N D APPRECIATION A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1962-63.) 4 Cr. 66. HOMEPLANNINGAND FURNISHING. 11. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education maiors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 76 / Divisim of Socid Science 67. FAMILYHEALTH. I. s Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOME MANAGEMENT PROBLEMS. I. z Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and COordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. 3 Cr. 73. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY. I. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of house and equipment. Emphasis is placed on management of time, money and energy for eflective family living. Six weeks residence in a home management house. One individual conference and one group meeting per week. 74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOMEMANAGEMENT. II. 2 Cr. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 2 Cr. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 6. I. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course z . Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics MR. NASH, Chairman IT IS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training in methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to interpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of science and mathematics in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields; and to equip the student with a scientific background which will enrich hi life and the lives of his fellow men. DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY THE AIM OF THIS DEPARTMENT is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 2 9 , 26, and at least 3 Upper Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in chemistry. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, 26, and at least one Upper Division course not including 60. I-2.iGENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of the broad pinciples of biology to meet the needs of non-science majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. This course does not count toward the major or minor. AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. 3. HUMANANATOMY A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. For student nurses. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3. 4. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 8. MICROBIOLOGY. 11. 3 Cr. The study of bacteria, yeasts, molds, viruses and other micro-organisms, their characteristics, role and control, especially in the fields of sanitation and medicine. Designed especially for student nurses. Two lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 13-14.i- GENERALZOOLOGY.Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 78 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics 25, 26. GENERALBOTANY.SO., Jr. I, 11. 4, 4 Cr. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed on botanical principles. Flowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periods per week. Upper Division Courses 1I . GENETICS.Prereq. 15-14, or 25, 26. So., Jr. I. 4 Cr. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. 4 Cr. 52. ECOLOGY. Prereq. I 3-14, and 25, 26. So., Jr. 11. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Ogered 1963-64.) 53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY. Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1962-63.) $4. MICROBIOLOGY. Prereq. Chem. or I $ . 11. 4 Cr. The study of bacteria, yeasts, molds, viruses and other micro-organisms; their characteristics, role, and control in the home, medicine, agriculture, and industry. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 3 Cr. 56. TAXONOMY OF FLOWERING PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11. Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1962-63.) $ 8. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES. Prereq. I 3-14. lT. 4 Cr. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11. A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1962-63.) I Cr. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY IT IS THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and i t provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Division of ATatural Sciences and Mathematics / 79 Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, (2) the study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing, and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. Students planning chemistry majors for pre-graduate training, high school teaching, or pre-medical work are urged to consult with the chemistry staff at the earliest possible time. Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics 5, 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. For those planning to teach chemistry in high school, the major will include Math 13, 14; Physics 5, 6; Chem. 5, 6 (or 15, 1 6 ) ; 53, 54; 61; 82, 84 (or 78) and preferably 83, 85. A teaching minor must include Chem. 5, 6 (or 15, 16) and other courses to complete '16 credits. Chem. 32 and 61 are strongly recommended. Recommended for pre-medical students: I 7, 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) , 53, 54; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Majors participate in informal, biweekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 93, 94, 95, and 96. See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of the American Chemical Society. 3. ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or tf. 3 Cr. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. 5, 6. AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY Fr. I, 11. 4. 4 c r . For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists, and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 17, 16. INORGANIC AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY. Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 c r For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry. 32. ELEMENTARY ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11. 4 Cr. Designed for medical technology and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. (Offered 1962-63.) 80 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics Upper Division Courses 53, 54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY. Prereq. 6 or 16. So. I, 11. 4, 4 c r . The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Correlations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic ccnnpounds. Three lectures, five hours of laboratory per week. 6 I . QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 3 2 or 5 3 or #; Math. 13. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Three lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 72. ADVANCED ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 54, 61; some reading knowledge of German (or concurrent registration). Jr. 11. 4 Cr. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spectraphotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 78. INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 61 and Math. 14. Jr. 11. 4 Cr. For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week. (Offered 1963-64.) 82, 83. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 61 and Math. 5 2 (or concurrent registra- tion). Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids. Three lectures per week. 84, 85. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Jr. 11, Sr. I. I, I Cr. Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week. 86. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, afid theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 88. ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSES.Prereq. 61. Jr., Sr. 11. I Cr. A laboratory course designed to acquaint students with some of the important optical and electrochemical methods of chemical analysis. Four hours of laboratory per week. 90. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 61. 11. 4 Cr. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the periodic table, hydrides, and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81 93, 94, 95, 96. CHEMISTRY SEMINARS. Jr., Sr. I, 11. o Cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal bi-weekly seminars to discuss topics of general interest. 97, 98. CHEMISTRY RESEARCH.Sr. I, 11. Cr. Arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. By staff permission only. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS RECENTDEVELOPMENTS in the field of physics make it imperative that excellent training be provided for those who intend to continue their studies in graduate school or who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of physics. It is the aim of this department to assure the needed training for both of these groups and to provide the non-science major with s d c i e n t background to make it possible for him to follow, with some degree of comprehension, the developments in the field of science as they come to him from the medium of semiscientific publications. Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 54. Minor: 16 credi,ts. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. 2. DESCRIPTIVE ASTRONOMY.Fr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of our galaxy with particular emphasis on the origin of our solar system and the distribution and composition of the planets and stars. The location of some of the more prominent constellations and the use of the telescope and spectroscope will be studied. Three lectures per week. Periodic evening meetings to observe the sky. 3 . PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS. Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 Cr. A lecture, demonstration-laboratory course in the principles of physics 'including mechanics, fluids, heat, electricity, magnetism, light and sound. This course is intended for students in home economics and elementary education, and others who wish some basic information in the field of physics. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory. 5. GENERAL PHYSICS.Prereq. Math. 13 or concurrent registration in Math. 13. Fr., So. I. 4 Cr. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5 . Fr., So. 11. 4 Cr. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 82 /Division of Natztral Sciences and Mathematics Upper Division Courses INTRODUCTION TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 51. So., Jr. 11. 3 Cr. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e"/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 52. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 1 or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I. 3 Cr. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 53. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 5 3 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent 3 Cr. registration in Math 52. So., Jr. 11. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 54. OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 1 Jr. I. 3 Cr. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1962-63.) 57. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 5 1 . Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle, motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension, motion in a conservative field. 61, 62. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in I, I Cr. an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. 63, 64. 7 1 . HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 1 or concurrent 3 Cr. registration in Math. 5 I . Jr., Sr. I. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 1963-64.) PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 72. MATHEMATICAL Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 1963-64.) PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in 73, 74. ADVANCED I, I Cr. an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Combined Science Major for Teaching: 4 6 credits, including Chemistry 5, 6, (or 15, 16) 32, 6 1 ; Biology 13-14 and 25, 26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in Upper Division courses. Division of Natural Sciences a d Mathmatics / 8 3 DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge and skill in the major branches of elementary mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background for teaching and for professional and graduate study. ~ a j o r :24 credits above 13, including 14, 5 I, 52. For those preparing to teach in the secondary schools, courses 6 1 , 62, and 71, 72 are also required. Minor: z t credits, including I 3, 14, 5 I , 52. 5 . ENGINEERING DRAWINGAND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY.Prereq. solid geometry. Er., I. 3 Cr. Representation and analysis of systems of projection and space problems including engineering geometry. Introduction to theory and standard practices of graphic representation. Two lectures and four laboratory hours per week. 6. ENGINEERINGDRAWING A N D GRAPHICCOMPUTATION. Prereq. 5, I 3. Fr., 11. 3 Cr. Application of theory and standard ' practices of graphic representation. Graphical computation of engineering problems and analysis of empirical data. Two lectures and four laboratory hours per week. 13, 14. INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra o r equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 4, 4 c r . An analysis of algebraic, trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential functions. I t includes derivatives and integrals, and an introduction to determinants, and numerical trigonometry. Calculus and analytical geometry are introduced. Students whose backgrounds call for additional work are placed in sections meeting five hours a week. Upper Division Courses I A, 5 zB. ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.Prereq. 14. So., Jr. I, 11. 51 5 I 3, cr- Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made. (Offered 1962-63.) ANALYTICALGEOMETRYAND CALCULUS. Prereq. 14. So., Jr. I, II. 4, 4 Cr. Study of calculus and analytical geometry. Includes some work in solid anal y t i c ~ .Open to freshmen with exceptional preparation from high school. (Offered 1963-64.) 5 I, 12. 56. FOUNDATIONS OF ARITHMETIC.Jr., Sr. 11. 2 Cr. A treatment of basic arithmetical concepts and number theory. For students preparing for elementary school teaching only. (Ogered 1962-63.) 84 /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics 61. BASIC CONCEPTSOF MATHEMATICS Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A treatment of basic mathematical concepts. For students preparing to teach mathematics in high school. (Offered 1963-64.) 62. MODERNGEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of advanced Euclidean and an introduction to non-Euclidean geometry. Stresses the postulational approach. Primarily for students preparing to teach mathematics in high school. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. 66. DIFFERENTIALEQUATIONS. Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. 11. A study of ordinary differential equations and partial differential equations. Special attention is given to these as they are applied in physics and advanced geometry. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. 67. PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS. Prereq. 51. Jr., Sr. I. A study of probability, distributions, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, and other topics in statistics. (Offered 1963-64.) 7 1 , 72. MODERNALGEBRA. Prereq. 51. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. A n introduction to abstract algebra, with topics including theory of equations, determinants, matrices, groups, rings, fields, and vectors. 73, 74. ADVANCED CALCULUS. Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 3, 3 %r. Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program.. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major for men: 32 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51, 54, 57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required. hlajor for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1 3 , 14, 17, 18, 23, 53, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required. Minor, 2 1 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, men; 2, 3 , 4, S, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 73, 74 for women. I I, 12, 5 I , 73, 74 f o r Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 8 y z. PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH. Fr. Ofiered both semesters. z Cr. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. 3 , 4. PHYSICALACTIVITIES.(Men). Fr. I, 11. Two hours per week. 3, 4. PHYSICALACTIVITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11. Two hours per week. %, % Cr. TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION.Fr. I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, physical education, and recreation. 5. ~NTRODUCTION 6. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11. I Cr. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modified games. Two hours per week. 8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. I Cr. 11. TEAM SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men.) So. I. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, volleyball; touch football, and basketball. Four hours per week. r 2. INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS. ('Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, bowling, and wrestling. Four hours per week. 2, 2 Cr. 13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN.SO. I, 11. Theory and practice in the coaching and osciating of field hockey, soccer, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Four hours per week. (Offered 1963-64.) 17. SELF-TESTINGACTNITIES.(Women). So. I. z Cr. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Four hours per week. I 8. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). SO. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffleboard, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Four hours per week. 23. RHYTHMS.SO. I. I Cr. Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. Two hours per week. Upper Division Courses 7 I . SELF-TESTING ACTIVI~ES. (Men). Jr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, and special physical fitness activities. Four hours per week. 86 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics $3. SWIMMINGA N D AQUATICS.(women). I. (For majors and minors in physical education only.) I Cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming. Acquaints students with lifesaving and water safety work. Two hours a week. 54. SWIMMINGAND AQUATICS.(Men.) 11. (For majors and minors in physical education only.) I Cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming. Acquaints students with life-saving and water safety work. Two hours a week. 57. KINESIOLOGY. Prereq. Biology 4. Jr. I. 2 Cr. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements. 58. PHYSICALEXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTEDPHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq. 2 Cr. Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases. 61. PREVENTIONAND TREATMENT OF ATHLETIC INJURIES. (Men). I. z Cr. 66. INSTRUCTOR'S COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11. I Cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUMOF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Prereq. 5. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary school hea1,th education and physical education curriculum. 73. 74. ORGANIZATI~N AND ADMINISTRATIONOF HEALTH EDUCATION AND 3 Cr. PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Prereq. 5. Sr. 11. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education and physical education. S I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALLAND BASKETBALL.Sr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, o r approval of instructor. 82. c 0 . 4 ~ ~ O F1 SPORTS: ~~ BASEBALLA N D TRACK.Sr. TI. 2 Cr. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. 11. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. I Cr. 86. COMMUNITYRECREATION.Jr., Sr. I1 2 Cr. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Ofiered 1962-63.) 87. TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICALEDUCATIONIN SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. THE 2 Cr. Special Programs of Study EVENING SCHOOL EVENINGCLASSES are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school and are available to regular day students as well. Announcement of courses to be offered is made in the fall. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING STUDENT NURSES in the SchooIs of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess. Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsbmg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to she hospitals directIv. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY IN COOPERATION with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first t h e e years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month p r o e m is completed at one of the two hospitals. SPAN AUGSBURG PARTICIPATES in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) progranl. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and s e ~ e r a lcolleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal. study abroad. Applications are made in the ~pringof the Sophamore year. JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD A n ARRLVGEMEXT has bem made with the Universit!~ of Oslo in Norway under which s ~ c l e n tentering ~ their junior year in collcge may spend this ?ear a t that I'nive~ity. llpplications must he approved b?- the Committee on Admissions ancl Strrtlent Standing. The plan is available onlv to students -with good echolastic records whose special fie!d of study can he follo~redsatisfactorily a t the Univer~ityof Oslo. Some possible fields are Nomegiw language and literature, history, reli~ion. and plrilosophp. CORRECTIVE THERAPY A YROGR~M in Corrective ThaaTJy worked out in cooperation ~ 4 t h the Veterans Administration Hospital is availahlc to students who complete a majar in Phvcical Education at Augsburg. The program requires 250 hours of clinical obsenation, practice. and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Xedicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work map be done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries no c o l e g ~credit. Curriculums The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a prolgram in accordance with his major field of study and vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS THE COURSE OF S T ~ Y given below suggests a sepence which may be followed to include the rewired general education courses. For elmtives, students should take care to include all courses required for the -jar field of study. Requirement- for the major are listed m d e r departmental headings. FmSHMAN SOPHOMORE ISem. I I Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 .2 2 English 1, 2 ................ 3 3 History or Sociology ...... . 3 3 Foreign Language ......... . 4 4 Natural Science ........ .3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Education 3, 4 Y2 Y2 ............. .... JUNIOR ISem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............... Foreign Language Social Sc~ence Natural Science Electives .................... ..........Z .3 2 3 D 3 9 ............. .3 ........... .- - SENIOR I S m . I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ..................... 3 3 Speech 2 Social Science or History .. 3 Electives ................., .lo 12 - I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Fine Arts .3 Literature or Philosophy ... 3 Electives ................... 14 14 .................. - THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY COMPLETFON OF TEE P R E - S E ~ . P R YcrrrricuInm qualifies the &dent for admission into the th-ree-year c o u r s ~in the "27leological Seminary*which preparer students for the Cbi3ian ministry as pastoss or miesionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminarp course. T t does not specify a major or a minor. The srudent shouId seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as ~ossiblesince the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshrnan year. Prsseminary students should confer with the Seminary adviser. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. ................ ........ ...... .2 Basic Bible meshman Endish ......... . 3 .4 Foreign ~ a n 5 a g e .3 Western Civilization Physical Education ........ % Natural Science .3 Electives 2 ........... .................... 2 3 4 3 H 3 2 I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 3 3 Religion 3, 4 .............. . Z Fine Arts Natural Science ........... .Psychology ................. .S Foreign Language ........ .3 Typewriting ............... .I New Testament Greek ... .4 Electives .3 ................... .- ................... 3 4 2 JUNIOR SENIOR I Sem. I I S e m . Cr. Cr. -3 3 ...2 3 -3 3 ..... .................. .................... N e w Testament Greek Speech History Sociology or Economics or Political Science ........ . S Electives ................... .5 3 5 f Sem, R Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .3 a Y o u t h W o r k in t h e- Church2 Philosophy ................ . 3 3 English Literature ........ . 3 3 Electives .................. . 8 5 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS THE PURPOSE OF THIS COURSE is to train men and women for effective the Church at home o r ahroad: &at is, as teachers in vacation, week-day, m d Sundar schools. as yonih leaders, and as parish workers. The course is co arranged that the student rtill, upon its satisfactory conclusim. receive the A.R. degree and also a certificate indicating that he or she is a tpaljfied parish worker. service in Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the chairman of the Department of Religion. The suggested schedule provids for a minor in religion and makes it possible to plan for a major in this field or in history, English, philosophy, or socielogp. The caur;es essential for the securing of the Parish Torker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below. SOPHOMORE FRESHMAN I Sem. II S e m . Cr. Cr. Basic Bible .............. , . .2 Freshman English ......... .3 Natural Science ........... . 3 Typewriting .1 Phy$icaI Activities ......... Yi Foreign Language ......... . 4 Sociology 1, 2 .............. . 3 ............... 2 3 3 I Sem. R ............. ................. ....-......... -L. ieligion 3, 4 .2 ,h 11 .2 :h 12 ............. .anguage .a ~ e n e f a lPsychology ....... . 3 Fine Arts ................. .First Aid .Natural Science -3 Speech 16 ................. .Music: 1U FElectives .4 A - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. T h e Missionary Enterprise 3 Principles o f Christian Education ............... .3 Religion 81 ............... - 3 Religion 72 ............... Social Pwchology or Urban Socioloau - - ................ .S Acting Crafts Elementary Shorthand .... .8 Recreational Activities Electives 6 . .- .- ~ ~ ........................ Cr. 2 .................. ........... ................. .- ................... SENIOR JUNIOR I1 Sem. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. -Cr. 2 Parish W o r k ............... Y o u t h W o r k i n t h e Church 2 Educatiofial Psychology ... .3 Journalistic Writing ....... Literature or Philosophy .. .3 Fields o f Socinl W o r k ...... . 3 Secretarial Practice ........ .Advanced Typewriting ... . 3 Electives ................... .4 .- HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science, business education, and language arts, students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain teaching majors or minors include English, German, Spanish, French, speech, music, history, social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry, natural science, mathematics, and physical education. Minors are also offered in Scandinavian language and literature, art, political science, and library science. FRESHMAN r smn. Cr. Religion 1. 2 ............. .4 English 1, 2 .3 History or Sociology .3 Foreign Language ....... .a Natural Science ....... .3 or 4 Health . Physical Education 3, 4 I4 .............. ..... I1 S e m . Cr. 2 3 3 SOPHOMORE I Sem. cr .2 . Foreim U n z u a E e ........3 P.wcholoP~ ...-........... .h'alurnl ScTence ........ .3 ar 4 Religirm 3, 4 ............. 11 S e m . .. JUNIOR I S m . 11 Sem. Religion ................... Education 71. 72 .......... Education 13. 74 ........ Speech Electives in Major or Minor ................ Cr. 3 .3 .1 .................... Cr. 3 3 1 + 2 10 0 SENIOR I S e m . I1 Sem. Cr. Education 76 ............. .2* Education78 .2* Special Methods ......... .2-4 Education 97 .6* Literature or Philosophy . .Electives in Major or Minor .................... 4-6 *May be taken lT Sem. .............. ............. Cr. - Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 2 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissims and Stodent Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of the following, not t o exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman English, 3 credik; literature or philosopby, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits; h e arts, 2 credits; natural science: 3 credits; social science, 3 credits; foreign language, 6 credits. (At least one year of foreign language must be taken in college, unless the student completed four years of a language in high school.) To be valid, approvaI of exemption must be filed in the Registrar's office prior to registration for the junior year. Curriculums / 9 I ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning for elementary school teaching are required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementar)- Education. -4s with other *dents: certain exemptions are paeaibIe. Since die optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must be follo~vedcarefully from the fim gear, The major in this program is Elementary Education: each szudenr i s reqrrired to take a minor in at least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. SOPHOMORE I Sem. I S e m . I1 S e m . Cr. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion 3, 4 .............. ..2 ............... Religion 1, 2 .2 3 -General Biology ...........- 3 O e s h m a n English ......... .3 3 General PsvcholoE~ -. ....... .3 -Western Civilization ...... .3 4 Geography .................. .Modern Foreign Language 4 3 or 4 ,U. S. History .............. .S /hysical Science . . . . . . . .3 or 4 Modern Foreign Language . 3 (Selected from Physics 3, Electives in minor ........3 Astronomy, Chemistry 5, FRESHMAN Sem. Cr. 2 3 . 6 ) c_phGical Health Activities ....... .I/* SENIOR JUNIOR I S e m . I1 S e m . m. Cr. 3 Religion ..................... American Government ..... . 3 Education 51 ............. - 4 Education 53 ............. . 3 Education 54. . . . . . . . .?$ducation 56 Basic -Design .& Introduction to Music .Mathematics 56 ............ Electives in minor .4 ............. .............. ..... ...-... I S e m . I1 S e n . Cr. Cr. Religion ................... Education 61 Education 62 Education 63 .............. Education 65 ............. Education 66 ............. Education 68 Literature .................. Speech Electives in minor ........ .3 ............. 3 .................3 2 .3 .- ...............3 .3 LAW Most law schools require, for admision, at least three years of prelegal education at the college l e ~ e l The . student ia advised to select a broad program of study including course in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. ,4 suggested threp-year curriculum is given below : FRESHMAN I Sem. I I S e m . Cc. Religion 1, 2 ...............2 English 1. 2 ............... 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 History 1, 2 .............. ..3 Natural Science ........... .-i Physical Education 3, 4 .... ' i Cr. 2 3 4 3 4 1/2 JUNIOR I S e m . I1 S e m . Religion .3 3 S ~ e e c h .................... .2 ~ L d i s hComposition ....... .2 Fine Arts ................. .2 Electives ................. .12 10 ................... SOPHOMORE 1 S m . IISem Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 .............. .2 2 English ................... .3 Foreign Language ........ . 3 3 Logic ................-..- - 3 3 Social Science ............ .3 Natural Science ......-.... 3 Electives ............. --.... 3 6 - 9 2 / Curriculums VOCATIONS IN HOME ECOhrOMZCS Work in the Department of Rome Economics is intended to equip ~tuden&for the teaching of home economics in bigh sc.hao1, to prepare them for homemaking and to give them h e - b s t two years of the training required fnr wch rocaeons as dietetics, institution rnanagemerit, home ectrnomice ancl journaliem, and home ectjnomim in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home economics departments (SmithHughes). Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 .............. .2 Physical Education ........ !k English .................... .:! S O C ~ O ~.................. O~Y .S Biology 1-2, or 4 or 13-14" .................. W Art in Daily Living ....... .3 Nutrition ................... Clothing Selection ......... . 2 Clothing Construction Chemistry 5 or 5, 6, or - .....- 5, 32. .................... 4 2 Yz 3 3 4 -3 - 2 0-4 JUNIOR ISem. Cr. ReUgim ................... .F o r c i ~ n Languaqe .3 ........ ................. Speech ..................... .2 Economics .3 Co!or and Design .......... .3 H o m e Planning k Furnishjng Family Health ............ .2 ....................Edzccotional Psychology ....3 Tpachtng in SeC. Schools ..Textiles C r c ~ r p Actlvitu ........... . O Home EconoWcs 75 .2 ........ I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 .............. .2 2 Psychology ................ .3 Foreign Language ......... . 4 4 Physics .................... . 3 Marriage & Family Relations3 Child Development ....... .2 Food Preparation & Management ..................... 3 3 Electives 2 ................. . 3 II Sem. Cr. 3 3 - 4 - Z 3 SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .3 Literature or Philosophy ..3 Biology 54 .............. 4 Education 76, 78, 91 .. , .1 2 Education 92 .............. .2 Education 97 ............. .6 Home Management Problems ................. 2 Home Management Lab ... .3 Home Economics 74 ....... .2 ....- 0 Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr- Religion 1, 2 ............. .2 English 1, 2 .............. . 3 Chemistry 5, 6 (or 15, 16) .4 Mathematics 13, 14 .........4 Electives .4 .................. 2 3 4 4 4 IS-. r. ...............C.3 .4 Religion 3, 4 Zoology .................... Chemistry 53, 54 Physics 5, 6 ............... Electives .................. ...........4.i .3 n Sem. Cr. 2 4 4 4 3 BUSINESS The program in business adminisbation is intended for stndents who are planning to wotk in the fields of business and indumy. In addition to giving preparaeion for a bwiness vocation the following wggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Ark degree. FRESHMAN I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. .2 2 .3 3 ............. ......... Religion 1, 2 Freshman English Foreign Language ........ .4 History or Sociology ...... .3 Business 1, 2 ................ 3 Physical Education ........ M JUNIOR 4 3 3 Y 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Religion ................... .Literature or Philosophy .3 Business Law Business 61, 62 ............. . 2 Business X Science ................. .3-4 Fine Arts ............... .2-3 Electives ................. .3-6 ............... .................- Cr. 3 3 - 2 3 SOPHOMORE ISem. IISem. Cr. Cr. 2 ............... ... Religion 3, 4 .2 F'oref~n Language ........ .3 .3 Princ~plesof Economics Natural Sc:ence ......... .3-4 .2 Smach .................... E!actcves .................. SEMOR .3 3 3 3-4 - 3-6 I Sem. IISem. cr. Religion ................... .Business 92 Electives .............. .15-17 ............... .- Cr. 3 2 12-14 3-5 Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History, Speech, English, College Algebra. CHEMISTRY The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is recommended by the American Chemical Society for ~ t n d e n bwho pIan to do graduate ~ t u d yin chemistry. Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological sciences and the second year of a foreign language. FRESHMAN 1 s m . I1 Sem. Cr. Chemistry 15, 16 ........... 4 Mathematics 13, 14 ....... .4 Religion 1, 2 .2 English 1, 2 ..3 History or Sociology -3 !1 Physical Education 3, 4 ............... .............. ....... .... m Q R 4 4 2 3 3 'h T s w I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. ......... .4 m ~ ! m k C r g 82 ............. .Chemlslry 84 .............. .Cherni-Wy 93, 94 ......... .O G c m a n 1-2 .............. ..4 3 I a i h e m a t i ~ 73, 74 ........3 Physics 53, 63, 52 ........ 4 Fine Arts ................. . 3 ChmM'y 61, 72 Cr. 4 3 SOPHOMORE I Sem. IISem. Ct, Cr. ............4 Chemistry 53, 54 %thematics 51, 52 ....... Physics 5, 6 ............... Religion 3. 4 Spe&h .................... Literature or Philosophy ............. SENIOR -4 .4 .2 2!. ..- 4 4 4 2 3 f S m . I1 Sem. Cr. Chemistry 83, 88 ........... . 3 Chemistry 85, 86 ......... . I Chemistry 90 ............... Chemistry 97, 98 ....... .Am. Chemistry 95, 96 ........... .O Religion ................... .3 German or French .3 or 4 - ... Cr. 1 3 4 Arr. 0 3 3 or 4 *Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition, foods, textiles or equipment as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offering special training in dietetics. These students may take the biology course m the sophomore year. NURSING Many hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have at least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of c~llegework are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. (5r. Relieion 1. 2 ............... -2 2 . English 1-2 ............... . 3 Foreign Language ....... .5-5 Sociology ................. .3 Chemistry 5 ............. .4 Psychology or Geograuh~ - . . ..First Aid Physical Education ........ Y Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals, Minneapolis, take some of their course work at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should be made directly to these hospitals. MEDICAL TECH-WOLOGY Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augoburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. The following program prepares them for eventual certification in Medical Technology, and it includes the requirements for the degree. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Relieion 1. 2 ............. .2 English 1, 2 ............... .8 Chemistry 5-6, or 15-16 ... .4 History or Sociology ..... . 3 Mathematics 13 ........... -4 Speech Fine Arts ................. .Physical Education 3, 4 ....4 JUNIOR Religion ................... ?KIcrobioloW I Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............. .2 Chemistry 32, or 53-54 . .O-4 Biology 13-14 ............. . 4 Foreign Language ......... . 4 Literature or Philosophy . . 3 Electives .................. 0-3 Sam. Cr. 2 4 4 4 3 SENIOR I Sem. II Sem. Cr, Cr. .3 3 .4 .3 3 4 ............. Foreign Language ......... ChemisS' 61 .............. B i o l o ~Elective ........... . 4 FIectix-esm ................. -3 'Physics strorsgl~ rrcmnmended sciences, arts, humanities. Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........ 32 6 Other recommended electives: English, social In the senior year, students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital. SOCIAL WORK A sapid expansion of the field of ~ o c i a work l during the past twenty years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Pmitions are a>-ailablein publie agencies on federal, state, c o m t ~and , municipd leveis; in private agencies sponsored bg churches OT other community organizations; in group work case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Au.g:$urg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: t a ) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate training, and (b) prqare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Anpburg College k an active member of the Minnesota Conference nn Social Work Education. During recent yeare graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in hot& public and private welfare, in probation rtmrk, child welfare. gronp workI and case work. Tlre following courss are recommended for students i n t e r a d in Social Work. The courses which are itnlicrized should be taken by dl such students. FRESHMAN I Sem. IISem. Cr. Religion 1, 2 .............. . 2 English 1, 2 .............. .3 History 1, 2 ............... . 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 Introduction to Sociology .. 3 Social Problems .......... .1Physical Education 3, 4 % .... Cr. 2 3 3 4 - 3 SOPHOMORE I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. 2 3 3 3 Religion 3, 4 .............. .2 American Government ... . 3 Natural Science ...........+ 3 Psychology ............... Principles of Economics ... . 3 Rural Sociology .......... .3 Urban Sociology .......... .Foreign Language .3 .- ........ JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .3 Sociology 57, 59 ......... . 3 3 Sociology 58, 60 ............ Fine Arts .................. .3 Speech .2 sociology 53, 54 ........... . 3 Electives .................... 5 - ..................... SENIOR 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. ....................Cr. Sflciolorm 63 ............... . 3 ReHgion Cr. 3 ......... .............. - Sociol Psr~cblagy .3 Pspcholog]r W Pub!hc Welfare ......... .Electives in Upper Division Courses .................. 10 A student map take two Fears of pre-mgineering at Angsbmg before transferring to a school of engheehg. The following currkuluIn is recommended. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher alpbra and solid geometry in high scf~ool. FRESHMAN Cr. Religion 1, 2 ............... .2 'JEnglish 1. 2 3 v Mathematics IS. 14 ...... . 4 *' Mathematics 5, 8 ......... 3 Physics 5, 6 ............... .4 Physical Education 3, 4 ....Y ............... rI Sam. Cr. 2 3 SOFHOMOELE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. R e l l ~ o n 3, 4 ............ Mathematics 51m 52 P h y ~ c s 52. 63 ............ Mathematics 66 C3rrnimy 15. 18 Soclal Science ............ E n p h h 31 ................. .2 ......4 2 3 .......................34 .2 Students who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology at the need. in same cases, to take a course University of Minnesota will in Rigid-Body Mechanics (statics). It is recommended that h i s be done in summer session at the University. 96 / Curriculums MEDICINE Most medical schooB reqaire a rninimnm of three years of colege education, but premedical students muallp find it advmtageous to complete their collep \work before entering the medics1 school. The foIlowing program will meet the requirements of m o e m e d i d schools, bat it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. ISr. Cr. Religion 1. 2 ............. . 2 Engl'lsh 1, . 2 ..............."3 Chemistry 15, 16 ........... 4 Mathematics 13, 14 ........ - 4 Physical Education 3, 4 .... 'k History or Social Science .S 2 3 4 4 1/2 3 . JUNIOR I Sem. - Cr. Religion .................... Social Science or Historv . - -" - .3 German .................... 3 Chemistry 61, 78. .......... 4 Physics 5 , 6 .............. .4 Literature or Philosouh-v .3 . . Chemistry 93, 94 .......... 0 I1 Sem. Cr. 3 .. - 3 4 4 3 0 I Sem. 11 Sem. Cr Cr. Religion 3. 4 ............. .2 ~ e r m a n .................... . 4 Biology 13, 14 ............. . 4 Psychology ................. Chemistry 53, 54 .4 Speech 11 ................. . 2 ......... SENIOR - 2 4 4 3 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. .- 3 Religion .................. . . 3 Social Science .......-.... .~ - - ~. --Fine Arts ................. Genetics ................... .4 Electives .................. .9 Chemistry 95. 96 ........... . O 3 10 0 *Offered alternate years SECRETARIAL WORK The fir& year of the fonow3ng program provkh preparation far certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who ha. had similar coarse.4 in high school may bc admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline af the recpiremmts for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Bueincss Education. A Secretarial-work Certi6cate is swarded on camp1etian of the two-year program. SECOND YEAR FIRST M:AR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 ............. . 2 2 Freshman English ....... . 3 3 Elementary .Typewriting ...1 Office Machlnes ............ 3 Elementary Shorthand ... . 3 3 Physical Education ........ % Ih Electives .................... 8 6 - - I Sem. 11 Sem. Cr. Religion 3 4 ............... . 2 Speech 11 ................. .Advanced Typewriting .3 Advanced Shorthand ..... . 2 Principles of Accounting .. . 3 Secretarial Practice ........ Psychology ................ . 3 Electives .................. .4 ..... - Cr. 2 2 2 3 3 5 Augsburg Theological Seminary INTRODUCTORY AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY is the training school for the pastors and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where tlie G i h of Grace are freely cultivated and nurtnred under the a u t h o r i ~of the Word and the guidance of the Holy Spirit. ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following: 1. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminary, including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and church membership. 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the candidate's local church. 4. A certificate of good health. These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary Faculty before July first. The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Serninary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The first year of study is always considered a probationary year. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS THE NORMAL REQUIREMENT for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek 2 years Philosophy ............................................................ 1 year German, or Latin, or Norwegian 2 years In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. 98 / Augsburg Theological Seminary SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES IN QKDER TEAT STDENTS may derive the greatest possible advantage from their theological studies, it i s recommended that their college course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor and, i n addition tn the srchjccrs indiefled above- include as many a3 pn-die of the following: English Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PaychoIogy ........................................................ K~istorq.--. Youth Work ........................................................ Natural Science Sociology, or Economics, or Political Science, or Education -1 Typewriting -. 1 2 years 1 year 1 year 2 years 1 semester 1 year year year When possible, it is recommended that elementary Hebrew be taken in the senior year of college. All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good academic record in their preparatory studies in college. TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING S~nn~m ARE s AD3rrTTED to the Seminar\- with the anderstanding thal their studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Facu1t;r. :lnp arrangement to take a part of h e theological course at another seminary must have the prior approval of h e Tlrmlogical Faculty at Augsburg. Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in other theologica1 seminaries of recognized standing. EXPENSES SEMINARY STUDENTS pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per semester. This includes the general library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students living in college or seminary housing receive a special grant to cover the cost of room rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students. See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50 is payable a month before graduation. CLASS ATTENDANCE A STUDENT IS EXPECTED to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable absences may be excused by the Dean. Attendance at any conference involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean well in advance of the conference. EMPLOYMENT THEWORK in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation. However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more frequently than every other Sunday. CONDITIONS AND ZNCOMPLETES A CONDITION or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incomplete~and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete will be recorded as a passing grade only if the average of previous work is sufficiently high. SEIWINARY INTERNSHIP IN ADDITION to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course. A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service period. The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amount of practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in nearby communities. STUDENT ACTIVITIES ALL SEMINARY STUDENTS are members of the Concordia Society. A principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel service. During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project, the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission. The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities. 102 / Augsburg Theological Seminary 16. OLD TESTAMENTTHEOLOGY.The major themes of the Old Testament approached topically: God's nature, names and self-revelation in history. Covenant, election, people of God, nature of man. Sin and forgiveness, judgment and salvation. Worship, sacrifice, praise and prayer. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. 17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS.A review of Hebrew grammar. Lectures on principles of exegesis. Application of exegetical method to selected passages of the 2, z Cr. Old Testament. (Offered 1963-64.) A study of archaeological discoveries 19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY. and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a number of introductory lectures followed by student presentarions of assigned topics I Cr. and class discussion. (Offered 1963 -64.) N E W TESTAMENT 20-21. NEW TESTA MEN.^ GREEK. TWO years of Greek is a requirement for admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load. 22. INTRODUCTION TO THE NEW TESTAMENT. A survey of the contents of the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr. scripts and early versions. (Offered 1962-63.) 23. THE GOSPEL OF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek, with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry. Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline 3 Cr. of Jesus' ministry. (Offered 1962-63.) 24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's 3 Cr. appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1964-65.) 25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the ~ o u r t f fGospel, its authenticity and value, and relation to contemporary religious movements. Study of the Gospel in Greek and discussion of the themes 3 Cr. which pervade the Gospel. ( m e r e d 1963-64,) 26. THEJEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH. Rapid survey of Acts 1-12. This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. Augsburg Theological Seminary / 103 27. ASPECTSOF THE THEOLOGY01: PAUL. Survey of some approaches to Paul and a study of some of the basic themes of his theology. Selected portions of the Epistles examined in Greek. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 Cr. 28. INTERPRETATIONS OF ROMANS.Exegesis of the Epistle in Greek; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. Consideration of the Gospel as Paul relates it to the problem of Israel and the Christian life. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of 2 Cr. Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1962-63.) OF THE REVELATION OF JOHN. The course aims at a 30. INTERPRETATION mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. 2 Cr. (Offered 1964-6j.) CHURCH HISTORY 40. THE EARLYCHURCH.The History of the Christian Church from the Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great ($90). The organization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1964-65.) 2 Cr. 41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES.A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. A study of the causes which led to the Protestant 42. THE REFORMATION. Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman 3 Cr. Catholic Counter-Reformation. (Offered 1962-63.) This course covers the period 43. THE CHURCHAFTER THE REFORMATION. from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on 2 Cr. the history of the Lutheran Church. ( m e r e d 1963-64.) CHURCHHISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches; 44. AMERICAN church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state; revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America 3 Cr. is studied with special care. (Offered 1963-64.) 104 / Augsbarg Theological Seminary THE HISTORYOF CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE.A study of the development of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1964-65.) 2, 2 Cr. 45,46. THE LUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.A study of the constitution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr. 47. SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY BASICPRINCIPLES OF THEOLOGY. An inquiry into the field, sources, and z Cr. methods of systematic theology. ( m e r e d 1963-64.) lo. AND ANTHROPOLOGY. A systematic examination of the teach71. THEOLOGY ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1963-64.) 2 Cr. A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning 52. SOTERIOLOGY. Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit; 3 Cr. the order of salvation. (Offered 1964-65.) AND ESCHATOIOGY. A s t u d y 4 f the nature and function 53. ECCLESIOLOGY of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered 1964-65.) 2 Cr. ETHICS.A study of the religious and ethical implications 54, 55. CHRISTIAN of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to the application of Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. (Offered 1962-63.) z, 2 Cr. A careful studv of the Book of Concord. Attention is given tb. SYMBOLICS. to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and 2 Cr. its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1963-64.) SYMBOLICS AND RELIGIOUS CULTS. A comparative study 57. COMPARATIVE of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings z Cr. of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1962-63.) 58. THE THEOLOGICAL ISSUESOF THE SIXTEENTHCENTURYPROTESTANT REFORMATION. The basic theological differences between Roman Catholicism and historical Protestantism. The position of historical Protestantism with regard to divergent theological doctrines is discussed, evaluated, and compared with the corresponding position of the Roman Church as expounded primarily in the dogmatic definitions issued during and after the Council of Trent. (Offered 1962-63.) z Cr. Az~gsbz~rg Theological Seminary / 105 PRACTICAL TffEOLOGY All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field. A. I'astoral Theology 60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORAL THEOLOGY. This course deals with the Biblical basis for the Christian ministry, the call and qualifications of the pastor, his public and private life, and the practical aspects of his work in the church z Cr. today. (Offered 1963-64.) 61. INTRODUCTION TO PASTORAL COZJNSELING. A course dealing with the dynamics underlying human behavior. Various pastoral counseling techniques are studied. The course attempts to help the student recognize deviations of personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.) I Cr. 62. CLINICALPASTORAL TRAINING. The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes, I Cr. special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.) 63. THE CHRISTIANWORLD MISSION. The worldwide responsibility of the Church. hlissionary motives, methods and aims. Rapid survey of mission history and a study of the present missionary situation, with special attention given to the emerging national churches. (Offered 1964-65.) 2 Cr. B. Homiletics 65. PRINCIPLESA N D P R A C ~ I C01: E PREACHING.Technical and psychological 2 Cr. elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors. 66. HOMILETICS.The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation 2 Cr. and constant practice in delivery. Middlers. 67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great are studied. Seniors. 2 Cr. C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work 70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; officers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the 'Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinr Cr. thians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1963-64.) 106 / Augsbwg Theological Seminary A study of the various aspects of congrega71. CHURCH ADMINISTRATION. tional organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective oflice procedures. The practice and teaching of Christian stewardship. (Offered 1964-65.) I Cr. 72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community. The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1962-63.) I Cr. The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy 73. LITURGICS. as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1964-65.) I Cr. An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from 74. HYMNOLOGY. the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England, and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 196263.1 I Cr. E. Christian Edztcation and Sociology 76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCATION.Studies in the application of basic principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1962-63.) 2 Cr. 77. THE CHURCH AND SOCIETY.A study of the relation between the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians, both the individual and the Church, and the activities and agencies by which these duties may be fulfilled. 2 Cr. Personnel THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES Officers of the Board MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President THE REV. L. 0. GJERDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-president MR. R. F. PAUTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary MR. R. E. MYHRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Treasurer Term Expires in 1962 MR. GILBERTBERG,Seattle, Washington Business, Berg Fuel Company THE REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON,Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Church MR. R. E. MYHRE,Minneapolis, Minnesota Insurance Term Expires in 1963 THE REV. L. 0. GJERDE, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota MR. HERBERTA. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota Investors Syndicate Life and Annuity Company THE REV. HARRYT. SORENSON, Bellevue, Washington Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd Term Expires in 1964 THE REV. ERLINGTUNGSETH, Rochester, Minnesota Pastor, Bethel English Lutheran Church MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota Education, University of Minnesota MR. JEROMEFORMO,Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice-President, Plastics Corporation of America, Minneapolis, Minnesota Term Expires in 1965 MR. R. F. PAIJTZ,Minneapolis, Minnesota Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company MR. PHILIPC. HELLAND,Willmar, Minnesota Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota MR. U. W. TERVO,Rochester, Minnesota Personnel Director, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota 108 / Personnel Term Expires in 1966 MR. L. S. HARBO, Austin, Minnesota Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota MRS. GEORGENELSON,Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker MR. RUBENHOVLAND,Northfield, Minnesota Education, Northfield Public Schools. Farming Advisory Members The REV. DR. JOHN M. STENSVAAG, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Lutheran Free Church DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Augsburg College and Theological Seminary MR. LEONARD RAMBERG, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice-President, Northwesterii National Bank Minneapolis, Minnesota ADMINISTRATIOM BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President NORMANL. NIELSEN . . . , . . . . . . .Vice President in charge of Development MARTIN QUANBECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of t h e College PAUL G. SONNACK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean o j t h e Theological Seminary . BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bu~iness Manager PETER ARMACOST(on leave 1961-61) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students GLEN W. JOHNSON . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acting Dean of Students, 1961-62 GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., D e a n o f W o m e n MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar; Secretary of the General Faclclty IVERB. OLSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary of t h e Theological Faculty KARLISOZOLINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian CARL R. HAMMARBERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing FRIEDEL WINDMANN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer S. V. HJELMELAND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development HAROLDKAMBAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations A. B. BATALDEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of A l u m n i Relations IRVINGHOEL . . . . . . . .Pi~rchasingA g e n t ; Sz~pervisor of Buildings and Grounds Personnel / 109 RICHARDL. BERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Business Manager MRS.MARYLOU BROWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services BJARNELANDA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum DONOVANLUNDEEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions MARK JOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor VERNONCHILGREN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Residence Halls and Housing GLENN THORPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations Assistant Director of News Bureau MRS. JACQUELYN GIMSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Women's Residences ADAIINISTRATIVE STAFF Office Staff: M c e of the President and Dean-Mrs. Helen Brodin and Karen Schwarzrock; Business Office-Lois Medin, Mrs. Andrea Wrage, Ethel Manning, Carol Hanson; Office of Registrar-Mrs. Lois Parker, Tena Mehus, Manning, Carol Hanson; Office of Registrar-Judith Obe~beck, Mrs. Lois Parker, Tena Mehus, Borghild Esmess; Development, Public Relations and Admissions-Avalon Okemn, Violet Myers, Mrs. Dorothy Bailey, Mrs. Margaret Kemper, Muriel E r i c b ; Pcmmncl, Placcmenf, and Employment-Marilyn Petersen and MS. Shirley Rnox; Edurafiom OfficeMrs. Naomi Sorkness and Mrs. Joyce Fmig; L i b r l r r p M n . Ern3 Staub and Sandra Bloom; Printing and Mailing-Valborg Bosmoe, Lillian Peterson, and Mrs. Joan Berg; Receptionist-Mildred Nelson. Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Jack Nordgaard; Gerda Mortensen Hall, Alice Anderson; Auxiliary Houses, Phyllis Acker, Julie Ose, Genevieve Trenne, Mary Utke, and Margaret Wiozeschke. Supervisor of Housekeeping: Mrs. Olive Rud. Manager of Grill: Arthur C. Engen. MEDICAL STAFF Dr. Ernest T. Bohland, Physician; Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Jeanette Johnson, R.N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY Presidenfs Cabinet: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck G. Johnson, Fosse, Educutional Policies: Ex ofTicio: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Miss Joel. P. Quanbeck, Sateren, Chrislock, Nash; Hanwick, R. Anderson, Miss Mattson, Miss Segolson, Sonnack Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Lundeen, M. Quanbeck, Holum, Miss Cole, Thompson, Budge. I Io / Personnel Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Mattson, P. Quanbeck, Miss Aaskov Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Dahlen, Sateren, Miss Mattson, Miss Segolson, Urdahl, Tollefson Library: Ozolins, Hemmingson, Colacci, Gisselquist, Agre, I. Olson Athletics: Soberg, Kleven, Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold *Convocations: Urdahl, E. Johnson, Miss Pederson, Torstenson, Batalden Faculty Personnel Policies: Halverson, Fosse, Hemmingson, Holum, Torstenson institutional Studies: R. Anderson, Pearson, Mrs. Anderegg, Alton, Chrislock *Religious Life: P. Quanbeck, Sonnack, Hanwick Social Functions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Lillehei, Hammarberg, Hatchek *Student Activities: G. Johnson, Miss Mortensen, DeYoung, Hemrningson, M. Quanbeck *Student Conduct: E. Nelson, Mrs. K. Peterson, Thut, Miss Lund Nominations: I. Olson, Miss Cole, Landa AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY FACULTY BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, I 922 ; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, GSttingen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 192~-26.Pastoral work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938. TERENCEE. FRETHEIM,B.D., Instructor in Old Testament A.B., Luther College, I 9 5 6; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, I 960. Additional study: Minnesota; Union Theological Seminary; University of Durham, England. Teaching: Luther Theological Seminary. At Augsburg since 1961. MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testament (on leave) A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 I y ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 192I -3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40 and 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1941. "Joint Student-Faculty Committees Personnel / I II RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL, A.B., B.Th., Assistant Professor of Old Testament (on leave) A.B., Luther College, 1947; Th.B., Luther Seminary, 1952; Additional Study: University of Chicago; Karl Eberhardt University, Tubingen, Germany. A.t Augsburg since I 9 5 9. IVERB. OLSON, A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 19 57. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. A t Augsburg since 1945. PHILIP A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Associate Professor of N e w Testament A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 1951; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1958. Pastoral work, 195153. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954-57. A t Augsburg since 1957. PAULG. SONNACK,Th.B., A.M., Dean of the Seminary and Professor o f Church History A.B., Augsburg Callege, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945; Th.B., 1947; A.M., University of Chicago, 1960. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minnesota, 1945-47. A t Augsburg since 1949. MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Lecturer in Theology For statement of academic preparation and experience, see College Faculty LAWRENCEM. GUDMESTAD, A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1942; S.T.M.; Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1955-. A t Augsburg since 1955. JOHN STENSVAAG, Ph.D., Lecturer in Homiletics A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1939; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins University. Teaching: Augsburg Seminary, 1942-59; Dean, 1953-59; Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1945-46. President of Lutheran Free Church since 1959. II2 / Personnel AUGSBURG COLLEGE FACULTY RUTH AASKOV, A.M., 11zstr~r~tor in French A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., Middlebury College, 1960. Additional study: University of Grenoble, Boston University. Teaching: High School, 1954-60. At Augsburg since 1960. COURTLAND L. AGRE,Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 193.1; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1937; Research Chemist, 1937-40; U. S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist, 1941-46; Teaching, St. Olaf College, 1946-58; Univ. of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. EARLALTON,Ph.D., Assistant Professbr of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., University of Michigan, 1958; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching: Teaching Fellow and pre-doctor instructor, University of Michigan, 1955-58. A t Augsburg since 1960. LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, A.M., I~zstructor in Education A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., Northwestern University, 1947. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago, California. Teaching and Counselling, High Schools, 1945-46. I 9 5 I -5 3 ; Teaching: East Washington College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-5 I ; Oakland Junior College, 19 5456; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 19 59. ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, I 937-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy, 1946. A t Augsburg since 1949. A.M., Instructor in Greek PETERG. ANSORGE, A.B., Sr. Olaf College, I 958; A.M., University of Michigan, 1959. Teaching: Northwestern Theological Seminary, I 9 59-6 I . A t Augsburg since 196 I . PETERH. ARMACOST, A.B., Dean of Stzrdents (on leave) A.B., Denison University, 1957. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant at University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1959. Personnel / II3 LEROYA. BAKER,A.B., lnstructor in Physics A.B., Northwest Nazarene College, 1960. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Research Physicist, Minneapolis-Honeywell. At Augsburg since 1960. MERRUYNBELGUM,M.S.W., lnstructor in Sociology A.B., University of Minnesota, 1946; M.S.W., University of Denver, 1956. Chisago County Welfare, 1948-49; Lutheran Welfare Society, Iowa, 194952; Department of Public Welfare, Anchorage, Alaska, 19 5 2-54; University of Denver, Field Instructor, 1956-57; Denver Public Schools Social Worker, 1957-60. At Augsburg since 1960. WAUNETABLACKBURN, A.M., Assistant Professor of English A.B., Milton College, 1930; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1942. Additional study: Pennsylvania State University. Teaching: High School, 193046; Stout State College, 1946-61. A t Augsburg since 1961. BRUCEP. BUDGE,M.S., Instructm in Business Administration B.S., University of Idaho, 1913; M.S., 1957. Teaching: University of Idaho, 1951-57. We~erhauser Company, 1913-5 5, 1957-60. A t Augsburg since 1960. JACQOLYN L. CHERNE,A.B., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1958. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1960. CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., 19 55. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.D.; 1948-51. At Augsburg since 1912. GRACIACHRISTENSEN, A.M., Instructor in English A.B., Hunter College, 1932 : A.M., Radcliffe College, 193 5. Additional Study: University of Chicago. MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Professor of New Testament Greek and Latin Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., I 93 2; Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campbasso, Italy, 1941-49. At Augsbuq since 1952. AILENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor of Speech A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, 1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956. I 14 / Personnel K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; Crosby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-41. A t Augsburg since 1941. KENNETHN. DEYOUNG,Ph.D., Instructor in Psychology A.B., Michigan State University, 195 6; A.M., 1957; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1961. At Augsburg since 1960. DAVIDA. EDE, B.D., instructor in Religion A.B., St. Olaf College, 1957; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. At Augsburg since 1961. BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46. Industrial Engineering work, 1949-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953. KRISTIAN FROSIG,A.B., Laboratory Instructor in Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1953. Additional study: Macalester College; University of Washington. Teaching: High School, 1953-61. A t Augsburg since 1961. WILLIAMH. GERMAR,A.B., Instructor in Journalism A.B., Drake University, 193 5. U.S. Army Signal Corps, 1942-46. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1960-1961. A t Augsburg since 1960. DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Instrzmental Specialist (Brass Instruments) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1954-44. Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943; University of Montana, 1947-48; Gustavus Adol~husCollege, 1948-5 t At Augsburg since 1 9 5 4 JACQUELYNL. GIMSE,B.S.N., Director of Women's Residence R.N., Moline Public Hospital, 1957; B.S.N., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960. Moline Public Hospital, 1957-5 8 ; Gustavus Adolphus College, Assistant Dean of Students, 1960-61. A t Augsburg since 1961. OKLOUEGISSELQUIST, A.M., Assistant Professor of History A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956. Teaching: Bethel College, 1954-56. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1956. TINGSIN GO, B.S., Laboratory lnstrzcctor in Chemistry B.S., Mapua Institute of Technology, Manila, Philippines, 1953. Additional study: Adamson University, Manila; University of Minnesota. Teaching: Adarnson University, 19 57-59. A t Augsburg since 1960. Personnel / II5 DONALDR. GUSTAFSON, A.M., Instructor in History A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1916. Additional study: Indiana; California, Berkeley; Minnesota. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960-6 I. At Augsburg since I 96 I . WILLIAMH . HALVERSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., Princeton University, 1959; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching: Princeton Theological Seminary 1957-59. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959. A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology CARLR. HAMMARBERG, A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53. A t Augsburg since 1953. LEIF E. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Modern Languages A.B., Concordia College, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Additional study: Michigan; Stetson University; Wisconsin. Teaching: High School, Norway, 1959-60; University of Wisconsin, 1960-61. At Augsburg since I 961. MAURINEM. C. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Home Economics A.B., Rice Institute, 1920; .4.M., University of Colorado, 1938. Additional study: Texas, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1920-21, 193443, Lamar College, 1943-45, University of Minnesota, 1949-, Hamline University, 1949-58. At Augsburg 1957-58, and since 1959. in Philosophy WILLIAMH. HANSON,-A.M.,Instr~~ctor A.B., Hamline University, 1958; A.M., Yale University, 1960. At Augsburg since 1961. THEODORE J. HANWICK, Ph.D., Professor of Physics B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching: Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-3 8; New York University, 193842; U. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46; Rutgers University, 1946-56. At Augsburg since I 9 5 6. GEORGEW. HATCHEK,LL.D., Instrzrctor in Modern Languages LL.D., Law School of Vienna, Austria, 1938. Interpreter at United States Surplus Depot in France, 1944-46. Teaching: International Institute and YWCA, 1954-60. At Augsburg since 1960. RUBENG. HAUGEN,M.M., Instructor in W'oodwinds B.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1950; M.M., MacPhail Schml of Music, 1951. Additional Study, University of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, 1950-72; Breck Military Academy, 1952-5 5; MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsburg since 1958. I I6 / Personnel ORVALD B. HAUGSBY, A.B., Instructor in Mathematics A.B., Wisconsin State College, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1953-56; Wisconsin State College, 1956-59; University of Minnesota, Teaching Assistant, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961. MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion (on leave) For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. A. ROBERTHEMMINGSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Economics and Business Administration A.B., Dana College, I 9 5 3 ; A.M., University of Nebraska, I 9 57. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Nebraska, 195657. At Augsburg since 1957. A.M., Instructor in English MARYA. HINDERLIE, A.B., St. Olaf College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1937. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1937-39. JOHN R. HOLUM,Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1950-52; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 1958-59. U. S. Armed Forces, 1951-57. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. IRENE KHIN KHIN JENSEN,Ph.D., Instructor in History and Political Science (on leave) A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 19 5 1; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, I 9 5 6. Teaching: Rangoon University, Burma, 1949-50 At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959. JOHN JENSON,A.M., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1955; A.M:, University of Minnesota, 1957. U.S. Navy, 1957-61. At Augsburg 1956-57 and since 1961. MILDRED V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional Study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947. EINAR0. JOHNSON,Ph.D., Professor of Education A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 1950; Ph.D., 1961. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: Elementary and High School, 193 3-40; University of Washington, 195354; Luther College, 1954-56; At Augsburg since 1956. Personnel / GLEN W. JOHNSON, I I7 B.D., Acting Dean of Students and Instructor in Mathe- matics B.S. Engr., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota. JAMES JOHNSON,A.M., Instructor in Piano A.B., University of Minnesota, 1956; A.M., Juilliard School of Music, 1958. A t Augsburg since 1961. WINFIELDJOHNSON,A.M., Instructor in Religion A.B., St. Olaf College, 1939; C.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1943; A.M., New York University, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL, A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion (on leave) For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. HAROLD M. KAMBAK,A.B., Instructor in Journalism and Director of Public Relations A.B., Augsburg College, 1919. Additional Study: University of Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 1956-58. A t Augsburg since 1958. ROBERTK A R L ~ NB.M., , A.M., lnstructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1959. Additional Study: Berkshire Music Center, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-5 3; St. Agathals Conservatory, 1958-59; University of Minnesota, 1957-59. A t Augsburg since 1959. MMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 192235; Wheaton College, 1946-47. A t Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947. BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Languages A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 19 5 2. Teaching: High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1941-47. U. S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since 1947. I I8 / Personnel DENNISE. LANE, B.S., Instructor in Organ B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1943-46; University of Minnesota, 194243; MacPhail School of Music, 1945-51; pr,ivate organ and piano instructor. Church organist and choirmaster. A t Augsburg since 1960. BERTHALILLEHEI,A.M., Instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957. LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON,A.M., Instr~.ctorin English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1930; A.M., 1932. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1932-35; 1952-60. A t Augsburg since 1960. GERTRUDES. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science A.B., Augsburg Teaching: High Morris, 1945-47; 49. A t Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951. School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture, Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 1948since 1950. MARTHAM. MATTSON,A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1932. Additional study: Boston University; University of Wisconsin. Teaching: Elementary schools, 1922-36; Elementary Supervisor, 1939-60. A t Augsburg since 1960. ERWIN D. MICKELBERG,A.B., Assistant Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1954-56. A t Augsburg since 1956. GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women w i t h rank of Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since 1922. M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach EDORC. NELSON, of Football and Baseball A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. Personnel / I 19 GLENN I. NELSON, A.M., lnstrztctor in Sociology A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. A t Augsburg since 1961. GRIERNICHOLL,A.M., Instructor in English A.B., Wesleyan University, 1951; A.M., Columbia Teachers College, 1956. Additional study: Minnesota; University of London. Teaching: High School, 1954-55; Southern Oregon College, 195 5-57; University of Minnesota, 195 8. A t Augsburg since 1960. NORMANI. NIELSEN, A.B., B.Th., Vice President in Charge of Development A.B., Augsburg College, 1944; B.Th., Luther Seminary, 1947. Additional Study: Boston University. Pastor: Minot, N. D.; Minneapolis, Minn. A t Augsburg 1958-61. DAVIDNORDLIE,A.B., lnstructor in Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1961. ESTHER J. OLSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., 1945; Ph.D., 1956. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1945-56; Luther College, 1956-60. A t Augsburg since 1960. IVER B. OLSON, A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. MAGNEB. OLSON, A.M., lnstructor in History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg, 195 8; 4.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1960-61. A t Augsburg since 1961. KARLISOZOLINS. A.M., Th.B., Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 5 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional Study: University of Marburg, Germany. A t Augsburg since 195 5. SULAMITOZOLINS,Cand. Phil., Instructor in Russian Cand. Phil., University of Marburg, Germany, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1959. PATRICIAA. PARKER,A.M., Assistant Librarian and Instructor in Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; A.M., University of Michigan, 1952. Teaching: University of North Dakota, 1949-5 1; University of Michigan, 19 51-52; University of Minnesota, Librarian, 19 54-5 6; Minneapolis Public Library, 195 6-59. A t Augsburg since 1960. KRISTOFFER F. PAULSON,A.B., Instructor in English A.B., St. Olaf College, 1956. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway; University of Heidelberg, Germany; George Washington University; Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1960. HOWARD E. PEARSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. At Augsburg since 1956. ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Professor o f English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1 9 4 1 Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. At Augsburg 1932-44 and since 1946. KATHERINEPETERSON,M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa, 1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. A t Augsburg since 1956. LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1954. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg since 1950. MARTINQUANBECK, Ph.D., Professor o,f Education and Dean of the College A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933; Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, M i n . , 1929-36. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-3 8. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean, 1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 1938. PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion; College Chaplain For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39. Music Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian Public Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 1941-43 and since 1946. Personnel / 12 I EDWIN J. SAUGESTAD, A.B., Instrzictor in Physical Edzccation and Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1959. A. MAYOSAVOLD,A.B., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Luther College, 1941. Additional study: North Dakota, Minnesota, MacPhail School of Music. Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D., 1934-37; Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42 and 1946-48. U.S. Armed Forces 1942-45; Glenwood Public Schools, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1952. DONNAL. SCHLORF.A.B., Instructor in Physical Edzccation A.B., Augsburg College, 1955. Additional study: University of Minnesota; University of Colorado; University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: Junior and Senior High School, 195 5-61. A t Augsburg since 1961. RUTH SEGOLSON,M.S., Professor of Ifome Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925 ; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 197.5-28; Univer. sity of Minnesota, 1928-44. At Augsburg since 1944. MARJORIEH. SIBLEY,A.M., Assistant Librarian A.B., University of Illinois, 1942; A.M., 1943. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Elementary, 1940-41; University of Illinois, 1945-46; Acquisitions Librarian, Macalester College, 1959-61. A t Augsburg since 1961. GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926. PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Professor of Religion For statement of academic ~ r e ~ a r a t i oand n experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. RUTH SONSTENG,A.M., lnstrztcfor in Home Economics A.B., Augsburg College, 1954; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Teaching: High School, 1955-56; Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57. A t Augsburg 1957-60 and since 1961. LAWRENCE H. STARKEY, Ph.D., Lecfztrer in Astronomy A.B., University of Louisville, 1942; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary, 1945; A.M., University of Southern California, 1948; Ph.D., 1954. Additional study: Garrett Biblical Institute. Teaching: University of California, Bethel College. I zz / Personnel MERTONP. STROMMEN,Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955; Ph.D., 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor: Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. A t Augsburg since '947. OLAF H . SWENSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-51. Probation Ogce, Hennepin County, 195 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953. AGNESB. TANGJERD, A.M., Archivist A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. Librarian, Augsburg College, 1940-1960. PAULETTER. THOMPSON,A.M., Instructor in Spanish A.B., Augsburg College, 1954; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: University of Mexico. Teaching: High School, 1954-57; University of Minnesota, Assistant, 1957-59. A t Augsburg since 1960. PHILLIP J. THOMPSON,A.B.. M.F.A., Assistant Professor of A r t A.B., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., State University of Iowa, 1958. Teaching: State University of Iowa, 19 57-5 8; Kokomo Extension of Indiana University, 1958-59. A t Augsburg since 1959. Ph.D., Professor of English (on leave) GERALDH. THORSON, A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1957. U.S. Army, 1943-46. Additional study: Grenoble, Oslo, Wisconsin. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. Visiting Professor, University of Reykjavik, Iceland, 1961-62. A t Augsburg since 1946. JOHN THUT,A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota, Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 193 I 44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1947. VERATHUT,B.Mus., lnstructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota, Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti, Robyn Xormal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. Personnel / 123 HAROLDTOLLEFSON, A.B., M.Th., Instrzrctor irz Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 195 3 ; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, I 9 5 5. Additional Study: University of Heidelberg A t Augsburg since 1959. JOEL S. TORSTENSON, A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D., 19 59. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg 193842 and since 1947. E. MARGARET TRAUTWEIN, A.M., Instrz~ctorin Engli~h A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 19 53. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. A t Augsburg, 1950-54 and since 1961. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biolog~' A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, I 93 I -3 5. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. A. BRUCEWRIGHTSMAN, B.S., Instr~rctorin Mathematics B.S., University of Wisconsin, 195 8. Additional study: Luther Theological Seminary. Teaching: University of Wisconsin, 1957-58. At Augsburg since 1960. CARL W. LANDAHL,M. Mus., Assistant Professor of Mzrsic (Deceased October 26, 1961) A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music, Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., Cali,fornia Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 193 1-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern College, 1950-59. A t Augsburg 1952-61. KARL H. BREVIK,A.B., B.Th., Instrzrctor in Religion A.B., Concordia College 1951; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1951. Additional Study: Syracuse University. Teaching: Concordia College, 195456. Associate Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, 1956-61. A t Augsburg 1959-61. Administratiolz and ZDENEKCERNOHOUS, A.M., Instrzrctor in B~~silzess Econonzics A.B., St. John's University, 1953 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 195 5. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1956-60. A t Augsburg 1960-61. 124 / Personnel IVAN DOSEFF, B.S., Instructor in Art B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: A r t Institute of Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8- 19; Iowa State Teachers College, 19 19-2 I ; Luther College, 1922-23 ; Minneapolis A r t Institute, 1928-30; University of Minnesota, 1926-53. A t Augsburg 1955-1961. NELSW. FORDE,A.M., Instructor in History A.B., Luther College, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1958. Teaching: Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1957-60. A t Augsburg 1960-61. PAULGABRIELSEN, Th.B., A.M., College Chaplain A.B., Concordia College, 1952; C.T. and Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; A.M., University of Chicago, 1960. Pastor, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1958-60. A t Augsburg, 1960-61. SHERMANJOHNSRUD, A.M., Instructor in Philosophy A.B., St. Olaf College, 1953; A.M., Univeristy of Chicago, 1955. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Celle, Germany, 1953-54; Valparaiso University, 1955-58; Concordia College, 1959-60. a t Augsburg, 1960-61. RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., Instructor in Health D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42; Oflicer, U.S. Navy, 1942-46. A t Augsburg 1955-61. DEAND. KNUDSEN,B.D., Instru~torin Sociology A.B., Sioux Falls College, 1954; B.D., Berkeley Baptist Divinity School, 1957. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1960-61. EMMA J. KYDD, M.S., Instructor in Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1958; M.S., 1960. Teaching: University of Minnesota, Teaching Assistant, 1958-60. A t Augsburg 1960-61. RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian A.B., Concordia College, 1954. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1954-56. A t Augsburg 1957-61. CATHERINE CHRISTIENICHOLL, A.M., Instructor in English A.B., Hope College, 1953; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Additional study: Minnesota, University of London. Teaching: Colby Jr. College, 1954-5 5; Bradford Jr. College, 195 5-56; Southern Oregon College, 1956-57. A t Augsburg 1957-1961. Personnel / I25 ROBERT C. STENSTROM,A.M., Instrztctor in Physics and Mathematics A.B., University of South Dakota, 1917; A.M.. University o f South Dakota, 1958. Teaching: University of South Dakota, 1956-58. A t Augsburg 1958-61. HUGHB. WILCOX,M.S., Lecturer in Mathematics B.S.E.E., University of Minnesota, 19 14; M.S., 19 16. Teaching: High School, 19 I 8-19; University of Minnesota, 1920-60. A t Augsburg 196061. PAUL CASPERSON,A.B., Teaching Fellow in Biology and Assistant Football Coach, 1960-61. MALCOLMGIMSE, Teaching Fellow in Physical Education, 1961-62. PHILIP W. HEIDE, A.B., B.Th., Teaching Fellow in Religion, 1960-61. MARSHALLD. JOHNSON,A.B., B. Th., Teaching Fellow in Religion, 1960-61. RICHARDJOHNSON,B.E.E., Teaching Fellow in Mathematics, 1960-61. ORLIN MANDSAGER, A.B., B.D., Teaching Fellow in Religion, 1960-61. HUBERTNELSON, A.B., Teaching Fellow in Religion, 1961-62. Graduates AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1960 WITH THE DEGREE OF BACHEL~ 3R Abrahamsen, Svein A., Jr. Ramsey, N. J . Amundson, Bruce Arnold Climax Anderson, Donald Arthur Minneapolis Anderson. John Allen St. Paul Anderson, Karen Lou Minneapolis Anderson, Robert Allan Mznneapolis Anderson, Sharon Lee Lam berton Benson, Margaret Yvonne Montevideo Beree. Richard Harold Albert Lea - - - --~ e r g e r ,Newman 0. Veblen. S. ~ a k ; Berkness, Loren Gerald Minneapolis Betker. Gaylen B. Hutchinson Bispala, John Kaarlo Hibbing Boleman, LeMoyne C. Minneapolis Boyum, Arne Harold Peterson Burfield, Carolyn M. Carver Bussler, Arlo Rudolph Stewart Carlsen, Carlson, Carlson, Carlson, Carlson. Ruth Markell Minneapolis Jerald Henry Minneapolis Kurt Gregory Minneapolis Margaret Ruth Marietta Mvron LeRov Willmar as person, -Carol Ann" Johnson Minneapolis Casperson, Paul Conrad Minneapolis Christensen, Naomi Grace Minneapolis Christiansen, DiAnn Renee Minneapolis Christianson. Elizabeth Louise Minneanolis ~lexagdria Christopherson, Iver C. Collin, Harry Clifford, Jr. Minneapolis Cruys, George Harold Minneapolis Cunning, Bruce R. Minneapolis OF ARTS Kepski, Ralph A. Kennedy. Richard John Kirkeeide, Robert Edward Minneapolis St. Paul Minneapolis Larson, Dorothy Ann Oak Park Larson, James C. Minneapolis Lecander. Ronald Glen Menomonie, Wis. Leslie, John Howard Minneapolis Lind, E. Delano Minneapolis Locke. Peter Michael Minneawolis Lokken, Lawrence Lundeen, Walter Gerald Minneapolis Lyon, LaRae K. Lake Crystal enso on Marciniak, Joseph Andrew Minneapolis Robbinsdale McKay, Keith M. Millar. Barbara Mznneanolis - -- - Elaine Milne. Barbara Jean ~oifston Mundschenk, Harold E. Minneapolis Munson, James W. Omaha, Neb. Myhre, Clifford Morris. Jr. Minneawolis Myhre, Paul ~ a y m o n d ~inneabolis Myring, Marcia Christine Minneapolis Nelson, Judith G. Minneapolis Nelson, Nicholas David Corona dc: 3Inr. Cclif, Nelson, Sonja Kaye Roseau Rnu; S~iehlorr Nielsen, Loren L. Noble, James A. Blooming P7n:ric Nordlie, David Amos Mirnrcopolix . ~ Ofstun, Richard Elliot Duluth Oliver, George James Minneapolis Olsen, Donald A. Minneapolis Olson, Barbara M. Cottonwood Elroy, Wis. Olson, Edward J. Dahlmeier, Phyllis LaVonne Minneapolis Olson, R. Thomas Minneapolis Minneapolis Dean, Alberta Kay Ose, Phyllis M. Minneapolis Droegemueller, Lee Arthur Minneapolis Paulson, Clayton Arvid Clitherall Minneapolis Pedersen, Ramona Joan Fergus Falls Edmund, Wayne F. Minneapolis Ellefson, Jon Richard Pederson, Dwight L. Osceola, Wis. Minneapolis Willmar Ellis, Colleen Patricia Pedersor., W. Dennis D. Clarissa Engelmann, Alfred B. Persson, Paul Robert Minneapolis Minneapolis Peterson. Judv Gail Minneanolis Erickson, Donald LeRoy ---- -Fertile Peterson; ~ a r e nAnn Brainerd Erlandson, Gene Marland Oconto, Wis. Peterson, Paul Alvin Hopkins Evenson, David Bruce Quanbeck, Fay Laurel Minneapolis Fosston Flaten, Arden Stanley Minneapolis Flom, Everett H., Jr. Richter, Lois A. St. Paul Minneapolis Flom, Marjorie Moland Schmid, Byron Lee Argyle, Wis. Garland, Nancy Vienette Marinette, Wis. Schueler. Orin Jav Harold Gedrose, James, M. Berkeley, Calzf. S. Dak. Brandon.. Gilberg. Donald C. Carp~o, N. Dak. Shotts, Dale Eugene ~ a ~ m o n Wis. d, ~ i l b e r g o n , Darrel Strum, Wis. Skurdal, K. Benjamin Williston. N. Dak. Glad, Dennis Edward Minneapolis Slotvig, Philip LeRoy Minneapolis Gravgaard, LaVonne A. Temple, N. Dak. Stanley, Ronald Harold Minneapolis Stevens. Robert C. Minneawolis Hagen, Aldemar Ellen Johnson Studlien. Marlene Minneakolis ~~~, - ~ Louise -~ --- - Cambridge, Mass. Svanoe. L. Alfred ~znneabolis Hagen, Dean L. Minneapolis Swanson, Sharon Jeanne Mtnnenpolis HaUer, James Howard %Vnrienli~~go Syverson, Gordon Lee Minneopolzs Hanka, Dale E. Mi nnenpolis Thompson, Paul A. Minneapolis Mni7reupolis Hanka, J. David Thompson. Lawrence R. Minneapolis Calloway Hanson, Gordon 0. Thorpe, Glenn C. Aniwa. Wis. Hatiield, Dennis V. Medicine Lake, Mont. Thorpe, Neal 0 . Aniwa. Wis. Hatland, Kenneth Minneapolis Thorsgard, Ruth M. Northwood, N. Dak. Watertown Hendricks, Gerald E. Tollefson, Beverly Marlene Hess, Ronald Clayton Brainerd Osnabrock. N. Dak. Minneapolis Holrnquist, Donald J. Torgerson, David George Minneapolis Holmquist. Don M. Minneapolis Toussaint, Harry, Jr. Milaca Homme; Donald W. Minneapolis Tweed, Marilyn Edith Pequot Lakes Hoversten, Chester, Jr. Minneapolis Hutchison, Robert M. Minneapolis Valleen, Kermit Ludwig Lindstrom Vorpe, Floyd Eugene Minneapolis Isum, Marvin P. Elmwood, Wis. Wacker, Linnea Lee Stewart Johnson, Gerald S. Hector West, Stanley L. New Brighton Johnson, James A. Fergus Falls Wilsey, Shirley Harms Minneapolis Johnson, Marcus Wayne Minneapolzs Juntunen, Wayne Roger Cloquet Ziemann, Lowell Albert Fairmont AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1961 WITH THE DEGREE OF BACHELOROF ARTS Acker, Phyllis A. Minneapolis Adam, Timothy W. Minneapolis Akerman, Kenneth LeRoy Ashby Anderson, Carol Kay Peshtigo, Wis. Anderson, Curtis DeWayne Peshtigo, Wis. Anderson, n e r P. St. Paul Anklam, Robert D. Minneapolis Arvidson, Gayle J. Parkers Prairie Baker, Shirley Hoekstra Minneapolis Newfolden Bakke. Llovd G. ... erg&, ~ e i e nJoan Hawley Berge, Phyllis Dow Raymond Minneapolis Birkeland, Joyce Sofie Northport, N. Y. Blegen. Oscar I.. Jr. Minneawolts 8lok. Ronald Carl Marinette, -wis. Rotten. Theodore P.. Jr. Minneapolis Chisago City Buchkoskg. Dsvid 8. Burlicgame. Clyde Royce Minneapolis >. Cadson. Daniel J . Jamestown, N. Y. Cowl, Lawrence Burton Minneapolis Cummings, Richard Frank Minneapolis Krusemark, Lyle Kenneth Kulander. Paul E. Hoffman Minneapolis Larson, Diane E. Amherst Junction. Wis. Larson, George S. Murdock Larson, K. Duane Cadott, Wis. Leach, Thomas Charles Minneapolis Minneapolis Lee, Harold T. Leiseth, Keith M. Buffalo Liebenovr, Cameron L. Minneapolzs Lorenz, Leonard D. Minneapolis Minneapolis Lund, Richard E. Madson, Gregory N. Parkers Prairie Magnuson, Julie Ann Marinette, Wis. uagnuson, Roy Norman Minneapolis Maher, F. Phil Minneapolis Manske, Kenneth J. Minneapolis Marshall, Harold Arthur Sp.ring Park Martin, Robert. N. Valley Stream, N.Y. Mayala, Jacob A,, J r . Clear Lake, Wis. Miller, Orville Jerome St. Paul Minneapolis Mokros, Norbert W. W. Nelson, Bernadine LoAnn Portland, N. Dak. Dahlager, Arlo Orlando Fremont, Calif. Nelson, Kenneth G. Elbow Lake Dalluge, David G. Minneapolis Niemi, Bereley Douglas Negaunee, Mich. DeMars. James E. Minneawolis Nordlund, Patricia Lou Clearbrook Dudero, Russell Archie s t . ~ a u l Nordlund, Winnie Marie Clearbrook Duncan, Agnette Ulstad Minneapolis Norum, Arden L. Eagle Bend Dyrud, Leola Thief River Falls Willmar Egertson, Joel A. F:I~~@;;;,X?TL r e ~~~~i~~ Falk Ehnert, Loren L. Olson, Cedric John Granite Falls Elavsky, Michael Jon ~ + Olson, ~ Deloris~ May ~ ~Staples .?.lixncc.pots Erickson, Harold. Jr. Minneapolis h F i , s %Gz&df"'c'%t&n Samuel Minneapolis ~ ; Page, Gerald S. Robbinsdale Pearson. Glenn Albin Minneawolis Pearson, Stanley L. ~inniapilis Pedersen. Ralph A. Minneapolis Gallagher, Lawrence E. 311i1nerr~lrs Pederson, Earl E. Minneeapolis Gartner, Deanna Presttun Brclricrri Peterson, Gerald L. Minneapolis Gibson, Joan K. 31inneapoUs Peterson. Paul D. Battle -~~ . Lake -.Gilbertson, Barbara J o Engen Minneapolis peterson; Robert E. Eleva, Wis. Minneapolis Peterson, Rolf A. Gunderman, Charles Minneapolis Raivo. Sharon L. Minneapolis Rew, Myron E. Jamestown, N.Y. Hagestuen, Richard M. Medicine Lake, Mont. Cottonwood Rosvold, Marlo L. Halvorson. Audrey M. C~attire Fulls Saether. Harold Edward RTinncopoi7s Halvorson. Gary Stev,ert Blanchardville, Wis. Hamre. John M. Mi?zneepolis F e ~ p t t y Fat* Hancy, Curtis M+?:?~copnfis Saure. W U p n Gail m e . Karen Watle 3rorrts Schlink Fdarie Gjerde iW~xneapola Hellzen, James P. nlInneapolzs Schroeaer, Dennis Floyd il.11nnrapoIis Heskin, Roger Edward Norwich. N. Dak. Score. Severt Ole %lin~~cupolis Holden. JamK. S h e i b u ~ ~ : Shepherd. h x r e n c e Daniel ItIinn~opolis Iiolrnan, ;Vary Ann i T o r d ~ Lokc Li!Tion Shogren, David J m e s 3ltnneopoliu Halmer;. LeRog Cecil Soudau Sho,9.cn. Glcnna Sr17&nr;c .Mi?~rtr4potis Hsieh, Joseph Shan-Chen Sohlden. Jean Marie ChnIl:.s, Mich. Taipai, Formosa S o l b e r g . Da\-id H. Xorrhfi~~ld Humphrey. Richard L. Grand Marais S:ansk. Dennis David Elko Husfloen, Richard Lowell, Fargo, N. Dak. S t c n M . John Earl-ie 31inncap01i3 Stokke, Verna Lou Clarl$eld Jackson. Harvey L. Madrid, Iowa Svailoe. Cwol Ha\\-kins Minncopolk Jacobson, Kathlyn C. Sebeka Swanson. Patricia Evelqne WaIcrtnu7n Jacobson; Robert L. Minneapolis Johnson. Arlan E. Aitkin Terrio, Gary LeRoy Mt. Iron Thompson, Richard M. Minneapolis ~ o h n s o n ; Carolyn Sylvia Minneapolis Trelstad Karen Egesdal Elmore Johnson George 0 . Minneapolis Trenne, ' Genevieve W. Fergus Falls ~ o h n s o n : Sheldon Donald Minneapolis Jones, Nellie Lucille Oak Park Willmar Westphal. Bruce Malvin Kalpin, Dennis Arlon Minneapolis Hang Kong Yue, Alexander Ka-Yu Keck, Kenley C. Brainerd Knutson, David Marlyn Minneapolis Zinn, Robert Warner s t . Paul Koeneman, Robert Lewls Minneapolis Feldmann, Mary Joan Grenora, N. Dak. Foss, Meredith A. Minneapolis ~ AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1960 Faust, Daniel Gordon .. .Valley City, N. Dak. Snider, Neal E. ........ .Pembina, N. Dak. Wrm THE DEGREE OF GRADUATE IN THEOLOGY Armstrong, James W. ........... St. Paul Glasoe, James L. .......... Minot, N. Dak. Jensen, Carl A. ............. .Racine, Wis. Rhoe, Kenneth R. ...-.......... Wayzata AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1961 Almauist. James Arnold ............ Swicer Gjerde, Manley Kenneth .. .Tacoma, wash. Heide, Philip Wendell .......Alkabo N. Dak. Johnson. Marshall Duane ..... . ~ i d h l eRive7 Ose, Gaylen V. ........... Thief River Falls Steenberg, Thomas Alfred, Jr. . .Minneapolis Lundquist, George Raymond Paulson, Philip .. .Minneapolis .................Minneapolis SUMMARY OF GRADUATES Seminary Graduates-] 870-1959 . . . . . . . . . Graduates-1960 ................. Graduates-1961 ................. Total College Total Enrollment Summary AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 1960-1 96 1 FIRST SEMESTER Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D H.) Jr Nurse (D H.) ......... Fr Nurse (F H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . Evening Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . Total ......... Men 77 103 141 224 45 Women 33 63 92 185 20 42 36 54 P6 SECOND SEMESTER Total Men Women 110 166 233 409 65 42 36 54 96 19 70 106 137 190 39 29 63 86 170 16 41 0 41 91 18 99 169 223 360 55 41 0 41 91 28 1107 - - 13 - - 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596 - 634 1230 551 556 6 Total -- TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR Mmn Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Senior Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jr Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F H.) .............. Fr Nurse (S. H.) .............. Evening Students (only) ........ 12 . . . . Women . . Total .................... Total 33 65 94 187 22 42 36 55 96 25 112 177 247 423 81 42 36 55 96 37 - - - 651 655 1306 AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 1960-1 96 1 SEMESTER I SEMESTER II TOTAL Men Men Men 7 Third Year ........................ Second Year 9 First Year ................. ;. . . . . . . 13 2 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....................... . Total ....................... 7 9 13 2 . 31 31 7 9 13 2 . 31 TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1960-1 96 1 College Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655 Total ........................................ 1306 Seminary Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total ........................................ Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once ......... 31. 0 - I 30 / Enrollment Summary AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 196 1-1 962 Class ................ Senior Junior ............. Sophomore ........... Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (D H.) . . . . . Jr . Nurse (D. H.) . . . Fr. Nurse (F H.) . . . Fr. Nurse (M. H.) . . . . Fr. Nurse (S H.) . . . Evening Students (only) . . . Total Men 70 124 145 245 46 0 0 0 0 0 6 - FIRST SWESTER Women Totol 53 123 73 197 109 254 227 472 26 72 42 42 1 1 49 49 22 22 92 92 11 17 - - 7341 602 TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sop homore . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . Fr Nurse (F H.) . . . . Fr Nurse (M. H.) . . . Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . Evening Students (only) Women 54 74 111 23 1 35 42 1 49 22 92 11 ......... 635 - SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total 64 48 112 121 73 194 139 107 246 230 213 443 42 27 69 0 38 38 0 0 0 0 38 38 0 22 22 0 88 88 6 3 9 705 . . . . . . . - - 657 1259 Totol 125 201 265 487 89 42 1 49 22 92 20 Toto l . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 196 1-1 962 SEMESTER I Men 7 Third Year Second Year . . . . . . . . . . 11 First Year . . . 12 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 30 SEMESTER II Men 7 TOTAL Men 7 11 12 2 11 12 2 32 32 - TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 196 1-1 962 College Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722 Totol .................................. 1393 Seminary Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . - 32 1425 3 Index Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . 36 Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1W . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 .............. 23 ............ 23, 98 Aims, Fundamental .............. 8, 9. Alumni Association, The . . . . . . . . . . I3 Archives, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Art, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Athletics Attendance, Chapel .............. 24 Attendance, Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Audic-Visual Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Administrative Staff Admission, College Admission, Seminary Advanced Placement Advanced Standing Divisional Organization Dramatics ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29. 43 53 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Education, elementary . . . . . . . . . 67, 91 Education, secondary . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 90 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 99 Engineering, Pre-Engineering Course . 95 49 English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Entrance Requirements, College . . . . 22 Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 38 Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .IS, 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 16 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Financial Information .............. I5 Financial Support and Control . . . . . 10 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Food Service .................... 34 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $6 Faculty The Fees Biology. Department of . . . . . . . 77 Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Business Administration. Curriculum . . 93 Business Administration and Economics 71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78. 93 Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . . 103 Classification of Students . . . . . . . . 37 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . 109 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Control. Financial Support and ... 10 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 .. Calendar General Education Campus Life Cancellation ............. 7 Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Coordinator of Student Activities . . 35 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I S Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . 42. 101 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40. 42 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39. Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . 100 92 24 41 Requirements 39 General Information Graduates-(1870.1961), Summary of 128 Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . 39. 100 Grants-inaid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Greek. New Testament ............. Health and Physical Education . . . . . 48 84 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49. 101 High School Teaching Curriculum . . . 90 Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Home Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74. 92 Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38. 40 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31. 41 Hospital Afiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . # Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . Journalism Practical Theology 30 Prizes. Scholarships and . . . . . . . 18 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 37 Psychology. Department of . . 66 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Purposes .................... 8 ....... Junior Year Abroad 14 48 91 12 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Location ................ 2 Laboratories. Natural Science . . . . Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Mathematics. Department of . . . . 83 Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . 87. 94 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . 96 Membership in Educational Associations 6 Ministry. Preparation for the . . . 88. 97 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Missionary Work. Preparation for . Modern Languages. Department of . Music. Deporiment of . . . . . . . . 40 89 54 57 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Musical Organizations . . . . . . 30. 59 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... New Testament (Seminary) Norwegian. Courses in . . ... Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . . Old Testoment (Seminary) . . Organizations. Student . Orientation ............ Parish Work. Preparation for Pastoral Theology . . . Payment of Accounts . . . Personnel Services. Student Philosophy. Department of . . . 77 102 55 42 87 94 101 25 33. 101 . . ...... ..... Political Science ......... 33 26 17 36 36 44 26 41 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Scandinavian Language and Literature 55 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . 18 Secretarial Work Curriculum . . . . . 96 Seminary. Admission . . . . . . . . 97 Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . 101 Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Seminary. Faculty . . . . . . . . . . 110 Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . 100 Seminary. Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . Social and Recreational Activities . 99 26 Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . 61 Social Work Curriculum . . . 95 .... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Programs of Study . . . Sociology. Department of SPAN .. Spanish Speech. Department of . . . . . . . Student Activities. Coordination of . Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . Symbols . . . . . . . . . . .... Systematic Theology . . . ... Theology. College Preparation for 88. 98 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . .23 .. Trustees. Board of Tuition and Fees Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . Placement Service for Graduates Plant. The Physical Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . Religion and Philosophy. Division of . Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . 90. 91 Teaching Curriculums . . . . 90. 91 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . 23. 38 Theological Seminary. Augsburg . 97 . ....... Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . 105 38 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 ... . . 107 . . . . . . . . . IS. 16 University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Upper Division Requirements . 4 0
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1958-1960
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine defin...
Show more Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semestm without completing the other. SYMBOLS f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS CREDITSSHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student i? 16 credit hours per semester. DIVlSIOjVAL ORGANIZATION THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Religion Philosophy Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Secretarial Studies Home Economics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Division of Religion and Philosophy MR. P. A. QUANBECX, Chairman THROUGHTHE STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of the central realities of li,fe and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The student is challenged to accept this point of view-to relate himself to G r i s t as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in i n ~ t r ~ c t i oi n. ~to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. The graduation requirement is 14 credits in the Department of Religion. Of these credits, 8 must be lower division and at least 4 must be upper division credits. Courses 9, 58, and 60 fulfill major and minor requirements but do not fulfill the religion requirement for graduation. Students are required to take one two-credit course each semester during their first two years and six credits during their last two years. In this area the sequence required of Freshmen is Basic Bible. Total hours to ,be earned by transfer students will be determined by classification given them a t the time of admission. Six credits from Greek 5 I , 52, 53, or 54 may apply toward the religion requirement. Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major or minor in religion. I,2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament, including the history of Israel and special attention to one or two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament with special attention to two or three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. 3, 4. CHURCHHISTORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 4 5 7. CLASSICS IN CHRISTIAN I)EvoTIoN. I. 2 Cr. The approaches to the Christian life as seen in some of the classical devotional writings of different periods in the history of the church. 8. THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.11. 2 0. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. PRINCIPLES OF CHRISTIAN EDUCATION.I. 2 Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 9. lo. HYMNSAND IMUSIC OF THE CHURCH. n. See Course 10 under the Department of Music. 2 Cr. Upper Bvision Courses 5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE RELIGION. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of ten or twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. OF CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE.Prereq. 3, 4. I. 3 Cr. 5 3 . FUNDAMENTALS The fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith and attention to the historical development of some of these doctrines. CHRISTIANE m ~ c s . Prereq. 3, 4 , 5 3 or #. 11 3 Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. 54. 5 5. THELUTHERANCHURCH. Prereq. 3 , 4 or #. I. 2 Cr. The Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices, with special reference to some of the confessional writings. Attention is given also to Lutheranism in America and to the basic princi.ples of the Lutheran Free Church. 5 6 . THE CHRISTIANCHURCHES. Prereq. 3, 4 or #. 11. 2 Cr. Aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal psition, and practices of the various branches of the-Christian Church. 1 8 . PARISHWORK. 11. 2 cr. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 4 6 / Division of Religion and Philosophy 60. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH. II. r Cr. A study af principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 61. GODAND MAN IN THE OLD TESTAMENT. I. 3 cr. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 62. THEMESSAGE OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11. 3 Cr. A discovery of the essence of the Christian faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. TO CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGICAL THOUGHT. INTRODUCTION Prereq. 3, 4 o r #. I. 3 Cr. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 63. 64. THE CHRISTIAN FAITHIN THE MODERNWORLD. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and rival faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the present conflicts and crises in Western culture. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY THE COURSES IN PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements i n the history of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as religion, art, and morals. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 23, 24, 41, 42 are required for the major. Courses 23, 4 1 , 42 are required for the minor. 23. LOGIC. I. 3 Cr. A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. The course includes a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. 24. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY.11. 3 Cr. By means of reading selected source material, supplemented ,by cclssroclm lecture and discussion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics, metaphysics, and theory of knowledge. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47 HISTORYO F PHILOSOPHY. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in selected primary sources. 41, 42. Upper Division Courses 53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. 54. AUGUSTINE A careful study and analysis af the most important philosophical writings of each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 cr. 6j. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I. A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196162.) 3 0. 64. EMPIRICISM.Prereq. 42. 11. A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1961-62.) 65. GERMANIDEALISM.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered 1960-61.) 66. EXISTENTIALISM. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered 1960-61.) 7 I . CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1961-62.) OF ART. Prereq. 23 or 24. 11. 3 Cr. 72. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1961-62.) 85. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience. (Offered 1960-61 .) 86. MORALPHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. 11. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourses. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Humanities IT IS THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN, AND HEBREW THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theologicaI seminari&. Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and 1 4 credits in ,Latin. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Minor: 20 credits. , 1 - 2 4 ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENTGREEK. I, 11.. 8 Cr. In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar cd the Greek language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 52. ADVANCED NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, II. 3. 3 Cr. Selections &om the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. 53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.Prereq. 52. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. S.pecial emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. LATIN I-2.t BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11. Grammar and exercises in translation. 8 Cr. 3, 4. CZSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Continuation of grammar ,and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Galhc WIW and St. Augmtine's Confessions. (Offered 1960-61 .) Division of the Humanities / 49 HEBREW 83-84.f HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, 11. See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary. 85, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, 11. See Course 17, 1 8 under Theological Seminary. 6 0. 2, 2 Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH T m DEPARTMENT OF E-UCLIF~ a h to train students in t h e proper use ofEnglish in oral md wrirtcn expfiwion: to increvc proficiency in reading uld U I a n a l p k g literary texts; to acqusinr the scudents with the dmeIopment d the literatute of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundaments! truths and realiries o f life revcdcd in great Iiteraturc. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. The department may exempt a few well qualified students from course I. Those exempted fmm course I may satisfy the English requirement by courses z and 21. Students who do not achieve a satisfactory standard in their writing in course I must repeat the course before they enroll in course 2. All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Major: 28 credits above course 2, including courses 21, 22, 31, 32, 51, $2, 61, 62, and 74. Minor: z I credits above course 2, including courses 21, 3I , 32, 5 I, 52, 61, and 62. Teaching Major: 28 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching major plus 71 and the second year of a foreign language. Teaching Minor: 2 1 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching minor plus 71. A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students who plan on graduate study in English should include courses 76, 78, 92, 94, 95, history 12, German, and French. Recommended sequence of required courses for major: sophomores, first semester, 21, 31; second semester, 22, 32; juniors, first semester, 51, 61, 74; second semester, 52, 62, plus 71 for teaching majors. A. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. Fr. (Wered both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upper classmen, but only freshmen may receive credit. 1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. ( M e r e d both semesters.) 6 Cr. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper. Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a week. 50 / D i ~ d i o nof thc Hzrmanities 5. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN. I. z Cr. AII introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and listening. To be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English. 9. COMMUNICATION FOR NURSES. I. 2 Cr. A study of the communication skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening 12. FORMSOF JOUKNALISTIC WRITING. See course 12 under Journalism. IT. 2 Cr. 21, 22. LITERATURE OF THE WESTERN WORLD. Prereq. 2. 3, 3 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. Course 2 1 offered both semesters. Course zr offered I1 semester 1960-61; both semesters I 961-62. 25. EXPOSITORY WRITING. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. CREATIVE WRITING. Prereq. 2. 11. 2 Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in rhe composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 26. 31. MEDIEVAL LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefly English. Special attention given to Chaucer. 32. RENAISSANCE LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. 11. z Cr. Literature of England from 1485 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention given to non-English works. Upper Division Courses JUNIORENGLISH. Prereq. 2. (Offered ,both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Recommended for students who rank low in the sophomore English test. 56. 5 I, 52. AMERICAN LITERATURE.Prereq. ?. I, JI. 2, z Cr. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 5 5. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. I. Scc course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA- n. z cr. See course 5 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Hilmanities / 5 I 58. MODERNFICTION. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 cr. The modem novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers. yy. MODERNPOETRY. Prereq. 2. I. Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry. 3 Cr. 60. MODERNDRAMA. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Bsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. BRITISHLITERATURE O F THE SEVENTEENTH AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURIES. 3 Cr. Prereq. 2. I. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 61. OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY. Prereq. 2. 11. j Cr. 62. BRITISHLITERATURE Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. 71. INTRODUCTION TO MODERNENGLISH. Prereq. 2. 5 cr. The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective high-school Englis4 teachers an introduction to the study of language. (Offered I Sem., 1960-61; ZI Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 72. LITERARY CRITICISM. Prereq. 2. I. A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 74. SHAKESPEARE.Prereq. 32 or #. Reading of some of the plays. Attention given t o the princitples of drama and the historical background. (Offered I1 Sem., 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) 76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 o r #. II. 2 Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. ( m e r e d 196162.) z Cr. 78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1960-61.) 83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I. a cr. The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1960-61.) 8 5 . CONTEMPORARY AMERICANLITERATURE.Prereq. yz or 8. 1. Major writers since World War I. (Ofiered 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. 2 Cr. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. 52 / Division of the Humanities STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT partment chaiman. Offered both semesters. I , I Cr. JOURNALISM r 1. SURVEY OF MASSCOMMUNICATIONS. I. z Cr. Attention is given to patterns of operations in mass media with emphasis on analysis of content and audiences. Contributions of other disciplines to the reporting of news and the functions of the press and other communication agencies in the formation of public opinion are studied. 12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11. 2 0. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH THISDEPARTMENTaims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in intempretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which .prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. II All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation. Speech is designed especially for this requirement. Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department for individual attention. Mapr: 24 credia above Speech I I. For education students courses I z, 3 I, 32, 66, and 76. Philosophy 23 is required of all majors. Minor: 18 credits ambove Speech I 1. For Education students courses 12, 3 I, 32, 5 1 or $3, and 66. I I. BEGINNINGSPEECH. SO. Offered both semesters. Basic prablems of effective speaking and critical listening. 12. ARGUMENTATION. 50. II. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. 16. STORYTELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS.SO. Il. z Cr. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice id story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Hxmanities / 5 3 DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students. 21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE z Cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 25. INTERCOLLEGIATE SPEECH. Open to all students. I. Preparation for and participation in intercollegiate speech contests. I Cr. TO DRAMATIC ARTS. Open to all students. I. 3 Cr. 29. INTRODUCTION An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 I . INTERPRETATIVEREADING.So. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice .in reading various kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. 3 Cr. 32. ACTING. So. 11. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GROUPLEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION.Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Theories of leadership; principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered I 960-61 .) 53. ADVANCED PUBLICSPEAKING. Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 1961-62.) 5 5. PERSUASION AND PROPAGANDA. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. The psychology of persuasion; techniques used in public speaking, advertising, selling, and propaganda. Ethical implications of persuasive techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. 64. STAGECRAF~.Jr., Sr. 11. A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. ( m e r e d 1361-62.) 3 Cr. 66- STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. TI. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 54 / Division of the Humanities 92. SPEECH SEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on rhe uie of primary sources and the methodology of research. 94. DRAMASEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and interests. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES THIS DEPARTMENT aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem language as a 'factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. GERMAN Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-2.f BEGINNING GERMAN. I, 11. A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy (prose and poetry. Special work in conversation is required of all students planning to teach. Upper Division Cou.rses 1I , 12. GERMANLITERATURE.I, 11. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. 3. 3 Cr. SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Minor, 24 credits. I-2.f BEGINNING NORWEGIAN.Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11. 3, 3 c r Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Humanities / 5 5 I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1961-62.) Upper Division Courses THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I. Cr. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d 1960-61.) 5 5. 2 56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11. t Cr. The course includes dramas by Bjernson, Zbsen, and Stridberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1960-61.) FRENCH Minor, t o credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, H. 8 Cr. The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. One half of the time is devoted to the further study af grammar, composition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEY OF FRENCHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries. 52. FRENCHPHONETICS,CONVERSATION, AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 CC A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and composition. SPANISH Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-z.? BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. Stresses pronunciation, the essentiat of grammar, elementary conversation, and background reading in Spanish on the I.atin American countries. Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading d short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. 56 / Division of the Humanities Upper Division. Courses 5 I . SURVEY OF SPANISHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. 52. SPAXBH CONVERSAT~ON ~m Cornsmow. 11. 3 cr. A course aiming to fncilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition, including original themes. Lzhratory, including audio-visual aids, inregrared wirh classroom work and instruction. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC THE DEPARTMENT OF MUSICoffers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparatiod for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and lo, courses I through 58, 61-6r* or 6364*, 6 9 , 77 or 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At least 2 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. Non-education studears may subsrirute 10 for 77 or 78. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors y in and seniors. This requirement may be fuifilled by s a r i ~ f ~ c t o rparticipation the monthly Performance Smnhtrs. Fomzl public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Ir includes: the major and minor scales in a moderate tempo; three pieces in different styles, such as (a) a Bach invention or a dance from one of the suites, (b) one of the easier sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, or Beethoven, and (c) one of the shorter pieces by a nineteenth or twentieth century composer; sight-reading songs af hymn-tune grade. Minor: 2 6 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 5 8 , 61-62" or 6 3 64*, and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must 'be in private lessons in vocal or instrumental music. A maximtlm of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. "A student in education should prepare for both vocal and instrumental work. Therefore, unless he takes both technique courses, he should take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique if hi applied music is largely vocal. I , z. THEORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of nota- tion, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight reading, dictation, and part singing. 3. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. 11. z Cr. A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 7, 8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE OF MUSIC. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supple- mented by musical scores and recorded performances. 10. HYMNS AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11. 2 G. Development of the music cd the Christian Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. I 5-16.? HARMONY. I, 11. 4 cr. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing. Upper Divisionl Courses 5 5, 5 6. ADVANCED HARMONY.Prereq. z, 16. I, U. 2, 2 Cr. Continuation of I 5-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. CONDUCTING.Prereq. 2, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. Jr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should ,take the course in their junior year. 57, 58. 61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, H. z, z Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and #percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Class instruction in the ,fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 69. TWENTIETHCENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. 77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. I. z Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and tour-part writing in all the species. 58 / Division of the Humanities 78. MUSICALANALYSIS. Prereq. $ 5 and 77 o r #. Sr. 11. z Cr. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11. I , I Ct. Advanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research. APPLZED MUSZC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. I, I Cr. PIANO. I, 11. Technique as needed, repertory, pedormance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this examination has been passed apply toward the major o r minor. ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, II. I , I Cr. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. I, I Cr. VOICE. I, 11. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexi,bility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. WOOD-WINDINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. 2 Cr. I, I Cr. CHOIR.; I, 11. CONCERTBAND. I, 11. WOMEN'S CHORUS(Cantorians) . I, 11. %, % Cr. %, % Cr. o Cr. These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. PERFORMANCE SEMINAR I, 11. o Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ART THE D E P A R ~ E N OF T ART endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of a r t in history Dfvisim of the Humanities / 59 and religion. Because of the impact art has on contemporary life, students are encouraged to find opportunities in teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. Minor: 16 credits, including I, 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 71. I. BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, l e t t e ~ h ~ , .and sculpture. ART IN DAILYLIVING. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3. 3 Cr. 17, I 8. O m PAINTING.I, 11. 2, z Cr. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscape, and portrait painting. 21, rz. SCULPTURE. I, 11. 2 , z Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting. 32. WATERCOLOR PAINTING.11. z Cr. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. Upper Division Courses 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. CI. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 71. HISTORY OF PAINTING.I. 3 Cr. A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean cultures to modern times. The 65-voice Augsburg College Choir, directed b y Leland B. Sateren, and the 55-piece Augsburg College Band, directed by Mayo Savold, perform distinctive music works and tour annua2ly. Division of the Social Sciences MR. CHRISLOCK, Chairman IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE THE WORK OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the .phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. HISTORY Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, ~rere~uisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. I , 2. WESTERN CIVILIZATION. Fr. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for ,future work in History. 21, 22. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY. So. I, TI. 3. 3 Cr. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas afid institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 186s; second semester, the 'beginning of the reconstruction period to the present. Upper Division Courses 52. ENGLAND TO I 8 3 2. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196061.) 5 3. HISTORY OF CANADA.Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The development of Canada from early explorations u, the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Oflered 1961-62.) 5 5 . CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken 'fbr one additional credit on approval of kstructor. Wision of the Social Scimces / 61 AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1961-62.) 56. AND PROBLEMS OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST ASIA. GOVERNMENTS Jr., Sr. I. See course 57 under Political Science 57. 58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. See course 58 under Political Science. H. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 61. ANCIENTHISTORY. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered I 960-6 I .) 63. MEDIEVALEUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1961-62.; 64. MEDIEVAL EUROPE,1200-1500. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. hledieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval ,papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the 'Italian Renaissance. ( m e r e d 1961-62.) 3 cr. 65. EARLY MODERNEUROPE, I 500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 cr. 66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE,164-1789. Jr., Sr. II. A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XlV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern af England, scientific developments and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1960-61.) Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A ,political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the nineteenth century. (Offered 1961-62.) 67. PRE-NINETEENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND JAPAN. AND JAPAN, I 850 TO PRESENT. Jr., Sr. n. 3 Cr. 68. CHINA A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1961-62.) FRENCHREVOLUTION AND EARLYNINETEENTH CENTURYEUROPE. 3 Cr. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to I 8 50. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. 7I. 62 / Division of the Social Sciences LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from, 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 72. Jr., Sr. I. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. See course 75 under Political Science. TWENTIETH CENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 3 Cr. credits in History. Sr. 11. z Cr. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval cif instructor. 82. 12 99. SEMINARIN NORTHWEST HISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1960-61.) POLITICAL SCIENCE Minor: I 5 credits. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT.I, 11. 6 cr. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. 41-42.$ Upper Division Courses 5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATIC HISTORY. 11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. 57. GOVERNMENTS AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and economic problems. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. P O L I ~ CAND S PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1960-61.) PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I 1 for Political Science 3 Cr. minors. Jr., Sr. I. See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics. 61. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1961-62.) GEOGRAPHY 14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.Fr., So. 11. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 Cr. Division of the Social Sciences / 63 Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 2 I and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics I 5 , 16; Political Science 4 1 -42. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 4 1-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare studenu for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service. Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2 . Reuired in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22; Psychology 5 . Minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology. For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum. I. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY.Fr., So. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. SOCIALPROBLEMS.Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.Fr., So. 11. See course 4, under Business Administration and Economics. 3 e. 5 . SOCIOLOGY.I. 2 Cr. An introduction to the field of sociology, designed especially for student nurses. I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11. See course r 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 Cr. 2 I. RURALSOCIOLOGY.So. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the problems of,contemporary rural A.merica. URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11. 3 Cr. Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growrh, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. 22. 42. ~ ~ A R R I A G EAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.II. See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 cr. 64 /Division of the Social Sciences Upper Division; Courses 5 I. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 52. RACERELATIONS AND ,MINORITY PROBLEMS.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1960-61.) 5 6. LABOR AND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. I1 3 Cr. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 19.61-62.) 3 Cr. 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. An introductory exploration of the scope, nature, and functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 3 G60. PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. H. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institctional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. I, Psy. 5 . Jr., Sr. I. 3 a61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Society and the individual, the socialization .process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. PSYCHOLOGY. 62. ABNORMAL See course 62 under Psychology. 3 Cr. 64. INTRODUC~ON TO METHODS OFSOCIAL WORK. Prereq. #. II. 3 Cr. Princi.ples and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1961-6s.) DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY THE CURRICULUM IN PSYCHOLOGY is designed to acquaint students with the data and methods used in the scientific study of human behavior. The work in psychology is further designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his #fellowmen. Minor: 15 credits. Division of. the Social Sciences / 6y GENEU PSYCHOLOGY. Offered both semesters. y. 3 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general principles, methods and problems of psychology are discussed. 7. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY.I. z Cr. An introductory course intended for student nurses. Special emphasis is placed upon normal and abnormal reactions to stress and frustration, mental hygiene, and to methods of therapy. 10. PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJOSTATENT. Prereq. y . So. 11. 3 Cr. Motivations of man with emphasis on behaviors necessary for adequate living, theories of adjustment, defense mechanisms and adjustive techniques considered with respect to personality and mental hygiene. Upper Division Courses 61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. I. Sec course 61 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 62. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and psychotic behavior. Modern methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. Community organization for mental hygiene. 64.. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Experiments to illustrate the basic methods used by psychology as a contemporary science. Demonstrations and experiments in human and animal learning, problem-solving, perception, measurement of abilities and personality traits. One two-hour and one three-hour period per week. (Offered 1961-62.) IN PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y, and 8.Jr., Sr. 11. 1-2 Cr. 66. TOPICS A study of special problems. For students desiring to continue investigations begun in the regular courses or to carry out individual research on topics of their choice. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 Cr. EDUCATION THE EDUCATION CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7 PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow STUDENTS the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation 66 / Division of the Social Sciences ar;d counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matter of the fields which are taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies may be required to take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. 2, 2 Cr. 50,51. CHILDPSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5 , Jr. I, 11. This is a study of child development and the process of learning. I t includes consideration of the techniques of studying children. METHODSAND MATERIALS OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLCURRICULUM. Prereq. Psy. 5, and concurrent registration in Ed. yo and 1 1 . Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . A study of the methods and the materials o;f the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of mathematics, science and health, physical education, music, and art; it utilizes staff assistance from several of the academic departments involved. Special attention is given to the content of the mathematics program of the elementary school. 5 2 , J 3. METHODSAND MATERIALSIN SOCIALSTUDIES AND THE LANGUAGE ARTS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 5 I . Sr. I. j Cr. The methods and the materials of the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of social studies and language arts. 54. IN THE Prereq. 53. Jr. I, 11. Sr. I. 5 y, 56, 57. %SERVATION OF TEACHING. A combination of laboratory experience and seminar. Students spend two to three hours a week in observing teaching in an elementary school and may assist the room teacher with certain classroom tasks. One seminar or discussion hour a week. I credit per semester. J 8. TEACHING OF READING. Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory. 19. CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. I t requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 60. SEMINARIN TEACHING. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. 11. 2 Cr. This deals with the practical problems o;f teaching as they arise in the student teaching experience. 62. DIRECTED TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 55. Sr. 11. 8 Cr. Students spend half days for a full semester observing, assisting the regular teacher, and much of the time in actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. Division of the Social Sci,mces/ 67 SEGONDARY EDUCATION ADMISSION TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application to be approved .by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must secure two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71 and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see under Curriculum for High School Teaching. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 Cr. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. 73, 74. GROUP ACTNITY. I. 11. I, I Cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71,72; Religion 9, 58; Physical Education 6, I I, 13, 14, 81,82. The nature of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and nlay include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work is connected, A student may not receive more than z credits in Group Activity. 76. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71.Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 78. ISSUESm CONTEMPORARY EDUCATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy of education is stressed. OF NATURAL SCIENCESIN 79. TEACHING THE SECONDARY SCHO~L. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 68 / Division of the Social Sciences 81. TEACHING OF BUSINESS IN THE a3. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 85. TEACHINGOF SOCIALSTUDIES IN 87. TEACHINGOF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION M THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. s Cr. 88. TEACHING OF MUSICIN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. 89. TEACHINGOF MUSICIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 91. THE TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICS nu m E JT. 11. 2 cr. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. AND ADULTE D U C A ~ OIN N HOMEECONOMICS.Sr. 11. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION 93. TEACHING OF ENGLISHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. OF MODERNLANGUAGES IN 94. TEACHING THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. 95 . TEACHINGOF SPEECHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. Courses 79 through 91 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare 4or student teaching; this means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a ,minor in the field and Education 7 2 . 97. STLTDENT TEACHINGIN m E SECONDARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered 4-5 Cr. both semesters. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. 99. TOPICS IN EDUCATION.Offered both semesters. Sr. 1-2 Cr. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of hi tindings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar ,basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. LIBRARY SCIENCE THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books for the. school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for hi own needs as a teacher. M i o r , 16 credits. Division of the Socid Sciences / 69 55-56.? OF BASICFUNCTIONS THE SCHOOLLIBRARY.So., Jr. I, TI. 3 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit, second. 57-58.i 4 Cr. ELEMENTARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Library materials for the elementary school lhrary; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1960-61.) 6 Cr. 59-60.? SECONDARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-,book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Wered 1961-62.) 61. PRACTICAL ~ ~ T H O D S . Prereq. 5 6. Sr. I. I Cr. Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. 2 Cr. 62. READINGGUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS, AND SECRETARIAL STUDIES THE OBJECTIVE OF m I s DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. T h e economics major provides the background necessary for further study in gaduate school. Together with secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching major and minor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS Major in Business Administration: 36 credits, including courses 16, 53, 72. In addition, Psychology 5 is required. I , 2, 3, 4, 15, Major in Economics: 24 credits, including courses 4, 15, 16, 60, and twelve credits from 51, 54, 56, 61, 62. In addition, I, z, and Math. 13 are required. Minor in Business Administration: 21 credits, including courses I, z, 3, 15, 16, and six credits in Upper Division courses. Minor in Economics: 15 credits, including courses 15, 16 and nine credits from 51, 54, 56, 60, 61, 62. 70 / Division oj the Social Sciences I, 2, PRINCIPLES OF A C C O U N ~ N GSO. . I, 11. 3, 3 c r . An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single proprietorship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of hancial statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets four hours per week. 3. ILVTRQIY~CT~OK TO Busn~ss. Fr. I. f Cr. An introductory survey of busincss and b&ws mamgement including a study of rhc varicry, namre and inrerrrlariomhip of problems of 8 b m i u aperation. ~ Finance, p w n n e i , prduction, marketing, internal organization and control, and governrnenrd relationships are a few o f the topics cowred. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.SO. 11. 3 Cr. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing graphs and tables, as well as &dina measurer of central tendencies, variability, correlation and sound rnethds of sampling. 4. I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOWCS. So. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. The foundations of economic analysis; ,production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Upper Division, Courses 5 I. MONEYAND BANKING. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., ST. I. 3 Cr. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1960-61.) 53. BUSINESS LAW. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 54. MARKETING. Prereq. I 1, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An introductory course in which the functions and institutions of marketing are studied. Problems in selecting channels of distri,bution and in determining merchandising and pricing plicies are also considered. (Offered 1961-62.) RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11. 56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT See course 56 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 58. INDUSTRIAL ,MANAGEMENT.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management objectives. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 Cr. 59. COSTACCOUNTING.Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. (Offered 1960-61.) Divisim of the Social Sciences / 7 I 60. INTERMEDUTE ECONOMIC ANALYSIS.Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An advanced course in economic analysis, problems, and policies. (Offered 196162.) 61. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Governmental taxation, spending and ,borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 62. CORPORATION FINANCE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. 11. The various methods in financing of private businesses, and the means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements of corporations. (Oflered 1960-61.) 63. TAXATION. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. This course will give particular emphasis to the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, procedures and prablems as they relate to business and individuals. ( m e r e d I 961-62.) 72. SEMINAR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Coven p ~ b l e m sof special concern to business majors and serves as a capstone of previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students in areas of particular interest to them. SECRETARIAL STUDIES THESE COURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business ofices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Graduation major: 31 credits above I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 1, 52, 53-54, Business Administration I , 2, 3, 53. Business education major: 37 credits above I, including courses listed for graduation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits above I, including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I, 2, or I 5, 16. S i x credits less will be required on the majors or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in course 3-4. I. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRTTING. M e r e d both semesters. I Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 2. INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING. 11. 2 Cr. Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week. 3-4.t ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND.I, n. 6 Cr. Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 8. OFFICE MACHINES. Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. 2 cr. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week. 72 / Divisim of the Social Sciences Upper Division Courses 5 1. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING.Prereq. z or equivalent. I. z Cr. Further development of typewriting technique in ,business lemer arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legd documents. Open ro students having attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours per week. 5 z. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE. Prereq. z, 3-4, 11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephonhg, me of bwiness and legal forms, personality development, writing appIication Ieerers, nad making application for a job. Mimeographing also taughr for chose who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. 53-14.? ADVANCED SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11. 4 Cr. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to ofTer training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Non-teaching major: 33 credits; courses are I, z, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, ~ 7 , 66, 67, 71, 73. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 5-52; Physics 3; Economics 11; Sociology I; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14,and 54; Psychology 5 and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: 22 credits, including I, 3 , 8, 39, 40, 42, and 44. Teaching major: 38 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92. I. CLOTHINGSELECTION, CAREAND REPAIR. I. 3 Cr. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Three single class hours per week. 2. CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION.11. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of dieerent fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory ,periods per week. 3. ART IN DAILY LIVING. I. 3 Cr. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. Division of tbe Social Sciences / 73 8. ELEMENTSOF NV~RITION. TI. A study of the nutrienrs n e c e s s q for maintenance of good health all of life starting from prcnaral needs and continuing through old emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three periods per week. 3 Cr. throughout age. Special class memsingle class 3 3. COLORAND DESIGN. I. 3 Cr. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. CRAFTS. 11. 2 cr. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) AND MANAGEMENT,Prereq. 8 o r #. I, II. 3, 3 Cr. 39, 40. FOODPREPARATION Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory ,periods per week. 42. MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.11. 3 Cr. P, coprse applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. r Cr. 44. CHLLDDEVELOPMENT. 11. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college fbr 10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 57. T ~ x m s . I. 2 Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratoxy hours a week. (Offered 1961-62.) 64. HISTORYAND APPRECIATIONOF ART. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1960-61 .) 66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING. 11. 3 Cr. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 74 / Division of the Social Sciences 67. FAMILYHEALTH. I. z Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOMEMANAGEMENT PROBLEMS.I. z Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY.I. t Cr. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipme-nt. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. 73. z Cr. 74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOME MANAGEMENT. U. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Many practical demonstrations are carried out in the home econ o m i c s department. T h e help studem in their personal develop ment, prepare them for the responsibilities of home-making and give training for a professional career. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics MR. NASH, Chairman ITLS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training In methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to inrerpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of to acquaint rhe student with the significance of science and rnathem~dccin 2 modern, changing world; ro emphasize a sound mind and a strong b d y : ra train for vocations ia ~ a r i o ufields; and to equip the student with r scientific bsckgmund which will enrich his life and the liws of his felbw men. a; DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY THE AIM OF ~ I I SDEPARTMENT is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least 3 Upper Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in Chemistrp. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least one Upper Division course not including 60. ' I-2.i GENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of the broad principles of biology to meet the needs of non-science majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. For student nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 4. 7. GENERALBAC~ERIOLOGY. I. 3 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, diseases. Laboratory techniques. Designed especially for student nurses. TWO lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. I 3-14.? GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 8 cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adalptation, and- reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 76 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics 25-16.? GENERALBOTANY. So., Jr. I, 11. 8 Cr. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of rhe plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed o n botanical principles. Flowering plants are idenrified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periodr per week. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GENETICS. Prereq. 13-14, or 25-26. So., Jr. I. 4 cr. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 52. ECOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14 or 25-26. So., Jr. II. 4 Cr. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. Chem. 6. 11. 4 Cr. 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two lectures and two double 1aboratory.periods per week. cr- PLANTS. Prereq. 25-26. Sr. 11. 3 56. TAXONOMYOF FLOWERING Taxonomy af flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. COMPARATIVE ANATOMYOF VERTEBRATES.Prereq. 13-14. TI. 4 Cr. A camparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11. A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY IT IS THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Division of hTatural Sciences and Mathematics / 77 Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, ( 2 ) the study of medicine, dentistry, ~ h a r m a c ~medical , technology, nursing, and allied professions, ( 3 ) -graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics J , 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. Recommended for pre-medical students: I J , 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental students and majors in medical technology: J , 6, 32, 61; for graduate study: I 5 , 16, and all courses above 50. Majors will participate in informal, bi-weekly seminars during the junior and senior years. See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of the American Chemical Society. 3 Cr. 3. ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, and Fairview Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 Cr. For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists, and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 5, 6. AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY. Fr. I, 17, 16. INORGANIC TI. 4. 4 (3. For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry. 32. ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11. 4 Cr. Designed for pre-dental students, medical technologists, and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Upper Division Courses 5 3. 54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. I 6. So. I, TI. 4. 4 Cr- The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Cbrrelations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 78 / Division of h7atural Sciences and Matkmatics 61. QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 6 or 16. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 72. ADVANCED ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54. Jr. 11. 4 Cr. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spec,trophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. O NPHYSICALCHEMIS~RY.Prereq. 54 and Math 14. Jr. 78. I N T R ~ D U C ~TO 11. 4 Cr. For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochernistry, equilibrium, soluticns, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week. 82, 83. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54 and Math 52. Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. Three lectures per week. 84, 85. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Jr. II, Sr. I. I, I Cr. Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week. 86. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. II. 3 cr. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 85 . INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES. Prereq. 61 and 83. Sr. 11. I Cr. A laboratory course, usually taken with Chem. 86. Instrumental analysis utilizing optical and electrochemical methods of measurement. Four hours of laboratory per week. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 78 or 82. Sr. 11. 4 Cr. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the ~eriodictable, h~drides, and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 90. 93, 94, 9 5 , 96. CHEMISTRYSEMINARS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. o Cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal bi-weekly seminars to discuess topics of general interest. 97, 98. CHEMISTRY RESEARCH. Sr. I, 11. Cr. Arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. Division of ATlotarpl Sciences and Mathem~tics/ 79 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS RECEXT DEYELCIPME~-TS in rhe field of phgsics make it imperafive dut excelleut training be provided for those who intend to continue their smdies in gradlute schml or who inturd ro p u m r a career in the teaching of physics. Ir is the zim of this department ro assure the needed training far both of these groups and m provide cht nun-science major with sugcient bckgrouud to make i t possible for him to foIIow, with some degrec of comprehension, rht dmtloprnents in the geld of science zs they come to him from the medium of &su'entXc publica&ns. Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 5 4 . Minor: I 6 credits. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. 2. D a s c m - r t v ~-~ST~ONOMY*FI, XI. 3 Cr. A study of our galaxy with parriculnr ernphasi on the origin of our wfar q r c m and the dkcribution and composition of the plancts aud srarr The location of wme of rhc more prominent consrcllarions and the use of the telesurpe znd specrrmrope will h scudied. J h r c e lcceures pcr week. P e d i c evening meetings ra observe the sky. 3. PRINCWLW OF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 Cr. A lecrure, demonstration-labratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, h a t , illecrriciry, magnetism, light and sound. Thii course is intended for studma in home economics and c l e m e n t a ~education, and others who Gsh some hasic information in rhc field of physics. T h e e lectures, one mo-hour hboratory. Students with high school physics m a y nor: receive credit for Physics 3 except hi). permission of r n m c w r . GENERAL PHYSICS. Prereq. Math I 3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3. Fr., So. I. 4 fi. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 5. 6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11. 4 cr. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses INTRODUCTION TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 3 Cr. 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. 11. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e8'/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 52. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent 3 Cr. registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuiu, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 53. So /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics E L E C T R I C AND I ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 53 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent registration in Math jz. So., Jr. 11. 3 Cr. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 54. OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51 Jr. I. 3 Cr. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refractior. by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1960-61.) 57. 61, 62. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51. Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle, motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension, motion in a conservative field. 63. 64. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. I , I Cr. Experiments will be penformed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS. registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, h e ~ tengines. (Offered in 1961-62.) 71. 3 Cr. 72. MATHEMATICAL.PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I . Sr. II. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 1961-62.) . 73, 74. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in I , I Cr. an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Combined Science Major f o r Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry y, 6, (or 15, 16) 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25-26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in Upper Division courses. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. I t aims to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them ef3icient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits. Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81 I. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I. o Cr. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. For students who did not have higher algebra in high school. 2. SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11. o Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. 5. ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with .an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. 6. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY.Prereq. 5. TI. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and alrtebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra 3, I 4. INTRODUCTION or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 5, 5 Cr. This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. I Upper Division Courses ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.Prereq. I 3, 14. So., Jr. I, 11. 5. 5 Cr. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made. 5 I , y 2. 53. SOLIDANALYTICAL GEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 51. THEORYOF EQUATIONS.Prereq. Math. y I. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. This course inc1,udes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other topics that aid in the solution of equations af higher degree. 6 I , 62. ADVANCED CALCULUS.Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I , TI. 3. 3 Cr. Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further ,the worthy use of leisure time, and to ~rovide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. e s /Division of Nat~iralSciences and Mathematics All students are required .to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the ~hysicaleducation program. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major for men: 3 2 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51, 57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required. Major for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 23, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required. Minor, r r credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 51, 73, 74 for men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 17,1 8 , 73, 74 for women. PERSONAL A N D COMMUNITY HEALTH. Fr. Offered ,both semesters. 2 Cr. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. 2. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11. Two hours per week. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTNITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11. Two hours per week. %, % Cr. 5. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND R E C R E A ~ O NFr. . I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, pbysical education, and recreation. I Cr. 6. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modified games. Two hours per week. 8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. I Cr. I I. TEAM SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) I 2. INDIVIDUAL AND DUAI. SPORTS. (Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. 2 , 2 Cr. 13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So. Theory and ~racticein zhe coaching and of6ciating of field hockey, soccer, baske~ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sern. 1960-61; I and I1 Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 17. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Women). So. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Three hours per week. (Offered 11 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) Divisia of Natural Sciences and Mathemtics / 83 \ I 8. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). So. 11. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, ,badminton, table tennis, s h d e board, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered I y 60-.6 I.) 23. RHYTHMS. So. I. Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. z Cr. z Cr. 29. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I. Instruction and application of technique and rules of 05iciating in football, hockey, basketball, baseball, and track. Upper Division Courses 5 1. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, boxing, and wrestling. Three hours per week. (Offered II Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-61.) 57. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology 4. So. I. 2 Cr. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of escient movements. 5 8. PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTED PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq. Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11. z Cr. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic a~bnormalities and suggested adapted activi,ties for atypical cases. I Cr. 66. INSTRUCTOR'S COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. I. j Cr. Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health education and physical education curriculum. 73. ORGANIZATIONAND ADMINISTRATIONO F HEALTH EDUCATIONAN D PHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education and physical education. 74. 8 I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALI.AND BASKETBALL.Sr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 82. COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALL AND TRACK.Sr. II. z Cr. Theory and techniques c*f coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Sr. 11. I Cr. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1961-62.) 86. COMMUNITY RECREATION.Jr., Sr. 11 z Cr. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Offered 1960-61.) Curriculums The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program in accordance with his major field of study and vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS THE COURSE OF STUDY given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion L, Z .2 2 English 1, 2 ............... . 3 3, 3 History or Sacfalogy .3 Foreign Lanwage ......... . 4 4 Natural Science ..3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Education 3. 4 .... M M ............. ...... ....... JUNIOR SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............... .Z Foreign Language ......... -3 Social Science .3 Natural Science Electives ................... .P ............. ............- Cr. 2 3 SENIOR ISem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... .3 3 Speech 2 Social Science or History . 3 Electives ................... 10 12 - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Fine Arts .................. . 3 Literature or Philosophy .Electives .................. .14 .. Cr. 3 14 THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY COMPLETIONOF THE PRE-SEMINARY curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Sonnack; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. .2 Basic Bible ................ Freshman English ......... . 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 Western Civilization ...... . 3 Physical Education ........ $4 Natural Science ........... . 3 Electives .................... 2 Cr. 2 3 4 3 95 3 2 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. e. Religion .................... Z Fine Arts ...................Natural Science ........... ,Psychology ................. . 3 Foreign Language ......... 3 Typewriting ............... .1 New Testament Greek ... - 3 Electives ....................3 Cr. 2 3 3 Curriculums / 8 5 JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 .3 3 2 ..... ..................... N e w Testament Greek Speech History ..................... 3 Sociology or Economics or Political Science ........ - 3 Electives ................... .5 SENIOR I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Y o u t h W o r k in t h e Church2 Philosophy ................ . 3 English Literature ........ . 3 Electives .................... 8 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS THE PURPOSE OF T H ~ SCOURSE is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is. a teachers m vacation, week-day, and Srmday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arraned that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and a h a certzcate indicating that he o r she is a qualified parish worker, Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the chairman of the department of religion. The suggested whedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it p o ~ i b l eto plan for a major in History. English: Philosophp, or Sociology. It i s also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Ce~ificateare italicized in the outline below. FRESHlYIAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. . ................ .Z Basic Bible Fi-eshrnan English .3 Natural Science ........--.-3 Typewriting ............... .I Physical Activities '5 Foreign Language ......... . 4 Sociology 1, 2 .............. . 3 ......... ......... I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 2 'h 4 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Chzrrch History .-2 Speech 11 ................ ..2 3 Speech 12 ..................3 Foreign Language .3 General Psychology .3 3 Fine Arts ...................1 First Aid ..............-.... Natural Science ........... .3 2 Speech 16 ................. .Electives .................... 3 3 ........... ......... ....... - SENIOR JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 T h e Missionary Enterprise . Principles of Christian Education ................ .2 2 T h e Christian Churches T h e Lutheran Church ..... .% Social Psychology or Urban Sociology ................ .3 Acting 3 Crafts 2 Elementary Shorthand .... .3 3 Recreational Activities ..... 1 Electives .................. .6 4 .- ...- - I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Parish W o r k ............... .Y o x t h W o r k i n t h e Church 2 Educational Psychology ... .3 H y m n s and Music o f t h e Church .................. .2 Journalistic Writing .. .: ... 2 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 Fields o f Social W o r k ...... . 3 Secretarial Practice .........3 Electives .................. .8 6 - HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science, students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain teaching majors or minors include English, speech, music, history, social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry, natural science, mathematics, and physical education. Minors are also offered in German, Scandinavian language and literature, French, Spanish, art, political science, and library science. FRESHMAN I Sem. II Sem. Cr. .2 Religion 1, 2 ............. English 1, 2 .............. . 3 History or Sociology ..... 3 Foreign Language .4 'Natural Science ....... . 3 or 4 Health ................... .Physical Education 3, 4 . . '$ ....... .JUNIOR Cr. 2 3 3 4 3 or 4 2 % SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............. .2 Foreign Language .3 Psychology .Natural Science ........ . 3 or 4 Fine Arts ................ .Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... ............... Cr. 2 3 3 - 3 6 SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. 3 Religion ................... Education 71. 72 .......... .3 Education 73. 74 -1 Speech .................... Electives in Major or Minor ................ 10 ........ - Cr. 3 3 1 I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 Education 76 .............. Education 78 .............. 3 Special Methods ......... .4 Education 97 ............. .4-5 Literature or Philosophy . . 3 Electives in Major or Minor ..................... 7 -- - Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 2 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits; fine arts. 2 credits: natural science. 3 credits: social science. 3 credits: foreign iianPage, 6 credits. (At Ieast one yea; of foreign lambage must be taken in college, unless rhe student completed four pears of a language in high school) To be valid, approval of exemption mast be f i l ~ din the Registrar's a5ce prior to registration for the j d o r year. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning for elementary school teaching are required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are possible. Since the optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. The major in this program is Elementary Education; each student is required to take a minor in at least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental appreval. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... 2 2 3 Freshman English ......... .3 Western Civilization .3 3 Modern Foreign Language 4 4 Physical Science ....... .3 or 4 3 or 4 (Selected from Physics 3, Astronomy, Chemistry 5, 6. 32) Physical Activities ........ Yi 'h ...... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Literature .................. 3 Child Psychology .......... .2 Art (Basic Design) ....... .Introd. to Music ....., .. ,.. Methods & Materials of the c&I ~ l e m e n t a -~SchoGl r~ culum (Music, Science & Health. Art, Mathematics. Physical Education) ... .3 Observation of Teaching . .I Electives .6 - .................. 2 SOPHOMORE ISm. Cr. Sem. Cr. - 3 2 Religion ................... .2 General Biology ...........9 Speech ..................... General Psychology ....... . 3 Geography ................. U. S. History .............. .3 Modem Foreign Language ..3 Health .................... . 2 .- SENIOR ' a 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. .2 Religion ................... Observation of Teaching . I Teaching of Reading ...... .3 Seminar in Teaching ....... Directed Teachine ......... Children's ite era cure .......3 Methods & Materials of the Elementary School Curriculum (Social Studies & Language Arts) ......... . 3 Government ............... . 3 Electives ....................2 Cr. . - VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to equip students for the teaching of home economics in high school, to prepare them for homemaking, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A cur~riculumfor a home economics education major Is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home economics departments (Smith-Hughes). Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. 88 / Curriculums FRESHMAN .. .............. 2 I Sem Cr Religion 1. 2 Physical Education ........ J'2 English ..................... 3 Sociology ................... 3 Biology 1-2. or 4 or 13-14' I1 Sem. Cr 2 . Yz 3 . Religion 3 4 ............... Psychology Foreign Language Physics ..................... Chemistry 5 or 5. 6. or I Sem . I1 Sem. Cr . Cr 2 2 3 4 4 3 . .................. .......... 5. 32 ..................... 4 .................. 0 4 ........ ........................- Marriage & Family RelationsChild Development .......... Food Preparation & Management ..................... 3 Art in Daily Living 3 Nutrition Clothing Selection ......... 3 Clothing Construction JUNIOR SOPHOMORE . I Sem Cr . Religion ................... .Foreign Language ......... 3 Speech S Economics ............. , Color and Design .......... - 3 Home Planning & Furnishing ........................ Family Health ............. 2 Textiles ..................... Z Educational Psychology ....3 Teaching i n Sec. Schools . Group Activity ............ .I .... IISem . Cr . 2 3 2 - - 3 -- .- - 3 1 SENIOR .. .................... 2 I Sem Cr Religion Literature Bacteriology ............... Special Methods ........... 2 Student Teaching ........ 4 or 9 Principles of Guidance .... .Issties in Contemp. Ed ..... .Home Management Problems2 Home Management Lab .....2 Advanced Clothing Construction ................. 2 .. I1 Sem Cr 2 3 4 2 3 3 Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years. may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements . CHEMISTRY The following couise of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is recommended for students who plan to do graduate study in Chemistry . Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological sciences and the second year of a foreign language . FRESHMAN .. . I Sem. II Sem Cr Cr . Chemistry 15 16 ........... 4 Mathematics 13 14 ........ 5 Religion 1. 2 ................ 2 English 1. 2 ................ 3 History or Sociology 3 Physical Education 3 4 .... % ......... 4 5 . 2 3 3 I/, JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Ct. Cr 4 Chemistry 61 72 .......... 4 . ............... Chemistry 82 Chemistry 84 ................ Chemistry 93 11 German 1-2 ................ 4 Mathematics 61 .a Physics ...................... Religion ..................... Fine Arts .................. 3 .............. ........... . SOPHOMORE I Sem. IISem . Cr . Cr ............ 4 4 5 4 2 2 4 ..- SENIOR . ........5 Chemistry 53. 54 Mathematics 51. 52 Physics 5. 6 ................ Religion 3. 4 .............. Speech ..................... Literature or Philosophy 2 3 . I Sem. I1 Sem . . Pr Chemistry 83 88 ............ 3 ~ h e m i s t G 85. 86 .......... 1 Chemistry 90 Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . A m . Chemistrv 95 . 96 ............ O ................... 2 Religion French 1-2 ................. 4 Physics ..................... 4 ................ . .. Cr 1 3 4 Arr . 0 2 4 . *Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition. foqds textiles or equipment as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offerlng special training in dietetics . Curriculums / 89 BUSINESS The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Freshman English .......... 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 History or Sociology .3 Introduction to Business .. 3 Physical Education ........ % Natural Science ........... .- 2 3 Religion Foreign Principles of Economics ....3 Principles of Accounting . 3 Introduction to Statistics . .Natural Science ........... . 3 Speech ................... - 2 Sent. Cr. 2 3 . ...... JUNIOR ISem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... . 3 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 Psychology ................. 3 Business Law ............ . 3 Public Finance or Money and Banking ........... . 3 Corporation Finance or Marketing ................... 3 Electives .........,......... 7 7 - - - I Sem. Cr. .................... 2 Language ........ . 3 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3 Fine Arts ............... .2 or 3 Taxation or Cost Accounting ....................... 3 Industrial Management or Labor-Management Rela3 tions ..................... Seminar in Bus. Adrnin. .... 3 Electives ................10 or 11 7 - - Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History, Speech, English, College Algebra. LAW Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years of prelegal education at the college level. No particular course of study is required, but the student should select a broad program including courses in language, social science, and philosophy. A suggested twoyear curriculum for students planning to transfer to Valparaiso University is given below: FRESHMAN I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 .............. . 2 2 English 1, 2 ............... . 3 3 Foreign Language ........ .4 4 History 1, 2 ............... . 3 3 Natural Science ........... .4 4 Physical Education 3, 4 ....H % SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr, Cr. Religion 3. 4 .............. . 2 2 English Literature .J 3 Foreign Language .B 3 Health ..................... . 2 Logic ..................... . 3 Social Science ............ .3 3 Natural Science ........... . 4 4 ........ ........ SOCIAL WORK A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community 90 / Curriculums organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: ( a ) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate training, and ( b ) prepare students for further study in graduate schools oE social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work, and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are itdicized should be taken by all such students. FRESHMAN Religion English Hktory Foreign .............. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. .2 .3 .3 Language .4 1r.trednCtian t o Sociology . . 3 Sociel R o b I m s Pn)~LcalEducation 3. 4 . . . .'h 1, 2 1, 2 1. 2 .............. ............... ........ ......... JUNIOR 2 3 3 4 - 3 lh I S m . IISem. Gr. Religion ................... . 3 Principles of Economics .3 Fields of Social Work ..... . 3 Criminology ............... . 3 Public Welfare ........... .Fine Arts .................. .Speech Electives ................ - 6 . Cr. -3 -3 3 2 5 SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 .............. . 2 American Government .3 Natural Science ........... . 3 Psychology .................3 Statistics .................... Rural Sociology ........... 3 Urban Sociology .......... .Foreign Language ........ . 3 ... - SENIOR 2 3 3 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................. .Introduction to Methods o f Soc. Work ............... .Social Ps?/chology ......... . 3 Abnormal Psychology ...... History of Philosophy ... . 3 Electives in Upper Division Courses ..................10 - 3 3 3 3 4 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. The following program is suggested. FRESHMAN J S m . LISm. CT. Cr. Religion 1, 2 ............. . 2 English 1, 2 ................3 Chemistry 5-6, or 15-16 .... History or Sociology ..... .3 Foreign Language ........ .4 Physical Education 3, 4 '6 + .... 2 3 4 3 4 'h JUNIOR SOPHOMORE I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 .2 2 Chemistry 32, or 53-54 ... . 4 0-4 Biology 13-14 ............ .4 4 Fine Arts ..................3 Foreign Language .3 3 Electives .................. .3 ............. ......... SENIOR I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... . 3 Bacteriology Literature or Philosophy .. . 3 Chemistry 61 .............. 4 S ~ e e c h ..................... Social Science ............ . 3 Electives .................... 4 - 3 4 2 3 5 Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........ 32 Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital in their senior year. NURSING Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have or more years of c~flegework are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a iour-year school of nursing. Tl:u= who plan on a three-Year nursing program should try to select courses in college which T P ~ Unot duplicate the courses they will study in the schaul of nursil~gwhich they plan to attend. ut least one year of college. En many instances two FRESHMAN I Sem. II,Sem, Cr. Cr. Religion .................. .Z Freshman English .3 General Zoology ......... .4 Health .................... .1 Sociology ................. . 3 Elements of PTufrition ... .Physical Education ....... .I5 Electives ................... .2 2 3 ........ 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Relieion ................... Cr. .2 or Politic& ~ c i e n c e3 ................ Psychology -3 C h ~ l d Care ,............... Gcneral Chand Qualitative Analpsf< .4 Phi,s~ral ducati in; .2 Fjrst Aid .................. . - Cr. 2 3 2 ... E!ectircs ....... - ................... .Z Special Progrnms in !Vmrsh~:The following courses of the School 01 h u r ~ i n gof the Lutheran Deaconess Hoepital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, arF offered a1 Aupburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing ~hould be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Rospitat Minneapolis, Minnesota. FIRST Y E A R I Sem. Biology 3 .......................... Biology 7 ......................... Chemistry 3 ........................ Psychology 7 ....................... CT. 4 ., 3 3 2 SECOND YEAR I Sem. CT. Sociology 5 ......................... 2 Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Swedish Hospital and Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, take some of their course work at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should be made directly to these hospitals. ENGINEERING A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below a ~ ~ l i etos .the fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering, and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra and solid geometry in high school. V . L FRESHMAN I Sem II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 ............... .2 2 English 1. 2 .-..-.......... . 3 3 Mathematics 13, 14 ........ .5 5 Mathematics 5, 6 ......... .S 3 Physics 5, 6 4 Physical Education 3, 4 .... ' 5 ................ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2 Mathematics 51, 52 .5 Physics 52 ................. Physics 53 -3 Chemistry 15, IS ......... Social Science ... , .........3 ....... - ................. 2 5 3 .+ Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or summer session. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school. FRESHMAN I Sem. II Sem. C r. --. .2 Religion ................. English 1, 2 .............. .a Chemistry 5, 6 ............. 4 Mathematics 13, 14 .5 Electives .................. .3 ....... SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Religion ................... Zoology Chemistry 52, 81 Physics 5, 6 ............... Electives .2 .................... ............ 44 Cr. 2 4 .4 .................. .a MEDICINE Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 .2 Religion 1, 2 3 English 1. 2 ............... . 3 #emIsm 15. 16 .......... .4 Mathema:{IS. 14 ........ .5 Physical Education 3, 4 ....% History or Social Science . . 3 ............ JUNIOR SOPHOMORE C*. - Cr. 2 4 ......... SENIOR I S e n . II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... 3 Social Science or Historv . . 3 German ....................3 Chemistry 61, 78 .......... . 4 Physics 5, 6 ...............4 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 r Sem. rr Scm. Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2 German ....................Q Biology 13, 14 ............ .4 Psychology ................ .Chemistry 53, 54 .4 Speech 11 .......-........ . . 2 I s m . 11 Sem. cr. Religion ................... . 3 Social Science ............. Fine Arts ................. .Genetics ................... . 4 Electives .................. - 9 - Cr. Curriculums / 93 SECRETARIAL WORK The f i x ~ t pear of the following program p o v i d ~preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. ?I student ~ h has o had simila~cowses in high school may he admitted to adrancerl c l a s s on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline: of h e requirements for teaching bu9ine.s subjects in high school appears m d e ~Secretarial S t n d i ~ . FIRST YXAR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion ................... .3 Freshman Enalish ........ 3 3 Elementary ~fpewriting . . I Intermediate Typewriting ..2 Introduction to Business . . 3 Office Machines ........... *2 Elementary Shorthand ... - 3 3 Physical Education . . . . . . . .'4 I42 Electives ................... 5 5 SECOND YEAR I Sem. 11 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion ...................-2 2 Speech ..................... .Advanced Typewriting -2 2 Advanced Shorthand ..... .2 3 Principles of Accounting ...3 3 Secretarial Practice ........ Psychology ................ .3 5 Electives .................... 5 ... - Founded in 1869, Augsburg has served in the fieH of Christian higher education for over 90 years, now having nearly 5,000 persons on the Alumni Associatwn roster. Included are leaders and responsible citizens in. aU walks of life and in all parts of the world. Augsburg Theological Seminary INTRODUCTORY AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY is the training school for the pastors and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practicai training. In harmony with he-Principles of the Luheran Free Church it a i m s to stress particdarly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to tlre ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultit-nted and nurtured under t h e authority of the W o ~ dand the guidance of the Holy Spirit. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following : P. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminarp, including a personal ~taternentby the candidate concerning his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal con~iciions,and church m e d e ~ h i p . 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the candidate's local church. 4. A certificate of good health. These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary Faculty before July first. The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The first year of study is always considered a probationary year. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS THE NORMAL REQUIREMENT for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. years P h i l o s ~ ~...h...~.................................................1 year Germs, or Latin, or Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 years In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. Augsburg Theological Seminary / 9 5 SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES IN ORDER THAT S ~ E N T Smap derive the greatest p o s d l e advantage from their theoiogical studies, it is recommended that h e i r college course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor and, in ar!di~n to (fie sabjccts i n a ' i c d above, include as many as possible of the folIowing: English Speech Psycholog ..History -.-....LL-----.L---. Youth Work Natural Science -. Sociology, or Economics, or Political Science, or Education .. Typewriting 1 . - .-1 - 2 years 1 year year 2 years 1 semester 1 year 1 year year When possible, it is recommended that elementary Hebrew be taken in the senior year of college. All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good academic record in their preparatory studies in college. TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING S ~ E N TARE S ADMITTED to the Seminet7; with the understanding that thdr studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. h i 7 arrangement to take a part of the theological course at another se&nav mnst have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Aupburg. Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing. EXPENSES SEMINARY STUDENTS pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per semester. This includes the general library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students living in colIege or seminary housing receive a special grant to cover the cost of roam ~ent.The cost of board k the same as for the College students. See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50 is papabk a month before graduation. CLASS ATTENDANCE A STDDENT IS EKPECTEII to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable absences map be excused by the Dean, Attendance at any conference involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean well in advance of the conference. 96 / Augshrg Theological Seminary EMPLOYMENT THEWORK in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation. However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more frequently than every other Sunday. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A CONDITION or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete will be recorded as a passing grade only if the average of previous work is sufficiently high. SEMINARY INTERNSHIP IN ADDITION to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer vacations between the beginning and c m clusion of the Seminary course. A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service period. The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amou,nt of practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in nearby communities. STUDENT ACTIVITIES ALL SEMINARY STUDENTS are members of the Concordia Society. A principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel senrice. During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project, the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission. The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities. Augsbxrg Theo?ogical Seminary / 97 The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Seminettes. They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects relevant to their vocation. The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called Concord. GRADUATIORr AND DEGREES THE SEMINARY COURSE consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows: 1. A minimum of 98 semester credits, including a seminar course in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and .Systematic Theology. 2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered. 3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average) throughout the three years of Seminary work. 4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the Faculty Committee on Service. 5. The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year. 6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons. The degree of Graduate i n Theology is conferred upon the stndents who have fulfilled the requirements listed above with an honor point ratio of not less than 1.0 (C average) in their academic work but who have not met all the normal prerequisites far a h i s i o n to the Seminary, or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their Seminary studies. Candidates for the Graduate in Theology degree are not required to write a thesis. Courses of Study' THEOLOGICAL ORIENTATION COURSE Junior Year I. THE BACKGROUND AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical origin of the Biblical writings. z Cr. OLD TESTAMENT A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar, 9-10. HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS. with the reading of selected passages from the historical books of the Old Testament. (Offered 1960-61.) 6 Cr. 11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the books of the Bible, and a careful exegetical study of selections from the Pentateuch. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 12. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the 3 Cr. historical books are studied. (Offered 1961-62.) 13. THE PROPHETISAIAH.A careful study of the Biblical data concerning the plitical and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 3 Cr. 14. THE PROPHETJEREMIAH.A study of the ~olitical, moral, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual freedom. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. PSALMSAND THE WISDOMLITERATURE. Place of the Psalms in the worship I . of Israel and the church. Religious development in the post-exilic period. The fundamental problems of life as posed in the wisdom literature. (Offered 196061.) 3 Cr. "With the exception of the Theological Orientation Course, offered annually for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle. Augsburg Tbeological Seminary / 99 16. OLD TESTAMENTTHEOLOGY.The major themes of the Old Testament approached topically: God's nature, names and self-revelation in history. Covecant, election, people of God, nature of man. Sin and forgiveness, judgment and salvation. Vorship, sacrifice, praise and prayer. (Offered 1960-61.) z Cr. 17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS. A review of Hebrew grammar. Lectures on principles of exegesis. Application of exegetical method to selected passages of the 2, z Cr. Old Testament. (Offered 1961-62.) A study of archaeological discoveries 19. SEMINARI N BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY. and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of n number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations od assigned topics and class discussion. ( W e r e d 1960-61.) I Cr. NEW TESTAMENT 20-21. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. Two yean of Greek is a requirement for admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load. 22. INTRODUCTION m m E NEW T E S T ~ E N TA. survey of the contents of the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the various books. The proceu by whiih these books became a New Testament Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr. scripts and early versions. (Offered 1962-63.) 23. THE GOSPEL OF MARK.Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek, with selectbns from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry. Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline 3 Cr. of Jesus' ministry. (Offered 1962-63.) 24. THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's 3 Cr. appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1961-62.) zr. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and value, and relation to contemporary religious movements. Study of the Gospel in Greek and discussion of the themes 3 Cr. which pervade the Gospel. (Offered 1960-61.) 26. THE JEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered 3 Cr. 1960-61.) 1-12. roo / Augrburg Theological Seminary 01: PAUL. Survey of some approaches to 27. ASPECTSOF THE THEOLOGY Paul and a study of some of the basic themes of his theology. Selected portions of the Epistles examined in Greek. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 28. INTERPRETATIONS OF ROMANS.Exegesis of the Epistle in Greek; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. Consideration of the Gospel as Paul relates it to the problem of Israel and the Christian life. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1962-63.) 2 Cr. OF THE REVELATION OF JOHN. The course aims at a 30. INTERPRETATION mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. 2 Cr. (Offered 1961-62.) CHURCH HlSTORY MR. SONNACK 40. THE EARLYCHURCH.The History of the Christian Church from the Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (190). The organization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins 2 Cr. with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1961-62.) 41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES.A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. A study of the causes which led to the Protestant 42. THE REFORMATION. Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman 3 Cr. Catholic Caunter-Reformation. (Offered 1962-63.) This course covers the period 43. THECHURCHAFTER THE R~FORMATION. from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on 2 Cr. the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1960-61.) AMERICANCHURCHHISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches; church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state; revivals; demminationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America 3 Cr, is studied with special care. (Offered 1960-6.1.) 44. 45,46. THE HISTORYOF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.A study of the development of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1961-62.) z, z Cr. CHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY. A study Of the consti47. THE LUTHERAN tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr. SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY MR. OLSON OF THEOLOGY. An inquiry into the field, sources, and 50. BASICPRINCIPLES methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. AND ANTHROPOLOGY. A systematic examination of the teach5 I. THEOLOGY ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the 2 Cr. Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1960-61.) A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning 52. SOTERIOLOGY. Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit; 3 Cr. the order of salvation. (Offered 1961-62.) AND ESCHATOLOGY. A study of the nature and function 53. ECCLESIOLOGY of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered 2 Cr. 1961-62.) CHRISTIANETHICS.A study of the religious and ethical implications ~ 4 55. , of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to ,the application of Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 2, z Cr. A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given 56. SYMBOLICS. to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. AND RELIGIOUS CULTS. A comparative study SYMBOLICS 57. COMPARATIVE of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings 2 Cr. of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1962-63.) 58. THE THEOLOGICAL ISSUESOF THE SIXTEENTHCENTURYPROTESTANT REFORMATION. The basic theological differences between Roman Catholicism and historical Protestantism. The position of historical Protestantism with regard to divergent theological doctrines is discussed, evaluated, and compared with the corresponding position af the Roman Church as expounded primarily in the dogmatic definitions issued during and after the Council of Trent. (Offered 1959-60.) 2 Cr. 102 / A u g ~ h gTkological Seminary PRACTlCAL THEOLOGY All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field. A. Pastoral Theology 60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORALTHEOLOGY.This course deals with the B i U basis for the Christian ministry, the call and of Ehe pastor, hia public and private life, and the practical aspects of his wdrk in the church today. ( W e r e d 1960-61.) 2 0. 61. INTRODUCTION TO PASTORAL COUNSELING.A course dealing with the dynamics underlying human behavior. various pastoral counseling techniques are studied. The course attemprs to help the student recognize deviations of personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.) I Cr. 62. CLINICALPASTORAL TRAINING.The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through. interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes, I Cr. special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.) 63. THE CHRISTIANWORLDMISSION. The worldwide responsibility of the Church. Missionary motives, methods and, aims. Rapid survey of mission history and a study of the present missionary situation, with special attention given 2 Cr. to the emerging national churches. (Offered 1961-62.) 6j. PRINCIPLESAND PRAC~ICE OF PREACHING.Technical and psychological elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors. z Cr. The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS. lining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation 2 Cr. and constant practice in delivery. Middlers. 67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers 2 Cr. are studied. Seniors. C . Polity, Worship, und Parish W o r k 70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; officers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. Augsburg T h ~ o l o g i c dSeminary / 103 CHURCH ADMINISTRKTION. A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective office procedures. The practice and teaching of Christian stewardship. (Offered 1960-61.) I Cr. 71. 72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community. The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1962-63.) I Cr. The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy 73. LITURGICS. as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation I Cr. to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1962-63.) HYMNOLOGY. An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England, and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 196263.) I Cr. 74. D. Christian Education and Sociology Studies in the application of basic 76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCA.~ION. principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1962-63.) 2 Cr. THE CHURCH A N D SOCIETY.A study of the relation lbetween the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians, both the individual and the Church, and the activities and agencies by which these duties may be fulfilled. z Cr. 77. Emphasis upon preparation and practice in delivery of sermons is included in the homilectics course for Seminary Middlers. Personnel THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES Oficers of the Board THE REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President . MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-president MR. R. F. PAUTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary . MR. R. E. MYHRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer Term Expires in 1960 MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company MR. PHILIP C. HELLAND, Willmar, Minnesota Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota Term Expires in 1961 The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wisconsin Pastor, O u r Savior's Lutheran Church Austin, Minnesota MR. L. S. HARBO, Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota Term Expires in 1962 MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington Business, Berg Fuel Company The REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Church MR. R. E. MYHRE, Minneapolis, Minnesota Insurance Term Expires in 1963 The REV. L. 0. GJERDE, Minneafiolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota A. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota MR. HERBERT Investors Syndicate Life and Annuity Company Term Expires in 1964 The REV. ERLINGTUNGSETH,St. Paul, Minnesota Pastor, Roseville Lutheran Church MR. GEORGES. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota Education, University of Minnesota Personnel / r 05 MR. JEROME FORMO,Minneapolis, Minnesota Research, Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulator Company ddvisory Mern bers The REV. DR. JOHN M. STENSVAAG, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Lutheran Free Church DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Augsburg. College and Theological Seminary ADMINISTRATION BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Presided NORMANL. NIELSEN . . . . . . . . . ..Vice President in charge of Development MARTIN QUANBECK. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . PAUL G. SONNACK. . , . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of the Theological Seminary BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager PETER ARMACOST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of Students GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -Registrar; Secretary of the General Faculty MELVIN A. HELLAND .........- .Secretary of the Theological Faculty Acting Dean of the Seminary, 1958-60 AGNESB. TANG JERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Librarian . CARL R. HAMMARBERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing FRIEDELVINDMANN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Treasurer S. V . HJELMELAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Director of Development HAROLDKAMBAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations A. B. BATALDEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relatias; Manager of Musical Organizations IRVING HOEL . . . . . . . .Purchasing Agent; Szrpervisor of Buildings and Grounds RICHARDL. BERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Business Manager MRS. MARYRETA KARJA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Director of Food Services BJARNE LANDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C u ~ a t oof~ the Museum IVER B. OLSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Archivist DONOVANLUNDEEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions BETTY LUNDGREN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Assistant Registrar KARLIS ( ~ O L I N S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Librarian MARCELLUSJOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor ADAIINISTRATIVE STAFF Ofice Staff: Office of the President and Dean-June Nelson and Mrs. Gertrud Stechmann; Business Ofice-Lois Medin, Lilly Gerhard, Mrs. Randi Oen, and Irene Leland; Ofice of Registrar-Borghild Estness, Tena Mehus, and Mrs. Alice Panttila; Development, Public Relations and Admissions-Mrs. Ruth Hammarberg, Violet Myers, Mrs. Dorothy Bailey, Mrs. Irene Brown, and Adamarie Oaks; Personnel, Placement, and Employment-Marilyn Petersen and Mrs. Shirley Knox; Library-Mrs. Naomi Sorkness and Mrs. Erna Staub; Printing and Mailing-Valborg Bosmoe, Lillian Peterson, and Grace Fifield; Receptionist-Mildred Nelson. Resident Cozmselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Gordon Grimm; Gerda Mortensen Hall, Mrs. Irene G. Wolf, Elaine Green; Campus House, Mr. and Mrs. James Glasoe. Sujervisw of Hossekeeping: Olga Hermunslie; Manager of Grill, Arthur C. Engen. MEDICAL STAFF Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Myrna Hundtoft, R.N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY - 1959-1960 Administration: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Helland, Fosse, Armacost, Nielsen. Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Kash, Thorson, Miss Segolson, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, E. Anderson, R. E. Anderson, Chrislock, Hanwick. Library: Olson, Agre, Preus, Gisselquist, Miss Tangjerd, Ozolins. Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, M. Quanbeck, Sateren, Colacci, Holum. Student Personnel: Armacost, Hammarberg, Miss Mortensen, Nash, Miss Joel. Athletics: Soberg, E. Anderson, Kleven, Mickelberg. Social: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Stenstrom, Pearson, M i s Sonsteng. Irrstitutional Stdies: R. Anderson, M. Quanbeck, Dahlen, Thut, Miss Pedemn. Convocrrtions: Urdahl, Batalden, Torstenson, Mrs. Nicholl. (Student members also included in this committee.) Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Nielsen, Savold, Miss Lund. (Student members also included in this committee.) R-eligiow Life: P. Quanbeck, Miss Cole, Tollefson. (Student members also included in this committee.) Teacher Education: Sateren, Johnson, Thorson, Agre. Student Conduct: Chrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Nelson, Swenson. Faculty Personnel Policies: Torstenson, Fosse, Hemmingson, Urdahl, Holum. AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 19t r ; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, Giittmgen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral work, 1928-30. A t Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938. MELVIN A. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testamenf A.B., Augsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 19t I -3 8 ; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941. RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B,. Th.B., Assisiant Professor of Old Testament A.B., Luther College, 1947; Th.B., Luther Seminary, 1952; Additional Study, University of Chic'ago. A t Augsburg since 1959. IVERB. OLSON,A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, I 945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. A t Augsburg since 1945. PHILIP A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Associate Professor of New Testament and Religion; College Chaplain A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 19 5 I ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1957. Pascoral work, 195 15 3. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, I 9 54- 57. At Augsburg since 1957. PAUL G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Professor of Church History and Religion (on leave). A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945; Th.B., 1947. Additional Study: University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. A t Augsburg since 1949. MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Lecturer in Hebrew and Theology, 1958-60. For statement of academic preparation and experience, see College Faculty listing. Io8 / Personnel DORRISFLESNER,Ph.D., Lecturer in Church History A.B., Carthage College, 1936; B.D., Hamma Divinity School, 1939; S.T.M., Wartburg Lutheran Seminary, 1950; A.M., University of Chicago, 195 3 ; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary, 1956. Professor of Church History, Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. LAWRENCE M. GUDMESTAD, A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1942; S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1 9 5 5 ~ At . A u g k g since '955. AUGSBURG COLLEGE COURTLAND L AGRE,Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1937; Research Ohemist, 1937-40; U. S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist, 1941-46; Teaching, St. Olaf College, 1946-58; Univ. of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. L n a MAE ANDEREGG, M.A., Instructor in Education A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago, California; Teaching and Counselling, High Schools, 1945-46, 195 1-5 3; Teaching, E. Washington College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior College, 195456; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. ALBERTB. ANDERSON, A.M., Th.B., instructor in Philosophy A.B., encordia College, 1951; Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional study: University of Copenhagen. Teaching: Concordia College, 1954-5 5 ; Luther College, 1956. At Augsburg since 1956. (On leave 1958-60). ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basbtball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. Personnel / 109 A.B., Dean of Students PETERH. ARMACOST, A.B., Denison University, 1957. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant at University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1959. HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, lnstructm in Sociology A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa, ~ 9 3 1 ;M. SOC. Work, University of W e w r a , I g S r . Teaching: Mission House College, Plpmourh, Wis., 1934-38: ELmhurst College. 1938-42; Lakeside S c b d for h y s , Seattle, Wmh., 1942-44. Assistant Execurive Secretary, Director d k i d Work Services, Laheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1954. LRL H. BREVIK,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Concordia College 19 5 I ; B.Tl., Luther Theological Seminary, 1954. Additional Study: Syracuse University. Teaching: Concordia College, 195456. Associate Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, 1956-. A t Augsburg since 1959. CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., 195 y. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.D., 1948-51. At Augsburg since 1952. GRACIACHRISTENSEN, A.M., instructor in English A.B., Hunter College, I 9 32: A.M., Radcliffe College, Study: University of Chicago. I 93 1. Additional Th.D., D.Litt., Profexsor of New Testament Greek and Latin MARIOCOLACCI, Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1931-40; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campbasso, Italy, 1941-49. At Augsburg since 1952. AUENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor o f Speech A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, I 936-5 6. At Augsburg since I 9 5 6. K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 193 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; Crosby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1941. I Io / Personnel IVANDOSEFF,B.S., Instructor in Art B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: A r t Institute af Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8-19; Iowa State Teachers College, 1919-21; Luther College, 1922-23;Minneapolis A r t Institute, 1928-30; University of Minnesota, I926-5 3. At Augsburg since I95 5. JACK FISHER, S.M.M., I n s t r z ~ t o rin Organ B.M., University of Texas, 1946;S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary, 1948. A t Augsburg since 1955. BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.U. S. Army, 1943-46. Industrial Engineering work, I 949-5 3. A t Augsburg since I9y 3. DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Insfrumental Specialist (Brass Instruments) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934;A.M., 1941;Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943;University of Montana, 1947-48;Gustavus Adolphus College, I 948- 5 2. A t Augsburg since I954. ORLOUEGISSELQUIST, A.M., Instr~~cbor in,History A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956. Teaching: Bethel College, I954-56. A t Augsburg since 1956. W~LMM H. HALVERSON, Th.M., A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., P+ceton University, 1959. Teaching: Princeton Theological Seminary 1917-59.A t Augsburg 1955-56and since 1959. ANNA M. HALVORSON,A.B., A.M.B., Assistant Professor of B&ss Administration A.B., Jarnestown College, I 933 ; A.M.B., University of Denver, 195 I. Teaching: High Schools, 1934-5 2 ; Muskingum College, 195 3-56;Illinois College, 1956-59.A t Augsburg since 1959. CARLR. HAMMARBERG, A.M., Assistant A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1948.Additional study: Minnesota. Kan., 1948-53.A t Augsburg since Professor of Psychology 1932;A.M., University of Minnesota, Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, 1953. Personnel / III THEODORE J. HANWICK,Ph.D., Professor of Physics B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1 9 3 3; KS.,Polytechnic Instirute of B w k l g n , iy17; Ph.D., hTew York University, r y p . Teaching: Polytechnic Inseinrre of Brmklpn, 1937-3 8 ; New York University, 193842; tT. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46; Rutgem University, r946-~6.Ar Augsburg since 1976. MAURINEM. C. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Home Economics a d Sociology A.B., Rice Institute, 1920; A.M., University of Colorado, 1938. Additional study: Texas, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1920-21, 193443, Lamar College, 1943-48, University of Minnesota, 1949-, Hamline University, 1949-58. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. RUBENG. HAUGEN,M.M., Instructor in \Voodwinds B.M., MacPhail S c h d of Music, i 9 p ; M*M., MacPhail S c h l of Music, I 9 5 I. Additional Study, Univcrsiq of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, rg yo-y z; B e c k Miitxry Academy, r g ~ r - g7; MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsbarg since l y f g . MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. A. ROBERTHEMMINGSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Ennromics and Business Administrotion A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additiona! Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching University of Nebraska, 199657. At Augsburg since 1957. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Cbmistry JOHN R. HOLUM, A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 910-5 z; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 1858-59. U. S. Armed Forces, 1955-57. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. IRENEKHW KHIN JENSEN, Ph.D., Instructor in Histmy and Political Science A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University, Burma, 1949-70. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959. MILDREDV. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional Study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1947. I I2 / Personnel EJNAR0. JOHNSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 19 50. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway, and University of Washington. A t Augsburg since 1956. RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. HAROLDM. KAMBAK,B.A., Instructor in Journalism and Director of Public Relations A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional Study: University of Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 195 6-5 8. At Augsburg since 195 8. KARLLN, ROBERT B.M., A.M., Instructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1910; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1959. Additional Study: Berkshire 'Music Center, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-13 ; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-19; University of Minnesota, 1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959. RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., I n ~ t r u c t o rin Health D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42; O&cer, U.S. Navy, 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1955. MIMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947. BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 19223 5; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947. BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Langwrges AB., Voss S t a t e Callege, Norway, 1925: A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph;D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: High Schhoot, rg30-3 r ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. Ofice of Censorship, I 942-.+$. A t Augsburg since 1947. Personnel / I I3 CARL W. LANDAHL,M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music, Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern College, 1950-59. A t Augsburg since 1952. RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University o;f Minnesota. Teaching: Long Prairie High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1957. BERTHALILLEHEI,A.B., Instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957. GERTRUDES. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science A.B., Augsburg Teaching: High Morris, 1945-47; 49. A t Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951. School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture, Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 1948since 1950. ERWIND. MICKELBERG, A.B., Instructor in Anatomy A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Atwater High School, 19 54-5 6. A t Augsburg since 19 5 6. F. C. MORTENSEN,Ph.D., Lecturer in Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1914; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1926. Teaching: Westminster College, Coe College, Pan American College, Macalester College. U. S. Army, nineteen years (retired with rank of Colonel). At Augsburg since I 9 59. GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women with rank of Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, I 923 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH,Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since 1922. EDORC. NELSON, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of Football and Baseball A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. I I4 / Personnel CATHERINE NICHOLL,A.M., Instrzrctor in English A.B., Hope College, 1953 ; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Teaching: Colby Jr. College, 1954-51; Bradford Jr. College, 1955-56; South Oregon College, 1956-57. A t Augsburg since 1957. NORMANL. NIELSEN,A.B., B.Th., Vire President in Charge of Development A.B., Augsburg College, 1944; B.Th., Luther Seminary, 1947. Additional Study: Boston University. Pastor: Minot, N. D.; Minneapolis, Minn. A t Augsburg since I 95 8. IVER B. OLSON,M.A., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. SULAMITOZOLINS,Cand. Phil., Instructor in French Cand. Phil., University of Marburg, Germany, 1948 KARLISOZOLINS,B.A., Th.B., Assoriate Librarian with rank of Assistant Prof essw A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 7 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 195 2. Additional Study: University of Marburg, Germany; University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 195 5. HOWARD E. PEARSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1977. A t Augsburg since I 9 5 6. ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Professor o f English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg 1932-44 and since 1946. KATHERINEPETERSON,M.S., Assistant Professm of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; MS., State University of Iowa, 1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-76. A t Augsburg since 1956. LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Edtccation f o 7 Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 195 3. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg since 1950. Personnel / II5 OVE J. H. PREUS,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English A.B., L&er College, 1 9 4 8 ; A,M., Unimrsiry of kliiinnesota, 1918;Ph.D., ,958. Additional Study: University of MonrpeIIier, Frmcc, 1949-50; University of Edinburgh, Scotland, 1 9 5 0 - T I ; Shakespeue Institute, Srratford, England, 1950. Teaching: Luther a l l e g e , r g ~ r - 1 2 ;St. Olnf Collcgc, I ~ J Z - T ~A . t Augsburg since 1 9 5 8 . MARTINQUANBECK, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Deun of the College A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933 ; Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minn., 1929-36.Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38.Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean, 1942-46 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938. PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion; College Cha@lain For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. ROBERTT. SANDIN,B.D., Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy A.B., Bethel College, 1949;B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1974;A.M., University of Minnesota, 195 6; J?h.D., University of Minnesota, 195 9. Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 95 6-58; Northwestern College, 19 5 8-. At Augsburg since 1958. LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Composition with Donald F e r g w n (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39.Music Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Director, Civilian Public Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 1941-43and since 1946. A. MAYOSAVOLD, A.B., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Luther College, 1941.Additional study: North Dakota, Minnesota. Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D., 1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42and 1946-48.U. S. Armed Forces I 942-45; Glenwood Public Schools, I 948- 5 2. At Augsburg since R u m SEGOLSON, M.S., Professor of Hmne Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1927; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;University of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, summer 1936. At Augsburg since I 944. GEORGESOBERG, A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926. PAULG. SONNACK, A.B., Th.B., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. I I6 / Personnel R u m SONSTENG,A.B., Instructor in Home Economics A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Hinckley High School, 1955-56;Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57.At Augsburg since 1957. ROBERTC. STENSTROM, M.A., Instructor in Physics and Mathematics A.B., University of South Dakota, 1957; A.M., University of South Dakota, 1958. Teaching: University of South Dakota, 1956-58. At Augsburg since 195 8. MERTONP. STROMMEN, Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955; Ph.D., 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor: Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47.A.t Augsburg since (Xu H. SWENSON,A.M., Assirtant Professor of Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49,1950-5I. Probation Oflice, Hennepin County, 195 I-. At Augsburg since 1953. AGNESB. TANGJERD,A.M., Associatg Professor of Library Science A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920;B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944.Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, I 922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-36.Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. At Augsburg since 1940. P H ~ I PJ. THOMPSON,B.A., M.F.A., Instructor in Art A.B., Concordia College, I 9 5 5 ; F.A.M., State University of Iowa, 195 8. Teaching: State University of Iowa, 1957-58;Kokorno Extension of Indiana University, 195 8-59. At Augsburg since 1959. GERALDH. THORSON,Ph.D., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D., Columbia University, 19f7.U. S. Army, 1943-46.Teaching: Wagner College, 195I.A t Augsburg since 1946. JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929;M.Mus., I 936. Additional study: Minnesota, Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27;American Conservatory of Music, 193 I44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47.Y W A War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46.A.t Augsburg since 1947. Personnel / I I7 VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota, Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti, Robyn hTormal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. JOEL S. TORSTENSON, A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A..M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D., 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 194 5 -47. A t Augsburg 193842 and since 1947. ADELEF. TURRITTIN, B.A., M.A., lnstructor in German A.B., University of Wisconsin, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Minneapolis High Schools, I 9 5 3-5 8; University of Minnesota, 1947-49. A t Augsburg since 1958. B.A., M.Th., lnstrtlrtor in Religion HAROLDTOLLEFSON, A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1953 ; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 195 5. Additional Study: University of Heidelberg Pastoral work: Coon Rapids, Minn. At Augsburg since 1959. HELENULVESTAD, B.A., Instructor in Library Science A.B., St. Olaf College, 1931. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Jackson, Minnesota High School, Minneapolis Schools. At Augsburg since 1959. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-55. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. P. A. SVEEGGEN, A.M., Professor Emeritus of English (Deceased, October 29, 1959) A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1908-10; Ellsworth College, 1913-15. A t Augsburg 1915-19gz. MANIVALD ALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry (Deceased, November I , 19 5 8) Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 195 I. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg 1949-58. I I8 / Personnel ALICE LINDGREN,B.A., Graduate Assistant in Biology A.B., Augsburg, 1958. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-. OLIVERG. BERGH,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1948;B.Th., Augdburg Seminary, 195 I. Additional Study: Tokyo School of the Japanese Language and Culture, Luther Seminary. Teaching: Tokai Lutheran Bible Institute, 1956-57. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ROBERTH. BOYD,M.Th., Ph.D., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59;Profe~sor of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary. GLENN CARLSEN,B.A., B.Th., lnstructo~in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1953;B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1956. A t Augsburg 1958-59. WILLIAMM. CHASE,B.S., M.S., In~tructorin Business Administration S.B., Montana State College, 1953; S.M., Montana State College, 1957. Additional Study: Iowa State College. A t Augsburg 1958-59. DENNISJ. GRUNDMAN, B.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration A.B.B., University of Minnesota, 1958.A t Augsburg 1958-59. LYLE C. HALL,A.B., Instructor in Chemistry A.B., Luther College, 1956. Additional Study: State University of Iowa, University of Minnesota. At Augsburg, I 95 8 - 5 9. JOHN V. HALVORSON, C.T., B.Th., M.A., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59. Professor of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary. JOHN H. KRUGER,B.Min.E., M.A., lnstructor in Business Administration B.Min.E., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1958. A t Augsburg, 1958-59. WALTERC. LARSON,B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., Concordia College, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional Study: Chicago. At Augsburg I 958-59. BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music B.S., University of Minnesota, 1951.Additional Study: Minnesota. At Augsburg 1955-y6,1958-59. Personnel / I 19 GWENDOLYNMAYO,B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry A.B., Vassar College, 1954; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1958. Teaching Assistant: University of Minnesota, 19 54-56. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ZETTA OSWALD,B.S., Instructor in Anatomy S.B., University of Alberta, Canada, 1949. Additional Study: Minnesota. Teaching: Royal Alexander Hospital, Edmonton, Alberta; St. Michael's Hospital, Lethbridge, Canada. A t Augsburg 195 5-56, 1958-59. MARYBELLE RILEY, B.A., Instructor in Speech A.B., Wheaton College, 1955. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ESTHERE. REINECKE,B.S., B.L.S., Instr~rctorin Library Science B.S., Northern State Teachers College, 1938; B.L.S., University of Denver, 1946. Additional Study: Colorado State College. At Augsburg 1958-59. PAULETTEROBETORYE,B.A., Instructor in Spanish A.B., Augsburg, 1954. Additional Study: Minnesota. At Augsburg 1958-59. DONALDSHAMBLIN,B.A., M.A., Instructor in Spanish A.B., Marshall College, 1952; A.M., University of New Mexico, 1957. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-59. SHELDONL. TORGERSON, B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1949; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1952; Dip.Sup., Alliance Francaise, I 9 5 3. Teaching: Manasoa Private School, Madagascar, 1954-58. A t Augsburg 1958-59. A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology MARVINE. TRAUTWEIN, A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Colummbia, 1940. Additional study: Harvard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42; Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. U. S. Amy Air Force, 1942-46. Staff, Education and Training OBicer, V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50 and 1953-55. A t Augsburg 1950-59. ROBERTE. WRIGHT, B.A., LL.B., Instructor in Business Administration A.B., Concordia College, 1951; LL.B., Valparaiso University, 1957. A t Augsburg 1958-59. Graduates AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1958 WITH THE Almquist, Anderson, Anderson, Anderson, DEGREE OF BACHELC IR ......... ....... James Arnold .Spicer Charles Harvey ..Minneapolis Eugene M. .Minneapolis Marilyn Jeanne . . . ..Menahga Bagley, Robert Lynn ............Gatzke Bark, Paul Arhur ..........Hudson, Wis. Beaman, Roger E. .......... .Minneapolis Belkholm, Gudwren Ellingson Minneapolis b w r ~Vsmon R. ........... Clarkfield Berg. Jack R. ............. . M i n n w Z b Berge. Gerald P. .Minneapolis Bergex. UVonne Cynthia Veblen. S. Duk, Bergtnm. R o w G. ..WinneupolLs Bloomquist, Daniel Rudolph San Francisco, Calif. Boe, Ronald L. ............. ..Minneapolis Boyum, Joyce Gertrude ... .Minneapolis .Wyoming Bullock, Richard W. Bullock, Robert L. ...........Minneapolis .......... ...... ........ ........ Minneapolis Carlson. Roger Alvin .Nopeming Cherne, John Edward Christenson, Erwin William Portefield, Wis. ....... Danielson, Harland Peter . .Cadott, Wis. Davidson. Glenn 0 . ..Charles City, Iowa Dodds, Donald Jack .Minneapolis Eichstadt, Harlen Emin .... .Lamberton Elias, LeRoi Thomas ...... .Minneapolis Erickson. Dennis H. .............. W S Erickson, Lynn Edwin Fairdale, N. Dak. Evavold, Dale Edward .......... .Ashby ........ Flak, Lorents J. ............Minneapolis Fleming, Micheal Hudson ......St. Paul Fristedt, Conrad E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis OF ARTS Johnson, Johnson, Johnson. Johnson, Johnson, Betty J. ..........Minneapolis C. Leroy ..........Minneapolis Gwendolyn Syble ...... Mentor Joy Lee Hutzell .. .Minneapolis Wayne Charles St. Paul ........ Kemmer. Grace Eileen Williston, N. Dak. ............Minneapolis ............Minneapolis Lindell, Alice M. Lindell, John L. Lundquist, Elyce Ellen ..........Buffalo Mackey, Lois R. ...........Mfnnmpolfa Matala, Jon W. .............Minneupolfa Miskowiec, John Jr. .JTinn@apo?is Myrvik, Donald A. ........ . M i n ~ ~ ~ p o l L ? ...... Nelson, Elaine Mae ..Blanchardville, Wis. Niederloh. Janet M. Chetek, Wis. ....... Oakvik, Gerlald Charles ....Minneapolis Ohlin, Paul Irving .......... Minneapolis Ollila, Junia Lois ....Lake Worth, Fla. Olson, Landis Jay ..........Minneapolis Olson, Magne B. ...........Minneapolis Olson, Patricia Ann Blanchardville, Wis. Olson, Phyllis Knudson .... .Minneapolis Olson, Richard Carl Minneapolis Olson, Roger A. .......... .Minneapolis Osberg, Lorraine Phyllis ..Minneapolis ........ Pearson, Lucille Evelyn ... .Minneapolis Petersen, Alan Helvig ..... .Minneapolis Peterson, Jerome F. ........ .Stanchfield ~ Radebach, Marshall D. ......Minneapolis Reesnes, Alfred B. Jr. ... .Minneapolis Rystad. Dennis 0. L. ...... .Minneapolis Saure, Mabeth Louise ......Fergus Falls Schmidt, Earl Amandus ....Crystal Bay Schnebaum. William ..... .Minneapolis Gllmme. Hugh Mfnnea?wI% Schulz. Davlci W. .Minneapolis Golie, Byron h'& ......... SacTerI Heurt Sideen. Wedey Thomas ...... .St. Paul G r t q . Bonita Mad IZemderaan Stme. Ronald J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Grmdmen. George Jon . B m k l y x . N.Y. Stenberg. Thomas Alfred, Jr. Gustafson, Raymond G. .. ...St. EIiletre Minneauolis Stiles, Joanne Darlene ....Circle, Mont. Hagen. E. James ...........MtaneUpoIis Studlien, LaVone Carolyn . .Minneapolis Hagen. Kenneth George ... .Minnwpulk Sylvester, Ione Lenore ....... .Starbuck Hanson, Jacqolyn Lorraine Duluth Sylvester, Lucille Johnson . .Minneapolis Harrington, Wayne Ervin .. .MinnenpIia Harris, David Owen ..... Granite Falls Thompson, Norman Ephriam Heide, Darla Kjelstrom ....Minneapolis Leonard, N. Dak. Heide, Philip W. ............ Minneapolis Tornquist, Lowell A. ...... .Minneapolis Hellzen, Carl LeRoy ......... .Minneapolis Turner, Gary E. ............Minneapolis Hofstad, Lois V. .. .Glenwood City, Wis. Wahlberg, Arden G. ........Minneapolis Holman, Harvey L. ........Minneapolis Wamik, Arnold H. ...........Minneapolis Hovland, Anna Jane Mora Welch, Robert M. .Minneapolis West, William Lemore .........Clarkfield Johnson, Arthur Neil .......Minneapolis .............. ........... ......... ...... ............. ......... . Graduates / 1 2I AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1959 W I THE ~ DEGREE OF BACHELOROF ARTS Aaskov, June A. Cumberland Center, Me. Allen, Lois L. ....................St. Paul Almquist, Paul Hempel ..........Spicer Andersen, Janet Louise ......Markville Andersen. Sara Jane Robbinsdale Anderson, LeAnn Karen ..Walnut Grove Anderson, Warren L. ......Minneapolis ...... ..... .Lamberton Batalden, Charlotte D. Benson, Norman V. ....... .Minneapolis Berg, Ann Louise ..... .Porterfield, Wis. Wanmka Berg, John Allen Berg, Lawrence J. ..........Minneapolis Berg, Norman R. ..........Robbinsdale .Lakefield Berkness, Vernon Orville Birkeland, Birgit Elizabeth Northpod, N.Y. Lamberton Burreson, Dennis Basil Byhre, Mary H. .Minneapolis ............ .... ...... ............. Carlson, Jerry D. ........... .Minneapolis Casperson. Carl Christian .Minneapolis Christensen, Paul James "Stewart Cooke, Janet Sylvia Spring Valley, Wis. . ..... Doren, Mary Mathilda ..........St. Eldridge, Patricia Darlene Fall, Ronald David Fering, Charles A. Paul ........Shafer .............. Ivanhoe Lambe~ton ........... Gibson, Dennis F. ...............Lamberton Grahn, Dale E. .Minneapolis Grahn, Theodore S. .........Minneapolis Grant, Gaylord 0. ..Minneapolis .Minneapolis Green, Richard Reginald Grill. Keith E. .Caruthers. Calif. Grupp, Delores M. .....LaCrosse, Wis. Gustafson, Robert Hugo .....Minneapolis ........... ........ .. ....... Haack, Milton Gustav ........Plainview Hagestuen. Donald John ......Starbuck Hanson, James A. .........Minneapolis Hawks, Franklin D. Willmar Heggem. Kenneth Clark .Minneapolis Heinonen, Margery Marie ..Minneapolis Hemingway, G. Jerome .Minneapolis Hill, Rodney Elmer Cokato .Spring Vallql, Wis. Hojem, Ruth E. Horn, James K. ...........Minneapolis .Minneapolis Home, Harry James Hulbert, Elsbeth M. New York, N.Y. ... ............ ... ... ............ ....... .... Jacobson, Johnson, Johnson. Johnson, Ronald Keith Marquette, Mich. Corrine Joann ......Northf eld Merton H. ...... .Minneapolis .Savage William Douglas ..... Johnson, William F. ..Ryderwood, Wash. Jorenby, Donald E. Blanchardville. Wis. Juliot, Norman L. ........ .Minneapolis Junkermeier, Larry K. ...........Spicm ....... Kambak, Harold M. .Minneapolis Kim, Ock Hyung . - .......... Seoul. Korea Kopka. Heinrich Pine River Kopp, Wilbur E. .Minneapolis Kvamme, Ardella E. .Minneapolis ............. ......... ..... Lake, Curtis M. .......... .Minneapolis Lange. Gary D. ............Minneapolis Lauen, LeRoy A. ............ .Minneapolis Lindgren, Gordon Edward ......Anoka Loftness, Lawrence D. .......Minneapolis Lundahl, Margaret (Peggy) A. Minneapolis Lundeen, Walter W. ..........Annandale Lyngdal, John Walter .Duluth ........... Manske, Myrtle J. ....... .Minneapolis Martinsen. John Phillip Menominie, Mich. Martinson, Bonnie Jane ....Minneapolis Matheson, Donald W. .Minneapolis Menken, Ruth E. ...............Litchjield Miskowiec, Ronald G. .... .Minneapolis Moen. Thomas Harold .Minneapolis Moritz, Robert D. ....Esthmille, Iowa ...... .... Neilsen, Harold Fredrich ..Minneapolis Nelson, Hubert J. .........Minneapolis Nelson, James Allen ........... .Dawson Nelson, James John .......Minneapolis Nordine, Shirley M. ........Minneapolis Newquist, Reidun Hartmark Minneapolis Nystuen, Joseph Philip ......Northfield .... Olsen, Willard L. Watertown, S.D. Olson, Donald C. .Minneapolis Olson, Douglas 0. .Minneapolis Olson, Lee B. ........... .Cannon Falls Overby, Richard N. ............Mound ......... ......... Palo, Hildegarde Hokanson ..Minneapolis Palo. Rudolph L. ..........Minneapolis Pearson, Vivian K. Skor .Minneapolis Peterson, Eugene S. .Jackson Peterson, Gerald Simon ... .Minneapolis Peterson, Nadia M. Christensen Minneapolis Peterson, Robert D. ....... .Minneapolis Pulkrabek, Carol Rose .St. Paul Pundy, Eileen Marion ......Minneapolis .. .......... ....... Quanbeck. David H. ........Minneapolis Quanbeck, Norman J. Bertha .......... Quanbeck, Stanley Dwight ..Minneapolis .............. Ashby .... ..Minneapolis Ringstad, David J. Romo, Luther Edward Sabo, Martin Olav ........Alkabo, N.D. ..... Sallen, Donald Arthur .Minneapolis Saugestad, Edwin J. .......Minneapolis Schwarzkopf, Inez Olson ..Minneapolis Selander, Arlene B. ............Cokato Shih, Tai-fu ............Taipei, Taiwan .Minneapolis Sletten. Richard Glenn Smith. William Albert ......Minneapolis ........Minneapolis Solomon, Morton B. Strand, Theodore Hagen Svanoe, Rennard Gale ....Minneapolis .... .Minneapolis .......... Thorson, Dale B. .Minneapolis Tischer, Talvryn T. ...... ..Minneapolis Torstenson, Gale L. .......... .Dawson ..Sun P ~ a i ~ i eWis. , Twiton, Mary Ann Walden, Klara A. .............Willmar Wennerlind, James William Minneapolis West, Stuart E. Cla~kjield Willmar Westphal, Carolyn J. .. ............... ........... ..... Zielke, Carolyn Margaret ..Minneapolis AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1958 WITH T H E DEGREE OF BACHELOROF THEOLOGY Gusdal, Delmar M. Erickson, Manitoba, Canada Halvorson, Arvin H. G a k s b u ~ g ,N. Dak. .Madela Nelson, Philip A. ............. Holmes. Arthur W. ....... .Ki~kland,Wn. .Hoffman Shiell, Wendell C. Shultz. Arthur ............ .Spokane, Wn. Steinbrecher, Wayne G. .Long Siding ........... ... AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1959 Dreyer, Earl E. ............Ferndale. Wn. Evavold, Charles A. .Battle Lake Fullilove, Harry H. ..London, England Nevin, LeRoy E. .Cumberland, Wk. ....... ..... Anderson Kenneth L. Anderson, Norman E. Hagestuen, Richard M. Swenson, Jasper .......Owatonna .......Lamberton ....... . S b b u c k .............Rendricks Enrollment Summary STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1958-1 959 College Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . _ Junior .................. Sophomore ............ Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (D H.! ..... , . . . Jr . Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F H.) ......... Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . Evening Students (only) .... TV Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total First Semester Men Women Total 83 107 117 191 32 30 45 68 167 11 37 32 113 152 185 358 43 37 32 46 99 14 12 46 2 1 - . . . . . . . . . . ., 533 99 12 11 Second Semester Men Women Total 78 109 113 175 32 29 46 64 153 14 107 155 177 328 46 A 558 TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT. Y 958-7959 Claw Men 85 Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Fr. Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Evening Students- (only) .......... 2 N Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 . Women Total 31 48 73 168 18 37 32 46 99 13 11 116 167 195 379 60 37 32 46 . 99 15 12 576 THEOL0GICA.L SEMINARY. 1958-1959 Semester I Men Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .................. .6 7 9 1 Semester II Men 6 7 9 Total Men 6 7 9 - . 1 . 23 22 n TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1958-1959 College Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 Total - ............................. Seminary Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 - Total 23 . .................................. Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . 1175 2 . STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960 College Class Men Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Fr. Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (S H.) . . . . Evening Students (only) . . . . 2 36 44 89 171 13 42 29 45 95 21 127 144 203 436 50 42 29 45 95 29 - 615 585 1200 . . Total , ............ Second Semester Total Men Women 36 122 86 43 145 102 85 199 114 164 412 248 13 52 39 First Semester Women Total . TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT 1959-1961) Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jr . Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . -- . . . Fr Nurse !F . H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Evening Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . Women 36 44 90 176 18 42 29 45 95 26 . 601 Enrollment Summary / I2 5 THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 1959-1960 Semester I Men 7 Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - Total .................... Semester II Men 7 7 11 1 Total Men 7 8 11 2 . . 26 28 28 TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960 College Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 . - Total .......................... , ........ 1266 Seminary Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 0 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total 28 . .................................. Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . 1294 3 . SUMMARY OF GRADUATES Seminary Total ..................................... 679 College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2320 Graduates-1870-1957 Graduates-1958 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Graduates-1959 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Total ................................... 2538 3217 Index Page Academic Administration .......... " 3 5 Accounts. Payment of ............. - 1 7 Page Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 Education. elementary .......... .65. 87 .......................6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Db Admission. College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 !.3 Admission. Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -94 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . .36. 95 Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B. 9 Alumni Association. The ............. 11 Archives. The ...................... 11 Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58. 71 Athletics .......................... 32 Attendance. Chapel ................ 23 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 95 Audio-visual Education ............. 13 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Education. secondary . . . . . . . . . . . .67. 86 Electives .......................... 41 Elimination of Students ............ - 3 7 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2?, 96 Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . .91 Accreditation Administration Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Bwrd. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 B w r d of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Business Administration. Curriculum . . .89 Business Administration and Economics .69 Calendar Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 39 Expenses ................. .16. 17. 95 Faculty. The ............... Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . . Financial Information . . . . . . . . Finonciol Support and Control Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Education Requirements . . . . . .40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4 Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Church History [Seminary) . . . . . . . . -100 ............ Classification of Students 37 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Cc-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . .t 06 Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 96 Control. Financial Support and . . . . . . .10 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Coordinator of Student Activities .... - 2 8 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42. 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41. Curriculums 42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39. Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses Discipline 49 ..................... -37 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76. 88 Degrees ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 Cancellation Credits English. Department of Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Entrance Requirements. College ...... 35 ........ 97 92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..28 Distinction. Degree with ............. 41 ............. 43 Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3T. 53 Divisional Organization General Information Geography Graduates-(1 87@1959), Summary of 125 Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . .39, 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Grants-in-aid Greek, New Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Health and Physicol Education ....... 81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49. 98 High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . . 86 Health Service Historical Sketch ................... 7 .............. 6 0 History. Department of Home Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73, 87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3Q. 41 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 41 Homiletics Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Housing .......................... 26 Humanities. Division of the ..........48 Index / Page Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Introduction t o Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . .6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Journalism Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Laboratories. Natural Science . . . . . . . . 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 . Law, Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -89 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Latin Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 I 27 Page 19 ............ ........................ Prizes. Scholarships and Probation Psychology 37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 ....................... 3 0 ........................... 8 ........................... 26 Publications Purposes Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24, 28, ........................... Recreation Refunds Registration Registration, 32 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -36 Change of . . . . . . . . . . . .3 7 Religion ond Philosophy, Division of . . .44 Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -23 Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I 6 Maiors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Mathematics, Department of . . . . . . . . . 8 0 Scandinavian Language and Literature 54 Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . ..15, 90 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Medicine, Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . . 92 . . . . . . . .93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Secretarial Work Curriculum Membership in Educational Associations 6 Seminary, Ministry, Preparation for the . . . . . .84, 95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Missionary Work, Preparation for . . . .85 Seminary, Courses of Study Minors Seminary, Expenses Modern Languages, Department of . . . .54 Museum, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Seminary, Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Seminary, Graduation and Degrees . . . 97 Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Music, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . .32, 58 Admission . . . . . . . . . 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . .24 Social Sciences, Division of the . . . . . . .60 Social Work Curriculum Sociology, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . .89 . . . . . . . . . . .63 Natural Sciences and Mathematics, Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . - 9 9 Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Schools of . . . . 15 Speech, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . .28 Norwegian, Courses in Numbering of Courses Nursing. Affiliation with Nursing, Pre-Nursing Courses Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . . . 98 . . . . . . . . . .31, 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26, 98 Organizations, Student Orientation ........ 91 Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . Personnel Services. Student Philosophy. Department of Physical Education ..... ...... ............ Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . Placement Service far Graduates . ............ ................ Plant. The Physical Political Science Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 102 Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 15 Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Student Government . . . . . . . . . . ..29, 96 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . .25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 2 Svstematic Theolwv .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Symbols Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 . . . . . . . . . . . .86. 87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25, 38 Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . -94 Teaching Curriculums Testing Theology. College Preparation far . .84. 95 Transfer and Advanced Standing Trustees. B w r d of Tuition and Fees . .36. 95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16. 17 University Courses ................. 37 Upper Division Requirements -41 ........ AUGSBURG IS CURRENTLY ENGAGED IN A MAJOR CAMPUS EXPANSION AND EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM PICTURED AT RIGHT is the campus master plan scheduled for completion by 1979. Objectives are timed to four 5-year phases. Total cost is estimated at $8,000,000. Goals for Phase I, ending in 1964, include an auditorium-gymnasium, student union, men's and women's dormitories, additional land acquisition and campus improvements. Goals for educational development during this same period include additional research and instructional equipment, strengthening faculty salaries and larger student scholarship funds. The first building objective, "Si Melby Hall," is under construction and scheduled for completion in early 1961. A $1,100,000 building, it will serve campus needs in physical education, inter-collegiate athletics, chapel services, convocations, student social life and church and community events. The development program states as its purpose "to challenge and enlist the active assistance and gift support of a continuously growing corps of friends in order to bring the college to the fulfillment of its destiny." Joining the administration, board of trustees and faculty for this purpox are volunteers representing the community, corporations, parents, alumni, students, church and friends of the college. These volunteers work with and through a Development Council. Opportunities for gift support are regularly made available in a manner matching the individual donor's interest and ability. Many are thus supporting the college through a gift-a-month patron plan, memorial gifts, the Thousand Dollar Club, or various special gifts iccluding bequests, life insurance and a life income plan with favorable tax benefits to the donors. The college seeks from each concerned friend of Christian Higher Education his special skill, thoughtful counsel, constructive evaluation and support in prayer on behalf of Augsburg. Inquiries concerning gift opportunities are invited and should be addressed to Mr. Norman L. Nielsen, Vice President for Development, Augsburg College, Minneapolis 4, Minnesota.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1956-1958
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1958 - 1959 and 1959 VOL. XX, NO. 1 - 1960 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bimonthly and one...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1958 - 1959 and 1959 VOL. XX, NO. 1 - 1960 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bimonthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Enfered as second-class matter March 21. 1947, at the post osce at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. LMLLNUAK 1957 1958 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F MAY JANUARY S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 8 91011121314 5 6 7 8 91011 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 15161718192021 12131415161718 11 121314151617 29 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 99 30 95 26 27 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 31 - OCTOBER FEBRUARY 1 2 3 4 5 1 6 7 8 9101112 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13141516171819 9 1011 1213 1415 2021 2223242526 161718192021 92 93 24 25 26 27 28 27 28 29 30 31 JUNE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15161718192021 22232425262728 29 30 MARCH NOVEMBER 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213141516 9 1011 1213 1415 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 ~ 161718192021 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 $: 32; 25 26 27 28 29 JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6789101112 13141516171819 20912223242526 27 28 29 30 31 DECEMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1 2 1 3 1 4 15161718192021 29 23 24 95 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL AUOUST 1 9 1 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 751 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 13141516171819 I011 1P13141516 20 21 22 23 24 25 96 t J 10 1990 21 29 23 27 28 29 30 g 2526Q7282930 M T W T F MAY JANUARY SEPTEMBER S S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910111213 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 14151617181920 11 121314151617 91222324252627 18192021222324 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 28 29 30 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12131415 16 17181920212223 $: 25 26 27 28 29 30 FEBRUARY JUNE OCTOBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 8 9 1011 191314 7 8 9 1011 1213 12131415161718 15161718192021 14151617181920 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 19 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 98 29 30 96 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER MARCH JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 1011 121314 5 6 7 8 9 loll 9 1011 12131415 15161718192021 12 1314151617 18 161718192021 22 92232425262728 192021 22232425 96 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 9 7 28 29 99 30 31 :: DECEMBER APRIL AUGUST I 2 3 4 5 6 1 9 3 4 1 7 8 9 1011 1213 5 6 7 8 9 1011 4 3 4 5 6 7 8 , 1415 161718 1920 19 13 1415161718 9 1011 1 2 1 3 7 4 1 5 21222324252627 192021 22232425 u 1 7 ' I 8 1 9 9 0 1 1 22 9 8 29 30 31 2627282930 g i g 9596372%29 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 4 Academic Calendar - General Information 5 ---- Financial Information 14 Student Community Life The College - - Academic Administration - 21 34 --34 - 42 Curriculums - Courses of Study 53 Division of Religion and Philosophy 55 Division of the Humanities ....-. 59 -- Division of the Social Sciences Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics General Requirements 96 -.--. Courses of Study . 96 1 0 0 ----- Board of Trustees Administration 86 ...........-...----- -- The Theological Seminary 107 - ,.--lo8 -109 Committees of the Faculty The Faculty -- Graduates Student Enrollment Index 72 1 D -m - 1 0 - -120 1 2 3 .--.I26 , CALENDAR 1958 - 59 and 1959 - 60 FIRST SEh4ESTER Sept. 11-16 Freshman Days Sept. 10-15 Sept. 11, 16 Registration Sept. 14, 15 Sept. 17 College classes begin Sept. 16 Sept. 17 Seminary convenes Sept. 16 s p t . 17 Late registration fee Sept. 16 Oct. 24-26 Homecoming Oct. 23-21 Nov. End of first half of semester Nov. Nov. 27, 28 Thanksgiving recess Nov. 26, 27 Dec. 19, 4:zo p.m. Christmas ,recess begins Dec. 18, 4:zo p.m. Jan. j, 8:00 a.m. Classes resume Jan. 4. 8:00 a.m. Jan. 19-23 College examinations Jan. 20-26 Jan. 20-23 Seminamry examinations Jan. 21-26 Jan. 23 First Semester ends Jan. 26 Jan. 16-29 Registration for Second Semester Jan. 18-Feb. 12 I2 I SECOND SEMESTER Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin Feb. 3. 8:00 a.m. Feb. 2 Late registration fee Feb. 3 Feb. 12 Lincoln's Birthday Washington's Birthday April 3 End of first half af semester Feb. 22 April I Maroh 2j, 4:20 p.m. Easter recess begins April 13, 4:zo p.m. March 3 I , 8:oo a.m. Easter recess ends April 19, 8:00 a.m. May Seminary Commencement May 27 May 25-29 Collage Examinations May 27-June 3 May 30 Memorid Day May 30 May 31 Bac,cala.ureate Service June 5 June College Commencement June 6 22 I GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSE Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian en\''Ironment. In addition to securing a general education at the college level, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, social work, medical technolog!-, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields. Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church. LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of hlinneapolis. rrithirl t r a l k i ~ pJ i s t a n c ~uf the main I~usir~ess section 01 tl~rcil!. Science Hall. containing the administration cifficeh. is located at lhe corner nf 5 e ~ e n t hStreet and Twenty-first A\eriue South. .Iugshurg studenb have tlic a d r a ~ ~ t a gofe getting their ~ o l l t : ~ ceducalion : i n a metropolitan renter pulsating with industrial. social. and cultural activitira. They hare acre33 to libraries. museums. a11tl art ccrllcctiarls. The! m a v hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of relieil~ui life and nctitily. Out5ta11dii1gleaders in many Gelds both from ,,her part9 of hrncrica and from fureipri ct~untriesare frequent vi~iit~rb. College students iu t l ~ r . Twill Cities have abundant opportunity tn contact conternporar?- :llnerican life a t one of its foc:aI points. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency for colleges and universities. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the training of secondary school teachers. The teacher education program in home economics has been approved for the preparation of teachers of federally aided high school departments in this field. AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SE~ARY HISTORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the seminary moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The latter course, however, was later discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was. graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. Recent years, especially since the close of World War 11, have witnessed a greatly increased enrollment and a corresponding expansion of physical facilities both in campus area and in buildings. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses to meet changing needs. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College continue to function in close cooperation and as integral parts of one institution. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are integrated with this principle. Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline necessary to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty: T o lead the student to a deeper understanding; and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become both an effective participant in the work of the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way of life. AIJGSBURGCOLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of the best in-the fields of the fine arts. T o guide the student in the understanding of social relatio'nships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency in the various relationships of life. To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. To instruct the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CORTTROL From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the affiliation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by unity of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, the chief financial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle oI friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the school. Since 1951, business and industry have given significant support through the Minnesota Private College Fund. Augsburg welcomes and invites support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution. It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the Council of Minnesota Private Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in Science Hall. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by join,t action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Since 1956 its activities have been closely coordinated with the development program of the college. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms and offices, the Chapel, and the museum. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium, and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. The George S v e r d r u ~Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located in one section of the Librarv building. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing of Gerda Mortensen Hall, provides comfortable modern housing for 45 women students. The beautiful new Gerda Mortensen Hall located at 6th Street and 24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely modern housing for 125 women students, as well as apartments for the resident 'head and her assistants. Morton Hall and Miriam House are smaller dormitory houses, each accommodating about 20 students. The Gymnasium, a temporary structure, was erected in 1947 for the College of the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha? been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and married student housing. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited. Professor Landa is the curator. AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY THE ARCHIVES Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed the archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup Library in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the achives were provided. Here are now found a large collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist. The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close .to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the ground floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 325 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections ir! the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is located on the ground floor of the Library. Varied equipment is available for classroom use and other college activities. This equipment includes: movie projectors, slide and filmstrip projectors, a sound amplification system, a tape recorder, an Episcope, phonographs, and a microcard reader. Records, slides, maps, filmstrips, and microcards are also housed in this center. Science Auditorium, as well as several classrooms, is equipped with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean. Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the Sophomore year. FINANCIAL INFORMATION A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Tuition (Covers instruction, library, etc.) ..................................$250.00 Student activity fee (Covers school paper, annual, and other . 9.00 student projects) Health fee 6.00 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) ..... Key deposit (refundable) 1.00 Locker (optional) 1.00 Mail box fee .. . .50 . Total .$272.50 Books are estimated at $25.00 to $M.00. Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $12.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $22.00 per credit hour up to 11credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is one-half the fee charged when it is taken for credit. Students and auditors enrolled for 7 to 11credit hours of class work per week pay one-half of the student activity, and health fees. ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER1 Room Board (estimate) 1 Subject to change. ..-$68.00 to 85.00 - 180.00 A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost. Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of $150.00 of meal book coupons per semester. women students $125.00. SPECIAL FEES Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) ...................... Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes . .... Registration with the Placement Bureau Placement fee, depending upon the method of placement .... $3.00 to Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary.. Final examinations taken at another hour than the one ....... scheduled -.... .......... ....... Examination making up an incomplete or a condition ............ Comprehensive examination -. . . Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) .................... MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER Piano $35.00 Voice 35.00 .40.00 Organ 40.00 Brass or Wood wind (private instruction) Private instruction, per lesson . .. 3.00 .......... 14.00 Brass or Wood wind (class instruction) . 8.00 Piano studio rental (one hour per day) 20.00 Qrgan rental (one hour per day) 4.00 Voice studio rental (one hour per day) Choir ................................................................................................ 5.00 Concert Band 5.00 COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER1 4.00 Art 1. 2 2.00 Art7, 8 .3.00 Home Economics 2, 36, 75 . 5.00 Home Economics 39, 40 Biology 60 ....................................................................................1.OO. 2.00 2.50 Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, 56 -........ . . 5.00 Biology 7N, 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54 . 1 Subiect ta change AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY 1 Chemistry, 3N, 4 Chemistry 5, 6, 53, 54, 61, 62, 66, 71, 91, 92 Physics 3, 5, 6, 6 , 73, 74 . . Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, 52 Secretarial Studies 1, 53, 54 Education 97 A 5.00 7.50 5.00 .. 2.50 1.50 15.00 .. . , Note: These fees cover cost of material and repair of equipment but not breakage. ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Resident students General expenses .......................................................................$272.50 Room and Board ......................................................$ 2 . 0 0 to 265.00 Special, music, course fees, and books .................... 27.50 to 75.50 Total, approximately ............................................. 548.00 to 613.00 Off-campus students -General expenses . Special, music, course fees, and books --A Total, approximately - $ 2 7 2 . 5 0 27.50 to 75.50 300.00 to 348.00 These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment plan." In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration in September and again in February, a payment of $200.00 in the case of resident students and $100.00 for off-campus students. The balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. The college reserves the right to with-hold transcript of record or diploma until all college bills have been paid. 1 Subiea to change. REFUNDS Tuition and fees for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of any semester will be charged at the rate of 10 per cent per week or fraction thereof, except for matriculation and special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of the semester. Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid, and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off the campus. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students in the Seminary. The Charles and ~lloraCrouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. T h e John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. T h e Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES Forty Freshman Scholarships of $300 each are available to outstanding high school graduates. Half of the $300 is applicable on the tuition for the second semester of the Freshman year. The remainder is divided between the Sophomore and Junior years provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who s h w s outstanding promise or achievement i-n -the -a-rt of singing. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E . Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholar- ship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. T w o Luthran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50.00. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College or Seminary. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Celiu Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to $250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or rrledical study. 20 AUGSBURG COLLEGE^ AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY GRANTS-IN-AID A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student must make application, providing information about his own and his family's resources and anticipated expenses. EMPLOYME!NT SERVICE The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices. STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in each life. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program' that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this ' council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings. This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society. The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and serdice. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of Social Activities, assisted by a Comlnittee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. Social dancing is not approved of at Augsburg. "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to the use of leisure time in general. STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE 'C MUSICAND THE FINEARTS Augsburg's location in Minneapdis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and the University Theater drama programs. A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing programs, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide counseling- at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and financial needs are given consideration. As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the S t d e n t Personnel Committee. These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study. The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively. - - Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test are available for all students. Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality through counseling sessions. Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College Chaplain, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences. The collegt physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health. Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their latent ability. Students who distinguish themselves acad'imically are named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild o j Honor and Lambda Iota T a u recognize students who have excelled in several areas. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshinan Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally standardized test. Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and vocational aims are discussed. Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster. The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment. Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed, including psychiatric referral. Infirmary rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. The Health Service is housed in a first floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence hall. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to take a course in personal and community health. - - In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. All students not living at home must live in college operated or college approved housing and take their meals in the college dining room. Under certain conditions students may make other arrangements after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Single students are not permitted to live in apartments. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after. the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a reasonable cost. This service is required of all women students. An optional linen service is available to men students. Gerda Mortensen Hall, the residence for women, located at Sixth Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, houses 160 women and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and a room with grill service available to all students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses 150 men and also contains the college dining rooms and the student health service. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $15 are required of all single students residing outside the Twin Cities. This deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. For new students it should accompany the Admissions Deposit. Rooms for new students are assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present students must make room application and submit the deposit by May 15. After May 15 reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1, and half refund if it is received by September 1. City or suburban students may make application for residence housing. Their names will be placed on the waiting list, and they will be assigned to rooms in regular order as vacancies occur. The room deposit of $15 is required and is refundable in full should no room become available. PLACEMENT GRADUATE The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. EMPLOYMENT STUDENT An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work. OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES COORDINATION The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty sponsors are approved by the Coordinator. The program af student activities is a primary responsibility of the Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council. Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the function of the Student-Facdty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities. A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by the office of Student Personnel. COMMUNITY STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE The Christian life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. Although the claims of this life may not be indentical to, in fact may go far beyond, the claims of any particular community, every community operates under some standards of life and conduct that give character to it. Out of the religious and cultural traditions of Augsburg has grown a way of life which is approved by the college and which it regards as helpful in the development of its particular type of community. Those who elect to enroll at Augsburg are expected to be guided by these general standards of conduct. Confidence is placed in the individual student, but his habits and conduct are matters of sincere concern and attention. It is the aspiration of Augsburg to strengthen in each student the highest standards of honesty, integrity, and charity in all his relationships and activities. Although the college does not accept full responsibility for the enforcement of all regulations as they pertain to the off-campus life of the student, it is concerned about his behavior in every situation. It also recognizes the original jurisdiction of the parent in the home. Disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Committee on Discipline through the office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. The college reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable. In dealing with the alcohol problem, Augsburg seeks to have its students refrain from all use of alcoholic beverages. It specifically forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored event. Any student who appears under the influence of alcohol is subject to severe disciplinary action. Every student is expected to know the college regulations, those stated in the catalog as well as any additional ones that may be issued for a given year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Augsburg Student Society, comprising the whole student body of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity. The administration of student government is delegated to the Student Council, a representative group elected by the Student Society and the various classes. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representative on the Council. Augsburg is a member of the National Student Association. The Student Council directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual One Appeal Campaign, Leadership Training workshops, Courtesy Week, and Political Action Week. Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister program. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provide.; opportunity for the women to develop a degree of seIf government. It aims to create a sense of harmon? and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standard5 of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliatd with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student activities. PUBLICATIONS The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student stsff. The Faculty adviser teaches courses in journalism. Staff members enrolled in the class earn academic credit. Augsburg's yearbook, the A u g b u r g h , pra~-idesa pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artietic dwign a5 we11 as in photography. The top staff members of the Augsburg Echo and the Augsburgian constitute the Board of Publication. A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual S t u d e ~Handbook a r ~ dDirectory. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. r AUGSBLJRG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY STUDENT CLUBS The Alpha Delta Theta, Sigma Chapter, is a professional sorority open to students preparing for medical technology. Membership is based upon scholarship, character and professional potential. The Aristotelian. Society unites those who have a common interest in scientific knowledg,e and experimentation. Thus they may develop their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse some of that spirit of interest throughout the college. The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among the student body. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Camera Club is composed of camera fans who meet regularly to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language and people of the various countries. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. The F ~ u r eTeachers of America, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is the only requirement for membership. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Social Service Club is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECHOIR The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Varsity Band and Imstrumental Ensembles. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECANTORIANS This Women's Chorus participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. THE MALECHORUS The Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. FORENSICS Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. THE 'A" CLUB Membership in the "A"- Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college. recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive pIay can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-, creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in. any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. HONORS AND AWARDS The 1925 Class Cup i n Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A . Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the -basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. - - The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. AUGSBURG COLLEGE ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ADMISSION PROCEDURE Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an admissions deposit of 815.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions. The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition, is partially refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn by the applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September 1 and for the spring semester by January 15. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the high school record or previous college record. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, one uuit of mathematics and one or two units of science. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence of sufficient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have difficulty in doing college work. TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of comprehensive examinations. ADMISSION OF VETERANS Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits. The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application for entitlement when they enroll at the college. In order to receive credit for experience in the military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should regi..qter on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1.00 per day after classes begin. No student may registe~f o r OF enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 1'7% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F. No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course may not be cancelled after the first six weeks of classes. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the first week of classes. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in order to remain in good standing. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. CLASSIFICATION In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. PROBATION AND ELIMINATION The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer with their teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making u p an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the offiee of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. GRADE VALUES 3 honor points per credit A-Superior, &Very good, 2 honor points per credit C-Satisfactory, D-Passable, F-Failure, 1 honor .point per credit no honor points per credit minus 1 honor point per credit GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. Lower Division Requirements 1:or a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields, students are required to complete the following credits in lower division courses: Religion Each semester, 2 credits English 6 credits Course 1-2. Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits above Freshman English. 3 credits Course 11. Fine Arts 2 credits H.Ec. 3, 64, Mu. 7, 3, Phil. 60, Sp. 29, or any literature course satisfies this requirement. Foreign Langzmge 8 credits Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and students with majors in Home Economics are exempted from this requirement. Social Sciences Hist. 1-2; 21, 22; or Soc. 1, 2. 6 credits Natural Sciences 8 credits Health and Physical Education 3 credits Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 63 for P. E. 2. Orientation is required of all Freshmen. Major and Minors A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in the Lower Division. It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics, Biology, Physics, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see devartmental statements. Electives Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least thirtv credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each c:.edit. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. English Proficiency In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate 2 proficiency in the writing and speaking of English. Residence Requirement To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degkea in residence. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Honor point n& Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in plann,ing a program which will prepare him for the vocation of his choice. THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not include a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Stensvaag; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. Sophomore Freshman . Basic Bible Orientation . . Freshman English . Foreign Language .. Healcth . European Civilization Physical Education . Electives 4 I 6 8 z 6 I 4 Junior New Testament Greek Speech . . . History . Sociology or Economics or Political Science or Education . Electives . .. Natural Science Psychology Foreign Langua,ge . Typewriting . New Testament Greek Electives . 8 4 6 I 8 6 Senior 6 6 6 6 8 32 .... . Religion Youth Work in the Church Philosophy . .... .... English Li,terature .. Electives . . . . . . z 2 6 6 16 32 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 smester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser. The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below. Freshman Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . .6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 8 Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Sociology ..... . 3 Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Orientation ................. I Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . Types of Public Speech . Foreign Language . . . . General Psychology . . Health . . . . . . . . . . First Aid . . . . . . . . . . Electives .......... 32 Junior The Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . z Principles of Christian Education . 2 The Christian Churches . . . . z The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . r Social Psychology or Urban Sociol......... 3 OgY - Actiltg , , , , . . . 3 Story Telling . . , . . . .I Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . 6 Recreational Activities . . . I Electives . . . 10 Senior Parish Work ............ z Youth Work in the Church . . z Edt~caticmal Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Hymns and Music of the Church z Fzindamentals of Jozrmalism . . . . . z Crafts . . . . . . . . . . :', . . . . . . . . s Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . 3 Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fine Arts , , ........ 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. - HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business education. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . - . . . 6 Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psychology . . . . . Teaching in High School . , Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Major or Minor . . . Senior ............... 4 Religion Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education. 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or I Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 Sophomore VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS f o r k in the Deparhent of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, ta e q i p them for the teaching of home economics in high school. and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics. institution manage~ e n t home . economics and journalism, and home manomics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. X curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally aided secondary school home economics departments. Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Orientation . . . . . . - - - . . . - . . .I P.hysica1 Education . . . . . . . . . I English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or 6 Zoology* or Anatomy . . . . 8 or 4 Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Constraction . . . . . . . 2 - 3 4 or 33 Junior Religion . . . . . . . , . . . . 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tefiching in Secondary Schools . . . . 3 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Color and Design . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . 3 Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . z Sociology or Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . 3 Sophomore Religion .................... 4 Pspcholagy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marriage and Family Relations . . 3 Principles of Physiscs . . . . . . . . - - 4 Chemistry 5-6* or Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 4 Child Development . . . . . . . . . z Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o or z - Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .. 4 Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education . 3 Home Management Problems . . . . . 2 Home Management La'bora.tory ... 2 Advanced Clothing Construction . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects. *Strongly recommended for students who contemplate graduate study in home economics or work in the areas of nutrition, foods or textiles research. BUSINESS The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. Sophomore Freshman Religion Freshman English Foreign Language Principles of Accounting Introduction to Business Orientation Henlrh Physical Education Elective Junior . Religion United States History . .. Business Law Public Finance or Money and . . . . Banking Taxation or Cost Accounting Electives Religion Psychology . . , Speech . . .... Principles of Economics Introduction t o Statisti,cs Natural Science . . Electives . . 3 3 13 Senior Religion . . . 4 Business Finance or Marketing . . 3 Industrial Mana)gement or Labor3 Management Relations . . . Seminar in Business Administration . 3 Fine Arts , . . 3 Electives . . . 16 32 32 4 6 3 - - LAW The following two-year program is suggested for students who plan to study law. Freshman Religion . . . Freshman English Principles of Accounting . . Sociology . European Civilization . . Orientation General Psychology Pihysical Aotivities Sophomore Reli,gion Christian Ethi,cs . Principles of Economics American Government . Logic . . . ... . Introduction to Philosophy History or Literature .. Natural Science . . SOCIAL WORK A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in pubIic agencies an federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in goup work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not erequire post-graduate training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group w o ~ k ,and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all such students. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . European Civilization American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Sociology Social Problems . . . . ........... Foreign Language . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Statistics Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . Criminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives 3 Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Urban Sociology ............... 3 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 6 3 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Introduction to Methods of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . 3 Fine A ~ t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .16 32 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested. Sophomore Freshman ................ 4 Religion Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Chemistry $-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I Foreign Language - . . . . - . . . . . . . . 8 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Onganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Zoology .............. Health . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . Elective . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 .8 4 3 8 2 3 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Chemistry 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 - Lectures, lzboratory and ~ractical work at General or Swedish Hospita1 for twelve months . . . . . . 3 2 - Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital in their senior year. DI ACONATE A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high schod teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women and the Registrar. NURSING Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have at least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. Freshman , ~ , Religion . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . .6 General Zoology . . . . . . 8 Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elements of Nutrition . - 3 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - , ~ Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .4 History or Political Science . . . . . . 6 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives ................7 - 33 34 The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. First Year Anatomy and Bacteriology Chemistry . Psychobgy . Second Year Physiology . . . . . . . . 4 . . . . . . . . ., . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . , . . . . . . . . . .2 I2 Sociology . . - . . . . . . 2 2 Students enrolled in the School of Nursing at Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis, take courses in Chemistry, and Human Anatomy and Physiology at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should be made directly to Swedish Hospital. ENGINEERING A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below applies 'to the fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra and solid geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Reli3gion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . .. l o Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear . . . . . . . . 4 Physics . . . Electricity and Magnetism .. 4 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology or Sociology I , 2 . 4 or 6 - Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or summer session. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . .lo Orientation .............. I Health . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . z Physical Education . . . . . , .. I Sophomore Religion .......- European Civilization . . . Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . ... General Physics . . . . 4 6 8 8 8 MEDICINE Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . - 4History or Philosophy , , , , 6 Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0r.ganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 35 33 - Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 4 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 German . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Quantitative Analytical C,hemisrrg j General Ph,ysics . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 34 - Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 4 Sociolagy . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . 3 Fine Arts . . . . , . . .- . . , . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . - . - 4 Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..1 4 32 SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Secretarial Studies. First Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . . . I Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . 2 Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . 6 Orientation . . . . . . - . . . . . - . - . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . .I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - Second Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Typewriting Advanced Shorthand . Psychology . . . . . . . Secretarial Practice . . Offi,ce Machines . . . Consumer Education . Electives . . . - , . . . . . COURSES OF STUDY COURSES OFFERED Descriptions of the courses offered in 1958-60 are given on' the following pages. Unforeseen circun~stances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses, the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 1 8 weeks in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester. DIVISIONAL ORGANIUTION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Religion Philosophy DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITIES Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art DIVISIONOF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Secretarial Studies Home Economics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY MR. STENSVAAG, Chairman the individual is apprised of Through the study of religion and the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The student is challenged to accept this point of view-to relate himself to Christ as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. Department of Religion The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. All full time students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies. Registration in New Testament Greek satisfies this requirement. Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or minor. I, 2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the study of the Gospel of Mark and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted to the study of two or three books in the New Testament, including Romans, and of ;brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the emire New Testament. CHURCHHISTORY.I. 2 Cr. A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership. 3. z Cr. 4. THE CHRISTIANFAITH IN THE MODERNWORLD.II. A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and rival .faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the present conflicts and crises in Western culture. 5. THEMISSIONARY ENTERPRISE. I. 2 Cr. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered 1959-1960.) 7. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIANEDUCATION. I z cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 2 Cr. 8. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH.11. The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ until the present are studied. Special reports, class discussion. g. CHRISTIAN ETHICS.I. z Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and presemation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. lo. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11. See Course l o under the Department of M&c. 2 cr. 23. GROUPACTMTY. See Course 53 under Education. I Cr. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 52. COMPARATIVE RELIGION.I, 11. 2, z Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or twelve of the great non-~hristian religions of the world. 5 3. THECHRISTIAN CHURCHES.I. z Cr. This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal position, and practices of the vafious branches of the Christian Church. 54. THE LUTHERANCHURCH.TI. 2 Cr. A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran Free Church. 2 Cr. 56. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH.11. A study of ~rinciples,methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 57. QROBLEMS IN CHRISTIANL.IVING. II. 2 Cr. A consideration of some of the fundamental questions connected with living the Christian life: such as, the assurance of salvation, the devotional life, standards of conduct, the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the local congregation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied. 5 8. PARISHWORK.I1 s Cr. This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. It ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. I. Sr. 2 G. 59. GODAND MAN IN THE OLDTESTAMENT. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 60. THE MESSAGE OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11. Sr. 2 cr. A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. Department of Philosophy The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student in becoming familiar with the thoughts of the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western civilization, to create an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 2 5 , 26, 41,42, 58 are required for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor. 35. 'LFrmo~ucm TO ~ I L O S SO. ~ I. . 3 Cr. By means of reading selected scarce materiaf, supplemented bp cIassroom lecture and discussion, zhe srudmc is acquiinted with rhe terminology of philosophical discussion. Selected phitowphkal problems are rreated, including the of ethics, mer*ph~sics, and theory of knowledge. 26. LOGIC.SO. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. Topics considered include: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. 41, 42. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. I, n. 3. 3 Cr. !in historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. U,pper Division Courses 2. $2 n. RELIGION.I, under Department of Religion. COMPARATIVE See course 5 I, 2, 2 Cr. j 5. CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I. 3 fie An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism, Marxism, ,positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered I 9 5 8- 5 9.) n. 56. KIERKFGAARD. Prereq. 41 or 42. 3 Cr. A study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his ccntribution to theory of knowledge as it relates to philosophy of religion and theology. (Offered 1958-59.) cr. 5 8. PLATO.Prereq. 41. 11. 3 A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including selected portions of the Republic. (Offered 1959-60.) 3 Cr. 60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART. 11. The spirit and substance ofi art and the art experience in their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1959-60.) 3 Cr. 61. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from the viewpoint of philowphy and psychology. (Offered 1959-60.) Jr., Sr. 11. 74. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHOUGHT. See course 74 under Political Science. 3 Cr. I , I Cr. 81, 82. SEMINARIN PHILOSOPHY. Jr., Sr. I, 11. An advanced discussion of a thinker or topic chosen by the instructor and students. Arranged when there is sufficient demand. (OfEered 1918-59.) DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES MR. THORSON, Chairman It is the purpose of the Division of Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as chese are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. Department of Ancient and Classical Languages The courses in classical and ancient languages aim to give the students a real insight into our classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard ,prerequisite for adrnission to most theological seminaries. N e w Testament Greek Minor, I 6 credits. I-Z? ELEMENTS OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK.I, 11. 8 Cr. 111 adldition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar of the Greek language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of ,the Greek text of Ithe New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. 5 r, 52. ADVANCED NEW TESTAMENT GREEK.I, 11. 3 , 3 Cr. Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax ai the Greek text. 53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS. I, 11. I , I Cr. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Latin 8 Cr. I-2.t BEGINNING LATIN. Fr. I, II. Grammar, easy prose, composition. 3, 4. GSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE. SO. I, n. 3, 3 Cr. Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Gallic War and Sr. Augusthe's Confessims. (Offered I 9 5 9-60.) Hebrew E3-E4.1 HEBREW FOR BEGINNERS.I, n. 6 Cr. See Course 9-10 under Theological Sminary. S f , 86. HEBREW EXEGESIS. I, 11. See Course 17, I 8 under Theological Seminary. 2,2 cr. Department of English The Department of English aims to train students in the proper use of English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the development of the literature of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. The department annually may exempt a few well qualified students from this requirement. Those exempted from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English. Major: 27 credits pbove Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 52, 61, 62, 74, and one of the ,following: 59, 81, 83, or 85. Minor: zo credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, $2, 61, and 62. Teaching major: 27 credits a'bove Freshman English, including courses listed for the non-teaching major plus 71. Teaching minor: 2 0 credits above Freshman English, including courses listed for the non-teaching minor plus 71. A minor in speech, library scien.ce, or a foreign language is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students who plan to do gaduate work in English should include courses 76, 78, and 92. $Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete Loth semesters. A. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. I, 11. o Cr. A developmental program for students who wish to improve speed and comprehension in reading. Open to all students. I-2.f FRESHMANENGLISH.I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper. Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests are 'placed in special sections meeting five hours a week. 21. MASTERPIECES OF WORLDLITERATURE. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Recommended for non-English majors. 25. EXPOSITORY WRITING.Prereq. 2 . I. r Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. 26. CREATIVE WRITING.Prereq. 2. 11. 2 Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 31. F O U N D A ~ OOF N SLITERATURE. Prereq. 2. I. 3 Cr. Study of Greek and Roman masierpieces, tracing the influence of the classical tradition in modern British and American literature. MEDIEVALAND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE. 3 Cr. Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. 11. English literature from Beowulf through Shakespeare. Some attention paid to non-English works. 3 2. Upper Division Courses 50. CORRECTIVE WRITING.hereq. 2. Offered both semesters. I Cr. Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Required of all students who rank low in the sophomore Cooperative English Test. AMERICAN LITERATURE. 2, 2 Cr. Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. I, 11. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 5 I, 5 2. 5 7. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.1. See course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. z Cr. icontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. L AUGSBURG COLLEGE rn DRAMA. 11. 5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN See course 56 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 2 Cr. Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I. z Cr. 57. THEBRITISH NOVEL. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered I 9 59-60.) POETRY.Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I. 59. CONTEMPORARY Analysis of: the techniques of modern poetry. (Offered 19y 8-59.) z Cr. BRITISH LITER~TURE OF THE SEVENTEEN^ AND EIGHTEENTHCENTURIES. 3 Cr. Prereq. 3 I . I. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 61. OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY. Prereq. 3 I . 11. 3 Cr. Gr. BRITISHLITERATURE Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. TO MODERN ENGLISH.Prereq. z. I. z Cr. 71. INTRODUCTION The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study of language. t Cr. 72. LITERARY CRITICISM.Prereq. 2 . 11. A study of basic :texts, winh emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for modern thought. (Offered I 9 5 9-60.) 74. SHAKESPEARE. F r e q . 3 2 . 11. 3 Cr. Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and the historical background. 76. MILTON. Prereq. 61. H. z Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Otfered 1959-60.) 78. CHAUCER.Prereq. 3 2 . 11. 2 Cr. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Cmterbu~yTales. (Offered 1958-59.) z Cr. 8 I. MODERNDRAMA.Prereq. 3 I . 11. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Ibsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. (Offered 1958-59.) 8 3 . MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 3 I. I. 2 Cr. The irmpo~tantli,terary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and nota'ble productions. (Offered 1959-60.) AMERICAN LITERATURE. Prereq. 5 I, 5 2 . 11. 85. CONTEMPORARY Major writers since World War I. (Offered 1959-60.) 2 Cr. 2 Cr. 92. ENGLISHSEMWAR.Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Intended for students preparing for graduate study in English. TEACHING OF ENGLISH. I. See course 93 under Education. 93. 2 Cr. Journalism I. FUNDAMENTALS OF JOURNALISM. I. 2 Cr. An introduction to the theory and practice of journalism, with emphasis on reporting and writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing. 2. EDITING THE SMALLPAPER.I1 2 Cr. The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective advisers of high-school publications. (Offered 1959-60.) 5 . Echo STAFF MEETINGS.I, 11. I, I Cr. Students who are regular members of The Augsburg Echo stag and who may receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These meetings are also open to members of Course I. Hour arranged. A, Augsburgian STAFF MEETINGS.I, 11. I , I Cr. Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the schduled weekly stag meetings. 5, 7 . Department of Speech This department aims to foster in students those speech skills whidh contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of h e literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student teach speech in the secondary schmls and to take graduate work in speech, radio, theater, or speech pathology. ta All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech is designed especially for this requirement. Major: 21 credits above Speech I I , including courses Also required is Phil. 26. English is recornmenKed as a minor. Minor: 1 5 credits above Speech I I. For Education students courses 66 and 76, and st least one course f r m each of ~ h following e groups: 12,5 1 ; 31, 32; 61, 62. II Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fcight should contzct the head of rhe department for individual attention. i I. BEGINNING SPEECH.Fr., So. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with emphasis on informative speaking. I z. TYPES OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I . Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, interpretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Participation in various speaking activities. I 5. STORYTELLING. I. I Cr. Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and practice in story telling. (Offered I 9 5 8- J 9.) 21-2z.t INTERCOI-LEGIATE DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students. 2 Cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. ZJ, 26. PUBLICSPEAKING SEMINAR.Open to all students. I, 11. I, I Cr. Advanced work in public speaking. Participation in collegiate oratory contests. Arranged. TO DRAMATIC ARTS.Open to all students. I. 3 Cr. zg. INTRODUCTION An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered I 9 J 8- 5 9.) 3 I. INTERPRETATIVEREADING.SO. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various kinds of prose, .poetry, and drama. (Offered 1959-60.) 32. ACTING.SO. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to the art of .acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GROUPDISCUSSION. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1958-1959.) 5 j. RADIOSPEECH.Jr., Sr. I 2 Cr. Exercises and projects in preparation and prodnction 04 radio programs. (Offered 19j9-60.) +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must conlplete both semesters. 61. ARGUMENTATION A N D DEBATE.Prereq. I I . Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. Applications of logic in public address. Preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1959-60.) 62. PERSUASION. Prereq. I I . Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. Applications of psyahology in public address. Preparation and delivery of persuasive speeches. (Offered 195 8-59.) 2 Cr. 64. STAGECRAFT. Jr., Sr. 11. A stu'dy of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. (Offered 1559-6b.) 3 Cr. 66. STAGEDIRECTION. Prereq. 3 2 . Jr., Sr. 11. Theory and ,practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning anmd conducting rehearsals. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.) 76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY. Jr., Sr. I1 3 Cr. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction ,to principles and methods of speech correction. OF SPEECH.Sr. I. 95. TEACHING See course 95 under Education. 2 Cr. Department of Modern Languages This ~ e ~ a r t m e n aims t to impart to the student the knowledge of a modern language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and' a mastery of tshe rules of grammar and rpronunciamtion. It furthermore seeks t o develop an interest in the histony, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special ai,m is to provide language facility and technical training for such a plan to teach, study theology or become candidates for higher academic degrees. German Minor, so credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGG E F ~ A NI, . 11. 8 Cr. A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 3,4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY.I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy prose and poetry. fantinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Upper Division Courses 5 I, 1Z. GERMANLITERATURE. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. (Wered 1919-60.) Scandinavian Language and Literature 24 credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGNORWEGIAN.Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. j, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN. SO. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. (Offered I 9 18 - 5 9.) I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY.I. 3 Cr. A !brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 1919-60.) r 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered I 9 19-60.) Upper Division Courses 5 5 . THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma La.gerl@f, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1958-19.) DRAMA.Jr., Sr. 11. z Cr. 56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN The course includes dramas 'by Bjgirnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 19 18-19.) French Minor, zo credits. I-2.t BEGINNING FRENCH.I, 11. 8 Cr. The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. (Offered 1919-60.) 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH.I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, composition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. ( m e r e d 195 8-59.) +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Upper Division Courses y I. SURVEY OF FRENCHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr. A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nimeteenth centuries. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) FRENCH PHONETICS,CONVERSATION, AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 Cr. A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, honet tic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and composition. (Otfered only as an honors course for selected students.) 52. Spanish Minor, 20 credits. I-2.i BEGINNINGSPANISH.I, 11. 8 Cr. Stresses pronunciation, the essentials of grammar, elementary conversation, and background reading in Spanish on the Latin American countries. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEY OF SPANISHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. (Offered 1959-60.) 52. SPANISHCONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 Cr. A course aiming to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation 2nd composition, including original themes. Laboratory, including audio-visual aids, in'tegrated with classroom work and instruction. (Offered 1959-60.) TEACHING OF MODERN LANGUAGES. Sr. I. See course 73 under Education. 73. z Cr. +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Department of Music The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is aflorded students who are interested in the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon (the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Graduation Major, 36 credits, including courses I , 2, 7, 8, I 5-16, 55-56, 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64;4 credits from 10, 77, 78; and 8 credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ. Teaching Major, 3 2 credits in addition to 88, 89; including courses I, 2, 7, 2 credits from 77, 78; and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ. 8, 15-16, 55-56, 57, 58, 61-62' or 63-64'; Two public recitals, at least one of which must be in the junior or senior year, is required of all music majors. Graduation Minor, 26 credits, including courses I, 2, 7, 8. I 5-16, 78; 4 credits from 10, 15-56,57, 58, 77 and 2 elective credits; and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in private lesms in either vocal or instnunend music. Teaching Minor, 22 credits in addition to 88, 89; including courses I, 2, 15-16,55, 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64;and 4 credits in applied music. Two credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir or the Concefit Band. One credit is given for membership for one year in the Women's Chorus or Male Chorus. Credit in Choir is not granted for less than two com(p1ete semesters within an academic year. One credit per semester is granted to studeqts taking a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voi'ce, #piano,organ, brass, or woodwinds. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 3 , 2. THEORY, I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A 'basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the prinoiples of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms: aural skills: sight reading, dictation, and part singing. Should be taken ,concurrently with I 5-1 6 whenever possible. . *A student wirh a major for teaching should 'be prepared for both vocal and instrumental work. Unless he takes 'bo& technique courses, his work in applied music, excepting the required credits in piano, must be in instrumental music if he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers for I n s t m e n t a ~ lTechnique. AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC.I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. ;, 8. HISTORY ,4n historical approach to the appreciation of the world's greatest musi,c. Supplemented by musical scores and record illustrations. For students with or without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before regisrering &or 8, or have consent of instructor. 10. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11. 2 Cr. A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the ginera1 student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors, and pre-~heologicalstudents. The course is accepted as fulfilling the requirements of a course in religion. 15-16.? HARMONY.I, II. 4 Cr. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportumty for simple creative writing. Upper Division Courses HARMONY. Prereq. z, I 6. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. 5 5, 56. ADVANCED Continuation of the work begun in Course 15-16,with advanced work in harnlonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation, advanced ,chord formations, #theuse of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. Prereq. z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. 57, 58. CONDUCTING. Jr. I, 11. 2, r Cr. course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for those who wish training in church choir administration and direction. Students in music education are advised to take the course in their junior year. 61-64.? INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. I, II. Sr. 4 Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher an,d director for work in band and orchestra. 65-64.? CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. 2. I, 11. 4 Cr. Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice as related to singing, preparing the prospective public school music teascher and director for work in vocal music. 77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. I. Sr. 2 Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species. - f(=ontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 78. MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq. 2, $5, and 7 7 or consent of instructor. TI. Sr. 2 Cr. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 88. TEACHING OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC. Jr. TI. See course 888 under Education. t Cr. OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I. 89. TEACHING See course 89 under Education. 2 Cr. I, z Cr. cr. I %. % c r . %, %, Cr. o Cr. These organizations exist not only for fihe benefit of the music student but for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes to ,participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. I , I Cr. PREPARATORY PIANO.I, 11. Keyboard fundamentals. Major and harmonic minor scales, sight reading, hymns, and simple repertory. I , I Cr. INTERMEDIATE PIANO.Prereq. Prep. Piano or equiv. I, 11. Melodic minor scales, chords, and arpeggi. Repertory including Bach-Carrol, Burgmuller Opus 100, and Sonatina album. I , I Cr. ADVANCED PIANO.Prereq. Interm. Piano or equiv. I, 11. Technique as needed, using Cramer, Loeshorn, Bach Two-Part Inven,tions, Sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, etc. Repertory from Classical, Romantic, and Modern Composers. I , I Cr. ELEMENTARY ORGAN.Prereq. Prep. Piano or equiv. I, 11. General coordination and technique of playing the organ. Study of the Baoh Eight Little Preludes and Fugues, Dupre's 79 Chorales, and hymn playing. I , I Cr. ADVANCED ORGAN.Prereq. Elem. Organ or equiv. I, II. Technique as needed. Repertory from pre-Bach, Baroque, Romantic, and modern organ composers. I'OICE. I, 11. I , I Cr. Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, brea,th control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week. :Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. % BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, TI. or % or WOOD-WIND INSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I Cr. I Cr. Private or class instruction in these instruments is offered as follows: a) Private instruction+nk per semester. I credit. thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent) b) Class instruction-ne thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent) per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. f/Z credit. Opportunities for participation in Brass, String, and Woodwind ensembles are offered each year on a non-credit basis. Art I . 2. MODELING AND SCULPTURE. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and animal Iforms. Plaster casting. 3. ART IN DAILYLIVING.I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 7, 8. PAINTING.I, 11. 2 , z Cr. Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems in line, form, space, color mixing, and practic,al problems. Upper Division Courses AND APPRECIATION OF ART. 11. 64. HJSTORY !ke course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 cr. tcontinuation course. To receive credir. for this course, a student must complete both semesters. DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES It is the general purpose of t h e work in this division m improve rhe student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation 0: rheir imporeance 2nd value, especially in their Chrktian interpretation. T h e work pmceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division i s therefore mwldsd to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. Department of History and Political Science The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for .teaching in secondary schools. History Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in history x p l a n to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. I-r.? EUROPEAN CIV~IZATION. Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Desfgned to lay the foundation for future work in History. I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. See Course I I under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 Cr. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY. SO., I, TI. 3. 3 Cr. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present. 2 1 , 22. Upper Division Courses 3 Cr. AND THE REFORMATION. Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I. 5 I . THE RENAISSANCE A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture. (Offered 1959-60.) 3 Cr. TO 1800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11. 52. ENGLAND Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. (Offered 1958-59.) f-Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 53. LATIN-AMERICAN HISTORY. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. A swdy of Latin America and its development. (Offered lr58-59.) 3 Cr. $4. MODERNRUSSIA.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Particular emphasis on the period since Peter the Great. (Offered 1958-59.) UNITEDSTATES.Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 5 5 . CONTEMPORARY The United States drom about 1900 to 'the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1959-60.) DIPLOMACY. Prereq. 6 cr. in Hist. or Pol. Sci. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 56. AMERICAN A consideration of foreign relations of the United Sta,tes from the Revolutionary War to ,the :present. Seminar offered in connection with .ahis course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1959-60.) 61. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A cu1,tural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. (Offered I 9 5 8 - 59.) 62. HISTORY OF CANADA. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The development of Canada from early exploration to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered I 9 59-60.) 64. MEDIEVALHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The medieval period of Europe and the Mediterranean area. (Offered 1958-59.) 71. FRENCH REVOLUTIONAND EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE. 3 Cr. Prereq. 12 credits in Hist. Jr., Sr. I. Poli,tical, economic, social, and cultural developmen,t in Europe from 1789 to I 850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, *he Revolution of 1848. (Offered 1959-60.) credits in H i t . Jr. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Politi,cal, economic, social, and cultural ,deveIopment in Europe from I 848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, che rise of imperialism, and the ,background of World War I. (Offered 1959-60.) 72. LATENINETEENTHCENTURY EUROPE.Prereq. 74. HISTORYOF POLITICAL THOUGHT. Jr., Sr. 11. 12 3 Cr. Sec course 74 under Political Science. CENTURY. Prereq. 1 2 cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. 8 I , 82. THETWENTIETH A survey of recent developments in (the world, extending from che ourbreak of Vorld War I to vhe present. Seminar offered in connection wich this course may 'be taken for one ~d~ditional credit ,per semester on approval of instructor. (Offered 1958-59.) SEMINARIN NORTHWESTHISTORY.Jr., Sr. I. Prereq. consent of instructor. 2 Cr. A st,udy of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required of each member of the class. (Offered 1958-59.) 99. Political Science Minor, I1 credits. I, 11. 6 Cr. 41-42.t AMERICANGOVERNMENT. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. Contemporary issues are stressed. Upper Division Courses S THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I. 53. POLITICAL P A R ~OF 3 American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. (Offered 1958-59.) &=r. 16. AMERICAN DIPLOMACY.11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. 6 I. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 4 1-42 or Econ. I 5 for Political Science minors. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics. 74. HISTORY OF POLITICAL THOUGHT. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. -4 study of .political philosophy and its influence and historical signi,ficance from ancient Greeks to the present. (Offered I 959-60.) OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I. 81. TEACHWG See course 85 under Education. 2 Cr. Geography 14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY. Fr., So. II. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 Cr. Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics 15, 16; Political Science 41-42. Minor in Social Science Requirement: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42; and 3 credi,ts in Economics. -'Continuation Course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Department of Sociology The objectives of this Department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of' Christianity to effective social service. Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22. Minor, 1 5 credits including k i o l o g y I , z. Required in addition are History 1 - 2 , or 21, 22. Introduction to Statistics is re~om~mended for majors and minors in k i o l o g y . For other recommended courses see under Social Work curricu1,un. I. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLQGY. Fr., So. I. 3 Cr. fin introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. SOCIALPROBLEMS. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. TO STATISTICS. Fr., So. 11. 4. INTRODUCTION See course 4 under Business Administration and Economics. YN. SOCIOLOGY. I. 4 course in general sociology for nurses. 16. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 Cr. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. 2I. RURALSOCIOLOGY. SO. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the problems of contemporary rural America. 22. URBANSOCIOLOGY. SO. n. 3 Cr. Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS. 11. 42. MARRIAGE See course 4 2 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. Upper Division Courses 51. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. RACERELATIONS A N D MINORITY PROBLEMS. Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 5 The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered I 9 5 8-5 9.) 56. RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11. LABORAND MANAGEMENT 3 Cr. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 1959-60.) 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and fanctions of social work. A survey of private and publjc social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 60. PUBLICWELFARE.Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of c o n t e m p o r a ~public welfare and social security. (Offered 1958-59.) 61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. I , Psy. 5, 6. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. 62. ABNORMAL SSYCHOLOGY. See course 62 under Psychology. 3 Cr. 64. INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. consent of in3 Cr. structor. 11. Principles and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social, work. (Offered 1959-60.) Department of Psychology and Education Psychology Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program to assist in the adjustments tha* the in-coming student needs to make. The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more ,adequately understanding, p r e d i c ~ g ,and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his fellow men. I. ORIENTATION. Required. Fr. Offered both semesters. I Cr. Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work as college students. I t includes units on orientation to the college, methods of study, irnprovemeht of reading speed and comprehension, and vocational and educational guidance. 5 , 6. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. I, TI. 2, 2 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general prin- ciples, metho& and problems of psychology are discussed. The second semester emphasizes mental health and the application of the principles of psychology to other problems of everyday life. 7N. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. I. An introductory course intended for nurses. 2 cr. Upper Division Courses SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. I. See course 61 under Department of Sociology. 61. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. ABNORMALPSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. f , 6. Jr., Sr. 11. The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and psychotic behavior. Modem methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. Community organization for mental hygiene. 62. Education The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's certificate on the junior and senior high school level, as well-as for further study in the field of education. Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Edu,cation. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are also taught on the high school level. All students admitted to the teacher education curriculum must secure two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 5 1 and $ 2 . I n addition to the regular lower division requirements, students in teacher education are required to have four semester hours in general psychology, these credits to be ,completed before taking Ed. 5 I . N o student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education. 3 Cr. PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 1, 6. Jr. I. y I. EDUCATIONAL .4 study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. $2. TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS.Prereq. I . Jr. II. 3 Cr. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. 53, $4. GROUP ACTIVITY. I , I Cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 5 i , $ 2 ; Religion 7 , 57. $ 8 ; Physical Education 6 , I I , 1 3 , 1 4 , 8 1 , 8 2 . The nature of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and may include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work is connected. A student may not receive more than 2 credits in Group Activity. 3 Cr. 56. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I . Sr. 11. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate .for student guidance, including counseling. 58. ISSUES m CONTEMPORARY EDUCATION.Sr. II. 3 Cr. The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy of education is stressed. 73. TEACHING OF MODERNLANGUAGES. Sr. I. z Cr. 79. TEACHING OF NATURALSCIENCES.Sr. I. z Cr. 8 I. TEACHING OF BUSINESS.Sr. I. z Cr. 83. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. z Cr. 81. TEACHING OF SOCIALSTUDIES. Sr. I. 67. TEACHING OF HEALTHEDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Sr. I. z Cr. $8. TEACHING OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11. z Cr. 89. TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I. z Cr. 91. TEACHING OF HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. I. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION AND ADULTEDUCATION IN HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. 11. 2 Cr. 53. TEACHING OF ENGLISH.Sr. I. 2 Cr. y5. TEACHING OF SPEECH. Sr. I. z Cr. z Cr. Courses 7 3 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching; this means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a minor in the field and Education 52. 4 to 5 Cr. Prereq. $ 2 . Sr. I. 97. STUDENTTEACHING. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. Library Science The dollowing courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of bmks for the school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher. Minor, I6 credits. 3 Cr. OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY. So., Jr. I, 11. 5 ~ - 5 6 . t BASICFUNC~IONS Designed to &paint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school admin,istration, faculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit, second. +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 57-58.? ELEMENTARY MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 4 Cr. Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, prin,ciples and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered I 9 5 8- 5 9.) 59-60.? SECONDARY MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I. 11. 6 Cr. Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; and other non-book materials, standard dists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1959-60.) I Cr. METHODS.Prereq. 5 6 . Sr. I. 6 1. PRACTICAL Giving the student practice experience in school limbraries; teaching the use of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. 2 Cr. 62. READING GUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. Department of Business Administration and Eccrnomics, and Secretarial Studies The objective of this department is to help students gain a broad knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. Such knowledge and perspective are necessary for success in specific positbns in our complex business world and .should provide the background to facilitate advancement, with experience, to positions of respons2bility. A degree with a business major is a common requirement of business firms and government agencies. Together wich secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching major or minor, and it ,prepares for graduate work in business. Furcher, it recognizes the need for trained people in &e social sciences and presently offers a minor in economics. Business Administration and Economics Major in Business Administration, 36 credits, including courses I, 16, 53, 72. 2, 3, 4, 15, In addition, History 21, z t and Psychology 5, 6 are required. Minor in Business Administration, 21 credits, including courses I , 2, 3, I 5, 16, and six credits in Upper Division courses. Minor in Economics, I 5 credits, including courses from 4, 51, 56, 6 1 , 62. I 1, I 6, and nine credits I, 2. P ~ C I P L EOF S ACCOUNTING.Fr. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions; and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting. Two lectures and one double laboratory hour per week. 3. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS. Fr. I. 3 Cr. An introductory survey of business and business management including a study of the variety, nature and interrelationsship of problems of business operation. Finance, personnel, production, marketing, internal organization and control, and governmental relationships are a few of the :topics covered. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. SO. 11. 3 Cr. A course in scientific met,hods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing gaphs and tables, as well as fin,ding measures of central tendencies, variability, correlation and sound methods of sampling. I 1: I 6. PRINCIPLESOF ECONOMICS. SO. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and public poli,cy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic poli,cy problems. Upper Division Courses 3 Cr. 5 I . MONEY AND BANKING.Prereq. 2, 4, I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1958-19.) 5 3 . BUSINESSLAW. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 54. MARKETING. Prereq. z, 4, 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Marketin,g :from a businessman's standpoint, winh emphasis on ways in which management decisions are made con,cerning product .planning, merchandise selection, channels of distribution, promotional activities, pricing and selling. (Offered 1959-60.) RELATIONS. Prereq. 56. LABORAKD MANAGEMENT See course 56 under Department of Sociology. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. MANAGEMENT.Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 18. INDUSTRIAL The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management objectives. (Offered 1958-59.) 59. COST ACCOUN.I?NG. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Essential features of accounting for manufaoturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; order method; process costs; and cost reports. (Offered 195 8-59.) 3 Cr. 61. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. I. Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and ,the impact of governmental finance on economic activit,~. 62. BUSINESSFINANCE.Prereq. 59. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The various objectives in financing of private businesses, with major emphasis on administrative tools of finance and means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements. (Offered 1958-59.) 6 3 . TAXATION. Prereq. I , z. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. This course will cover several types of taxation, wich particular emphasis on the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, proced,ures and problems as they relate .to business and individuals. (Offered 1959-60.) Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 72. SEMINARIN BUSINESSADMINISTRATION. This seminar will cover special problems of concern to business majors which are not considered in the regular curriculum. Lectures will be given by local business leaders. The course will encourage advanced study by students in areas of particular interest to them. Secretarial Studies These courses are pIanned to prepare students for stenographic =nd secretarial positions in business o&ces, to assist in the preparation &or the teaching of buiness edmcation in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Graduation major, 31 credits above I , including z, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Eusiness Administration I , z, 3, 53. Business education major, 37. credits above I including courses listed f o r grad,uation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits a~bove I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I , 2, o r I 5 , 16. I. ELEMENTARYTYPEWRITING. Offered both semesters. I Cr. A course f o r the development of the fun.damental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 2. INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING. 11 2 Cr. Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week. SHORTHAND.I, 11. 6 Cr. 3- 4 . t ELEMENTARY Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. i-.Gntinuation course. T o receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. 2 Cr. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week. Upper Division Courses TYPEWRI~NG. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I. 2 Cr. 5 I. ADVANCED Further development of typewriting technique in business letter qrrangernent, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documents. Open to students having attained a speed of 50 words per minute. Four hours ,per week. 52. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE.Brereq. 2, 3-4,11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. ADVANCED SHORTHAND. Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11. 4 Cr. 5 3-54.f Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. 81. TEACHING OF BUSINESS. Sr. I. See course 8 I under Education. z Cr. Department of Home Economics The objectives of .the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; second, to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recom.mended for general education. Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I, 2, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57, 66, 67-71, 73. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics I 5, k i o l o g y I, Biology 4 or 13-14,and 54, Psychology 5, 6, and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teachin,g minor, 22 credits including courses I, 2, 3, 7, 39,40, 42, and 44. Teaching major, 3 8 credits; courses listed for n o n - t e a c h g major plus 3 3 and 75. I. CLOTHINGSELECTION, CARE, AND REPAIR.I. 3 Cr. -4 study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing. Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile f2brics suitable for different uses are topics considered. 'Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a sudent must complete both semesters. n. 2. CLOTHINGCONSTRUC~ON. z Cr. This course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton and rayon. It includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors. Two double lrboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per week. 3 Cr. 3. ART IN DAILY LNING. I. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. E. ELEMENTS OF NUTRITION.11. 3 Cr. Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries will be analyzed. 3 3. COLOR AND DESIGN.I. 3 Cr. A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging, and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 11. z Cr. 36. CRAFTS. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can 'be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double lrboratory periods per week. (OfTered 1959-60.) PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT. Prereq. 8 or permission of instructor. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and f m d preparation. Three double laboratory period9 a week. 39, 40. 42. MARRIAGE AND FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS. 11. 3 Cr. A course applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. 11. 2 Cr. 44. CHILDDEVELOPMENT. A study of the care and training of the young child as to his physical, mental, and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 57. TEXTILES. I. r Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household an,d clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. (Offered 1959-60.) 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the historical development of archi,tecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. ( m e r e d 1958-59.) 66. HOMEPLANNINGAND FURNISHING. 11. 3 Cr. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 67. FAMILYHEALTH. I. r Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problem within ,the family group. HOMEMANAGEMENT PROBLEMS. I. 2 Cr. Con~i~deration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and COordinating ohe resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. 71. 73. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY. I. 2 Cr. Actual experience in ,the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment.. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs .to be detemined by the group. 74. CONSUMEREDUCATION AND INCOMEMANAGEMENT. 11. 2 Cr. The wise choice of consumer goods and s e ~ i c e savailable on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION. Prereq. z. I. 2 Cr. This course provides labrstbry experience in making garments in wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience in planning and constructing garments for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1958-59.) Sr. I. 91. TEACHINGO F HOME ECONOMICS. See course 91 under Education. z Cr. EVALUATION AND ADULTEDUCATION IN HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. 11. See course gz under Education. 2 92. Cr. AUGSBURG COLLEGE DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS It is the purpose of the division of Natural Science to provide training in scientific methods and techniques; .to interpret Natural Science in t h e light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of Natural Science in a modem, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men. Department of Biology MR. NASH, MR. URDAHL,MR. MICKELBERG The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure ,time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 24 credits, at least 8 credits in Upper Division courses; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2, 3 ~ 7~ , do not count toward the major or minor. I-2.t THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciences. Five periods per week consisting of lectures, lecture demonstrations, laboratory work, and discussions. A N D PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. 3N. HUMANANATOMY A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3N. 4. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on h t h structure and function.. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for Biol. 4. I. 3 Cr. 7 ~ .GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. ' 1 course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 8 Cr. 13-14.? GENERAL ZOOLOGY. Fr. I, II. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, ada~tarion,and reproduction of type animals. Biological ~rinciples are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete tmth semesters. 4. 4 Cr. 25, 26. GENERAL BOTANY.SO., Jr. I, TI. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed on botanical principles. Fiowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periods per week. 3 2. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES. Prereq. 1 3 - 14. 11. 4 Cr. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate ,phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Upper Division Courses 4 Cr. 51. GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25, 26. So., Jr. I. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four le~turesper week. (Ogered 1959-60.) 4 Cr. Prereq. I 3-14 or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. 11. 5 2. ECOLOGY. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered 1959-60.) ;Cr. Prereq. I 3-14. Sr. I. 5 3. GENERALENTOMOLOGY. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offend 1958-59.) 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. Prereq. Chem. 5-6. 11. 4 Cr.. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. TWO lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 3 Cr. OF FLOWERING PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11. 56. TAXONOMY Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and' one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1958-19.) 60. BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES. Sr. TI. I or 2 Cr. Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing projects useful to teachers. (Offered 195 8-59.) OF NATURAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. 79. TEACHING See course 79 under Education. z Cr. Department of Chemistry I t is the purpose of this department ,to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways (by d i u h this has {been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity .to examine the chemical aspect of ehe structure, the power and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomp1ishmen.t~of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic exa,ples of effective ways to handle certain types of ,problems. Courses in this department are designed to prepare students for teaching ,chemistry in secondary schools, {to provide background for graduate study in chemistry and f,uroher study in medicine, dentistry, engineerin,g, nursing, pharmacy, ,medical technology, and other related fields. Major, 25 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2,3N and 4 do not count tow,ard the major or! minor. Pre-medical students are required to com,plete the following courses and should take them in the order shown: Fr. 1-6;Soph. 53-54;Jr. 61, 66. Medical technologists should complete, in the order shown: Fr., 5-6; Soph., 53-14; Jr., 61.Prospective teachers of chemistry in secondary schools should complete 5-6 and 53-54;61 and 66 are highly recommended, and may ,be substituted for 53-54.Prospective chemists and graduate students should complete 5-6, 53-54, 61,62, 71, 91-92. 1-2. THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. For course description see Department of Biology. 8 Cr. j ~ CHEMISTRY . FOR NURSES. Fr. I. 3 Cr. A lecture and laboratory course coverin'g subjects related to nursing in the fields of inorganic, organic, physiological and pa~hola~ical ohemistry. Designed to meet 'the needs of the ,&hools of N'ursing of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital and Swedish Hospital. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory ,per week. 4. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY. Fr. 11. Prereq. High School algebra (or 4 Cr. permission of instructor). A lecture and laboratory course designed for the non-major and to meet the needs of students in home economics. A study of laws and theories of chernistq with descriptive material selected from the fields of inorganic, organic, physiological and physical chemistry. Students who complete 1-6 may not receive credit for Chem. 3N or 4. Students who had chemistry in high school may not receive credit for Chem. 4 except by permission of instructor. Three lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. 5-6. GENERALCHEMISTRY AND QUALITATNE ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or equiv., or concurrent registration in Math. I. Fr., So., I, 11. 8 Cr. A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Upper Division Courses 53-54. ORGANICCHE~IISTRY. Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr., I, 11. 8 Cr. A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Correlations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction meohanisms. Laboratory work in study of technique and in the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 61. Q U A N ~ T A T I VANALYTICAL E CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 5-6,and ability t o use logarithms. (Students receiving less than C in 5-6 may register with y Cr. ,permission of instructor only.) So., Jr., Sr. I. Classical methods of gravimetric and volumetric ana1,ysis. Study of ionic equilibrium. Three lectures, one hour of recitation and six hours of laboratory per week. 62. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS. Prereq. 61. (Students receiving less than C in 61 may register with permission of instrucmtor only.) So., Jr., Sr. 11. 4 Cr. Modern menhods of anaNlysis. Electrochemical and optical met.hods; emphasis on use of instruments. Recent developments in analytical methods. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 66. TO PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Prereq. Math. 14, Chem. 61 and INTRODUCTION Physics 6. Jr., Sr. 11. 4 Cr. A course designed t o meet the needs of pre-medical students. A kinetic approach to gas laws, liquids, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions, colloids, and electrochemistry. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Students completing 91-92 may not receive credit for 66. 71. ORGANIC QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. Prereq. 5 3-54. Jr., S r I. 4 Cr. Methods of q~alita~tive analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. A study of theories and mechanisms of substitution and elimination reactions. Two class discussions and six hours of laboratory per week. 91-92. PHYSICALCHEMISTRY. Prereq. Math. $2, Chem. 61 and Physics 6; Ghern. 53-54 is himghly recommended. Jr., Sr., I, 11. 8 Cr. A course &or ,prospective graduate students and chemists. An advanced course in ph'ysical chemistry emphasizin.g ,the thermodynamic approach to the properties of matter. Gas laws, liquids, solids, solutions, !phase rule, thermodyna,mics, kinetics, and electrochemistry. Three lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered on demand, 1959-60.) Department of Physics Recent developments in the field of Physics make it imperative that more than adequate training be provided for those who intend .to continue their studies in graduate school 04 who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of ,physisics.It is the aim of this department to assure the needed training for both of these groups and to provide the non-science major with sufficient background to make i't !possible for him to fallow with some degree of comprehension the developments in .the field of science as they come to hi,m from # h emedium of semi-scientific publications. Major, 28 credits, including courses 5 I , 52, 63, 64, 73, 74. Minor, 16 credits. 1-2. THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. For course description see Department of Biology. 3. PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 8 Cr. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstramtion-laboratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, heat, electrici.ty, magnetism, 1igh.t and sound. This course is intended for students of home economia but may be taken by others who wish. some basic information in ,the field of Physics. Three lectures, cwohour 'laboratory. Students with high school physics may nat receive credit for Physics 3 except by ,permission of instructor. 5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Mach I 3 or concurrent registration in Macth I 3. Fr., So. I. 4 Cr. A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and hea,t. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11. 4 Cr. This course is a continuation of Phys. and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one ,two-hour laboratory period per week. Uspper Division Courses N ATOMICAND NUCLEARPHYSICS.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I. I N ~ O D U C T I OTO 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. I. 4 Cr. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "eY'/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Four hours lecture per week. ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 1 or concurrent 52. E L E C T R I C IAND 4 Cr. registration in Math. 5 I.So., Jr. 11. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical instruments, electmnics. Four hours lecture per week. 61. OPTICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1958-59.) 62. MECHANICS. Prereq. 6 .and Ma&. 5 I . Jr. 11. 4 cr. Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle, motion o'f a rigid 'body, work, kinetic energy, vibra~tions in one dimension, motion in a conservative field. (Offered 1958-59.) 63-64. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. z Cr. Experiments will be performed in electricity and ,magnetism, atarnic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. (Offered 1958-59.) 71. HEATAND THERMODYNAMICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent registration- in Math. 5 I . Jr., Sr. I, 11. 4 Cr. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and secon,d laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 1959-60.) 72. MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS.Prereq. 6, and Math. 51. Sr. II. 4 Cr. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics wirh applications to various fie1:ds such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 1959-60.) 73-74. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. z Cr. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. (OSered 1959-60.) OF NATURAL SCIENCES. Sr. I. 74. TEACHING See course 79 under Education. t Cr. Combined Science Major for Teaching Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 and either 53-54 or 61, 66; Biology 13-14 and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6. Department of Mathematics The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics sugcient for solvi,ng the simpler problems of life, also to afford studens in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. It aims to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience chat will make them e6cient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits. Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 'do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other ,courses. I. SECOND COURSEALGEBRA. Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I. 3 Cr. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. Students who had higher algebra in high school may not receive credit for this course. i . SOLID GEOMETRY. Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. TI. 3 Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume ~hrmulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. 5 . ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. 2. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with an i n t d u c t i o n to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours o week. 3 Cr. 6. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIP~VE GEOMETRY. Prereq. 5. TI. Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. 13, INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 5. 5 Cr. This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. 14. Upper Divisi0.n Courses ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Prereq. I 3, 14. so., ~ r I, . 11. 5, 5 Cr. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made